Home

chapter 4

1. 5 5 1 Overview The AC Power s main tasks are to supply the various internal subsystems and to galvanically isolate the scanner from the on site Mains Power System To reduce inrush current an inrush current limiter board has been included in the AC box 5 5 2 AC Power AC Pwr Front Panel AC Pwr Rear Panel Power Secondary i 5 Inrush AC Mains vu P A ee ox NS 100VAC Noi power relay 115VAC oise Filter circuit 230VAC AC Pwr ATX pc ps a eae oe ae RENE AC Pwr LVPS AC PwrHVPS Per ON _ SCL lt AC power Cuntrol Circuit AC Pwr CRT Monitor SDA 5VDD BD i es 8 Figure 5 9 AC Power Distribution Block Diagram The mains cord has plugs in one side end A male plug connects to the mains outlet on site The mains voltage is routed to the Main Circuit Breaker located on the rear of the system The Main Circuit Breaker is of the auto fuse type if for some reason the current grows to high the switch will automatically break the power From the Main Circuit Breaker the AC power is routed via an Inrush Current Limiter to a internal outlet connector for the Mains Transformer Chapter 5 5 11 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 5 2 5 5 3 AC Power cont d The Transformer is the
2. DROPPER 1 HVH _ 0 60V PWM1 HVH gt DROPPER 1 HVH 0 60V ACN un DROPPER2 HVL DROPPER 2 HVL 0 30V SVH DROPPER3 80V PWM3 SVH DROPPER 3 SVH 80V Figure 5 10 HV Unit Block Diagram 5 5 4 1 Overview AC110V is supplied to the HV unit via AC Box gt Transformer gt PCB This is applied to the PFC inside the HV unit The PFC convert AC100V to DC400V and DC voltage is applied to DC DC then to HVH HVL and SHV using dropper They convert DC voltage to proper voltage to be outputted 5 5 4 2 Specifications DC Output Capacity HVH OV to 60V variable 110W Max 2 e 0 to 30V variable Max 70W 1A SHV 80V 5 80mA SHV 80V 5 80mA 5 5 4 3 Output Signal to FEC The following signals are sent to FEC via BACKPLANE board OV Over Voltage OC Over Current of each power source HV tests in itself The result transmits the FEC via BACKPLANE ASSY 5 5 4 4 Input Signal from FEC The following signals are sent to HV unit via FEC BACKPLANE board e 5 12V HV STOP These signals are sent to PFC to control DC voltage output of HVH HVL and SHV Normally HVSTOP is ON e Ref HVL Ref These are the digital signals 8 bits sent to the DAC of HVH or HVL from FEC Consequently
3. 8 3 5 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 3 5 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 4 4 2 B Mode Checks 4 4 3 M Mode Checks Color Flow Mode 4 4 4 Checks Doppler Mode 4 4 5 Checks Measurement and 4 4 6 Multi Image Checks Basic 4 4 7 Measurements PC Diagnostics 7 5 2 Keyboard Tests 8 22 Section 8 3 Keyboard GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 6 8 3 6 1 8 3 6 2 8 3 6 3 8 3 6 4 8 3 6 5 A N Keyboard Assy FRU No 204 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the A N Keyboard Assy Tools Common phillips screwdrivers Needed Manpower persons 15 minutes travel Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 on page 4 4 Removal Procedure 1 Disassemble the See KeyBoard Assy FRU No 200 on page 13 2 Remove See HUB PCB Assy FRU No 203 on page 21 3 Unscrew five screws a b c d e 4 Unscrew one screw f along with GND cable C1 5 Remove A N Keyboard Assy Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Figure 8 13 A N Keyboard Assy Chapter 8 8 23 GE HEALTHCARE DIREC
4. The LOGIQ 3 Expert will have 3 Probe Ports as seen here Figure 3 26 GE CARES Sticker Location 3 12 3 User Manual s 1 User Check that the correct User Manual s for the system and software revision is included with the installation Specific language versions of the User Manual may also be available Check with your GE Sales Representative for availability 3 42 Section 3 12 Paperwork GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL This page was intentionally left blank Chapter 3 3 43 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 44 Section 3 12 Paperwork GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 4 Functional Checks Section 4 1 Overview 4 1 1 Purpose of Chapter 4 This chapter provides procedures for quickly checking major functions of the LOGIQ 3 scanner diagnostics by using the built in service software and power supply adjustments 4 1 2 Chapter Contents Table 4 1 Contents in Chapter 4 Section Description Page Number 4 1 Overview 4 1 4 2 Required Equipment 41 43 General Procedure 4 2 4 4 Functional Checks 4 10 4 5 Software Configuration Checks 4 26 4 6 Peripheral Checks 4 27 4 7 Safety Issues 4 28 4 8 Site Log 4 29 T NOTICE Most of the information pertaining to this Functional Chec
5. 2 2 Console Environmental Requirements 2 2 Electrical Requirements 2 3 Power Requirements 2 3 EN IM AMON Senter idee Ex Catoni 2 5 Probes Environmental Requirements 2 6 Time and Manpower Requirements 2 6 Facility toa Dena as wee Voc tet spur a 2 7 Purchaser Responsibilities 2 7 Required Features 2 7 Networking Pre installation Requirements 2 10 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL CHAPTER 3 OVENMVIEW xo dose t eT ui Gage 3 1 Purpose or Chapter 3 435 ossa hes nb 3 1 Chaplet CODIODIS ecient qol tren cir e 3 1 Average Installation Time 3 2 Installation heey tases Bose AUR EY 3 2 Receiving and Unpacking EOGIQ M 3 3 Safety s s oda ook ek eed AAW Rae Be cS elo os dus dad 3 7 Moving into Position 3 8 Adjusting System Cloc
6. ELECTRICAL SAFETY ANALYZER DALE MODEL 601 for 120 unit Dale 601 Vendor MODEL 600 100 8FT CHASSIS GROUND CABLE ULTRASOUND SAFETY Vendor MODEL 600 102 6FT SALINE BATH GROUND CABLE 46 285652G1 ANALYZER FIELD KIT Vendor MODEL 600 202 ULTRASOUND PROBE ADAPTER Vendor MODEL 600 600 SOFT CARRYING CASE for 120V unit Vendor MODEL 600 900 OPERATORS MANUAL Vendor MODEL 600 901 LMINATED OPERATORS GUIDE CARRYING CASE and foam padding Vendor MODEL 600 900 OPERATORS MANUAL ELECTRICAL SAFETY ANALYZER DALE MODEL 601E for 220V unit Hale 0015 Vendor MODEL 600 100 8FT CHASSIS GROUND CABLE ULTRASOUND SAFETY Vendor MODEL 600 101 16FT CHASSIS GROUND CABLE Vendor MODEL 600 103 8FT CHASSIS GROUND PROBE 46 328406G2 ANALYZER FIELD KIT Vendor MODEL 600 200 8FT EXTERNAL LEAKAGE GROUND CABLE 4 20 WIRE W MINIGATOR CLIPS 2 Ft 10 24 Section 10 6 Electrical Safety Tests GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 10 6 9 2 Test Equipment cont d Table 10 24 Test Equipment and Accessory Description The DALE60x measures Line Voltage Instrument Current Ground Resistance Earth and Chassis Leakage Current Patient Lead to 4 4 Ground Lead to Lead and Lead DALE 600 601 601E Electrical Safety Analyzer Isolation MAP Current External Gradient Probe and Transducer Isolation Current and Point to Point Resistance Dale 601 shown Used on DALE601 601E to measure
7. Service f emoveable CD Archive canet Figure 8 85 Export Pop up Message 4 Inthe patient list at the bottom of the Patient menu select the patient s you want to export You can use Windows commands to select more than one patient To select a consecutive list of patients click the cursor on the first name move the cursor to the last name then press and hold down the Shift right Set key to select all the names To select a non consecutive list of patients click the cursor at the first name move the cursor to the next name then press and hold down the Ctrl right Set key move the cursor to the next name then press and hold down the Ctrl right Set key again etc You can also search for patients via the Search key and string Or Select All from the Select All Copy Patient Menu 8 150 Section 8 10 Loading Application Software After a Base Image Load GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 10 4 3 Export Import Moving Data Between Ultrasound Systems cont d Figure 8 86 Select All Copy Patient Menu NOTE You need to use your best judgment when moving patients images If there are lots of images or loops then only move a few patients at a time 5 Once you have selected all of the patients to export press Copy Patient from the Select All Copy Patient Menu 6 Informational status messages appear as the copy is taking place A final status report
8. Chapter8 8 7 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 5 Monitor Cover Front Bezel FRU No 104 Purpose This is a description on how to remove the Monitor Cover Front Bezel 8 2 5 1 Tools Common phillips screwdrivers 8 2 5 2 Needed Manpower 1 person 15 minutes travel 8 2 5 3 Preparations Shut down the System and switch off the Circuit breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 on page 4 4 8 2 5 4 Removal Procedure Refer to Figure 8 5 on page 8 8 Remove See Monitor Cover Left FRU No 101 on page 5 Remove See Monitor Cover Right FRU No 102 on page 6 Remove See Monitor Cover Top FRU No 103 on page 7 Loosen 2 Screws a b from right side amp 2 Screws c d from left side Pull the Monitor Cover front Disconnect Monitor Switch Cable Assembly Figure 8 5 Monitor Cover Front Section 8 2 Monitor GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 5 5 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 2 5 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls Chapter 8 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 6 Monitor Switch
9. eu obe bos e eoa 0 s a e a 4 2 Power On Boot Up 4 2 Using CD RW Drive MOD Drive Optional 4 4 Archiving and Loading Presets 4 6 Adjusting the Display Monitor 5 4 9 Lockout Tagout Requirements For USA Europe Only 4 9 F n tional 5S nope nex Sedit p ET AES ERE PPM 4 10 Basic Controls oO flash boh eats E 4 10 B Mode sre te Een ee Ree Brisa ne Na e enki adiac are 4 11 M Mode Controls Oo Sad ewe eo VA 4 14 Color Flow Mode Checks 4 17 Doppler Mode Checks 4 19 Measurement and Multi Image Checks 4 21 Basic Measurements 4 22 Probe Conrmectors Usage 4 23 ISI Sade weed het eet 4 24 Image Management 4 25 Back End Processor Checks 4 25 Software Configuration Checks 4 26 Peripheral Checks os eds Sr ES pue Ev e Qux CET I E S E 4 27 Safety ISSUES chun ute iMi de vbi huis tee ir SAG pote ike D 4 28 Probe Connectors Check
10. 5 40 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PROPRIETARY TO GE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL CHAPTER 6 gd aate ENE S de dM 6 1 Purpose of Chapter 65 2 hese EE 6 1 Regulatory 556 25 0 6 1 Power Supply AdjUSUMGIS 4 xL hoo utes EN 6 1 Access to Adjustments for LV Power Supply 6 1 Monitor Oe honc ihe tate ica Lese 6 9 Re calibration the Monitor 6 10 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL CHAPTER 7 NIRE Ca nna NN E ute qu RU Du Rod dyad 7 1 Purpose oL Chapter Y aso amets t esnt eS IE 7 1 Diagnostic Procedure Summary 7 1 Gathering Trouble Data pe Rege n Skee Bee et ee Rees 7 2 UI MC TIMER NEN 7 2 Collect Vital System Information 7 2 Collect a Trouble Image with 095 7 3 d Sit ci ud 7 4 Check and Record the P4 Key Function 7 4 Setting the Key to Screen Capture 7 5 a s veru x bets ei eed ue 7 6 Reset the P4 Key to Cu
11. 8 67 Front EMI Cover for LOGIQ M 3 8 69 uk a eem e dud Rem LA ET Md ot c det 8 71 Handle Rod FRU No 400 en 8 3 Front Castor FRU No 401 EP e Rete mS 8 74 Rear Castor FRU No 402 8 6 Air Filter FRU No 403 8 78 Card Cage Fan Assy FRU No 404 8 0 ledge DR 8 82 Rear Panel Assy FRU 500 8 82 Rear Paneli RP1 Board FRU No 501 8 84 Rear Panel2 RP2 Board FRU No 502 8 86 Rear Panel Interface RPI Board FRU No 503 8 88 Front Panel ERU No DU4 eoe Ld cos aeree bei vus EROS 8 90 Rear Panel Fuse FRU No 505 8 92 pa run aig tear EIE CAU un dan n WR Sag Cer 8 94 PCB Boards FRU No 601 605 608 609 8 94 Connector Board Assy FRU No 606 for LOGIQ 3 PRO Black and White 8 97 Connector Board Assy FRU No 606 for LOGIQ 3 EXPERT 8 99 Card Cage with Back Plane Board FRU No 607 8 101 5 FRU NO 00 2 8 103 Hard Disc Drive FRU 701 8 106 Compact Disc Read Write Dri
12. M P TIE 3 30 Software Option Configuration 3 31 Connectivity Installation Worksheet 3 32 Loading Base System Software 3 33 Software Compatible Matrix 3 33 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PROPRIETARY TO GE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Before You Load Software 3 33 Managing Data Presets Images 3 33 Base Software Load Procedure For BEP Ver 2 3 844 3 34 Loading Application Software 3 37 Loading Applications SOTUNGEG 3 37 System Setup 5 ae OOS Sees ae Mews 3 39 3 40 Product Locator Installation 3 40 GE Cares Sticker a a 3 41 5 0 ete inca 3 41 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL CHAPTER 4 us sr hula e FR dyad i dra MEI pe 4 1 Purpose or Ghaplerd ess IRE eee 4 1 Chapter CODIODIS uia ea kent re c os 4 1 Required Equipment ne e 4 1 General Procegune
13. 4 50 GB NTF 4 34 GB NTF Online Healthy Syst ff Healthy Healthy Healthy Pat 6 Disk Defragmenter E Logical Drives 1 H E Removable Storage Removable G Ta Services and Applications No Media cpRom 0 CDRom H Online Primary Partition Extended Partition Logical Drive Figure 8 73 Disk Management Notice that Disk 1 Removable is shown as drive letter G and CD ROM 0 is shown as drive letter H These are incorrect drive letters This procedure will show you how to change them to the proper designations which is the reverse of how they are now Left click on the Disk 1 Removable and select Change Drive Letter and Path You ll see a screen as shown in Figure 8 74 8 142 Section 8 9 Base Load Software Load GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 9 11 Optional Procedure for Changing Re mapping Drive Letters cont d Change Drive Letter and Paths for 6 1 21 xi Allow access to this volume through the drive letter and paths listed below Add Edit Remove Figure 8 74 Change Drive Letter and Path Right click on Edit and you ll see a screen as shown in Figure 8 75 Edit Drive Letter or Path _ 2 xl Edit the drive letter or drive path for G Browse Figure 8 75 Select Drive to Assign Now Right click on the little down arrow and you ll see t
14. edt ok 1 6 Safety COnsiderallong lt 9153 x m hv rete UE eee Eu e Wd pluit ES 1 9 eek eh eee TRI CERERI 1 9 H mam Sal suona ett oi Boedo Sad e Purto Ot sence he 1 9 Mechanical Salely a edere den d aider mp ex edu d pic dre 1 9 Electrical Safety tat n eunte US OL cule cle Lor oh ee kat 1 10 Returning Shipping Probes and Repair Parts 1 10 Labels Locations Pw b b Ron USE do a apex 1 11 Dangerous Procedure Warnings 1 15 Lockout Tagout Requirements For USA Europe Only 1 15 EMG EMI and ESDS 7 1 16 Electromagnetic Compatibility 1 16 Electrostatic Discharge ESD Prevention 1 16 CE oed edem E mo ERES DUIS 1 16 Customer Assistance iuo Ei tes 1 17 Contact Information 1 17 System Man fact rer asserena eR 88 ERN 1 18 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PROPRIETARY TO GE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL CHAPTER 2 CVG IVICW ue os e svo eins Ss beat iut ete RR cack a ag toux aer dd 2 1 Purpose of Chapter 22 oisi dnd CN DEDE EC 2 1 Chapter Contents e des Ede d 2 1 General Console Requirements
15. 4 28 Power Supply Adjustment 4 28 Site RI EE D 4 29 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PROPRIETARY TO GE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL CHAPTER 5 a afe 5 1 Purpose of Chapter S s oos REPRE ALD NOS 5 1 General Information 5 2 System Features 5 2 Types ol abu o RE 5 2 Block Diagrams and 5 4 Block Diagrami dnd 5 4 ErontEhd cadem iesu 5 5 MIC PEIOCOSSOLIS E E ea we EX rudi t 5 6 CPU Backend Processor 5 7 VIG Gard cunei eet hen pee UND Ene antes Erstes ne ae MM OS 5 8 Patient I O Option 5 9 5 9 MONITOR recipe een Eu 5 10 External I O on the Rear Panel RA 5 10 Peripherals 5 10 Powel DiagrainS 2s22tnnee teh toes 5 11 eed at pere lec ines ce asd 5 11
16. Action View ES 9 9 Tree lis System Tools ij Storage EBA Services and Applications Computer Management Local System Tools Event Viewer 3g System Information EH 44 PerFormance Logs and Alerts EH Shared Folders Device Manager Local Users and Groups Say Storage Disk Management 6 Disk Defragmenter Logical Drives Bg Removable Storage e Services and Applications Figure 8 72 Computer Management Click on the Disk Management icon on the left side of the screen under Storage You ll see this screen like Figure 8 73 Chapter8 8 141 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 9 11 Optional Procedure for Changing Re mapping Drive Letters cont d Computer Management 4 nmi xj at vew e gt Aml 4 Tree File System Computer Management Local S ARCHIVE E prid iid NTFS 5 System Tools EJ SWAP F Partition Basic NTFS Event Viewer E SYSTEM C Partition Basic NTFS 9 E System Information 2555 D Partition Basic NTFS 44 Performance Logs and Alerts 5 Shared Folders 1 gt 24 Device Manager i e Local Users and Groups lt SDisk 0 fig Storage Basic SYSTEM USER D ARCHIVE SWAP Ex Disk Management 19 14 GB 8 46 GB NTFS 1 85
17. Multifunction adapters Pc2Ip Network adapters Ports COM amp LPT 5 4 Sound video and game controllers Audio Codecs Creative SB Live series WDM Iip Game Port for Creative SB Live Legacy Audio Drivers IA PCI Audio Controller WDM Video Codecs H E Storage volumes System devices 5 Universal Serial Bus controllers 21811 Legacy Video Capture Devices Media Control Devices Figure 8 71 Device Manager 6 Close the Device Manager window by selecting the close window X in the corner 7 Close the System Properties window by selecting the close window X in the corner 8 140 Section 8 9 Base Load Software Load GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 9 11 Optional Procedure for Changing Re mapping Drive Letters An automated process was developed for this It was implemented in Base Image Load 9 or later NOTE If you are using a Base Image Load of 8 or earlier or the 9 and later Base Image Load fails to properly map the drives prodeed with manually assigning the proper drive letters First check to see if you need to change the drive letters on the CDROM drive and the Magneto Optical drives they SHOULD be G and H respectively Right click on the My Computer icon on the Windows desktop Select Manage you should see a screen like Figure 8 72 KI
18. al 055 i C Amy UI Y m4 P4 a gt ea em nm nn e Jump 8 17 gt un 7 n flo Qu pn en ope na gt Wop dun jg Fa trato parl m af mons of 48429 m Figure 5 2 LOGIQ 3 Block Diagram Section 5 2 Block Diagrams and Theory GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 2 2 Front End The Front End Consists of Conn Board Transmit Board Receive Board amp Digital Beam Former PROBE B CON 4p RFDATA Dn FE USC BUS BUS Figure 5 3 The Front End The Front End generates electrical signals which are transmitted by the probes as ultrasound into the body It also receives weak ultrasound echoes from blood cells and body structure amplifies these signals and converts them to an 12 bit digital signal The digital representation of this signal is presented to the mid processor section RXB Receive Board The Preamplifier amplifies echo signals The reception signals are sent to DBF DBF Digital Beam F
19. Chapter 8 8 25 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 7 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 3 7 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 4 4 2 B Mode Checks 4 4 3 M Mode Checks Color Flow Mode 4 4 4 Checks Doppler Mode 4 4 5 Checks Measurement and 4 4 6 Multi Image Checks Basic 4 4 7 Measurements PC Diagnostics 7 5 2 Keyboard Tests 8 26 Section 8 3 Keyboard GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 8 Keyboard Freeze Key Assy FRU No 206 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Keyboard Freeze Key Assy 8 3 8 1 Tools Common phillips screwdrivers 8 3 8 2 Needed Manpower persons 15 minutes travel 8 3 8 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 page 4 4 8 3 8 4 Removal Procedure 1 Remove See KeyBoard Assy FRU No 200 on page 13 2 Disconnect Cable C1 from Freeze PCB 3 Unscrew three screws a b amp c While remove screw a remove GND cable C2 4 Remove Freeze Key Assy 8 3 8 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Figure 8 15 Keyboard Freeze
20. ECG Patient SE Selector so Switch lon Figure 10 8 ECG Leakage Current Test 5 Set the meter s FUNCTION switch to LEAD TO GROUND position to measure the patient lead to ground leakage current 6 Select and test each ECG lead positions except ALL of the LEAD selector testing each to the power condition combinations Table 10 19 Testing Power Conditions Chapter 10 10 21 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 10 6 6 3 Dale 600 Meter Procedure cont d 10 6 7 10 6 7 1 10 6 8 CAUTIO NOTE 7 Record the patient lead to ground leakage current measured on the data sheet 8 Setthe meter s FUNCTION switch to LEAD TO LEAD position to measure the lead to lead leakage current 9 Select and test each ECG lead positions except ALL of the LEAD selector testing each to the power condition combinations 10 Record the lead to lead leakage current measured on the data sheet 11 Set the meter s FUNCTION switch to LEAD ISO position to measure the patient lead isolation current 12 Select and test each ECG lead positions except ALL of the LEAD selector testing each to the power condition combinations 13 Depress the rocker switch to ISO TEST and read the isolation current To apply the voltage to the lead safely the voltage i
21. gccommon Plot Page gechomeasure sccommon scthreadmgrUx670 mechover pe2wic Dx670 echorneasure Ux57U i m default 1570 f a scmeasure 0x670 musereventlog n ifmgr 0x670 0x670 n nc2ip Ox amp 7 mechoconfig 0 670 a echoarchie Ux67U EN graphicrnanager Ondb6 mescan gcviewer escoption 0x6 0 s sclhreadmgr xbac musashi txt 10 omusashi 0x670 uscudt a 1 6 echofppr0x670 mechotouchpanel 0x670 musashi Ux7 c8 u echoroot Dx670 PACKAGE Figure 5 24 Utilities Sub Menus Allows for the color coded plot of all Log contents with the package on the x axis and incident count on the y axis Plot Page Allows for the color coded plot of all Page contents with the package on the x axis and incident count on the y axis Chapter5 5 33 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 9 4 3 Search On the Text Search sub menu of the Search category users enter case sensitive text they wish to find This filter field works well for filtering the Sys log file for the word fail Logs Insite Browser Next Page Last Page Refresh SEE LM RE onemi MACHT msn gt 7 Active Monday Oct 17 21 52 45 2005 error qude6298 Active 17 20 52 45 2005 Imm I Ilegal vast string OFF Lu int EScan
22. m s m xx m m Auto Feed 16 Initialize Printer 0 QOOOOOOOO 0000 0 Chapter 3 3 29 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 7 4 Video Specification Table 3 19 VIDEO SPECIFICATIONS Timing Parameter 75Hz 50Hz 60Hz 75Hz 60Hz 60Hz Horizontal Rate kHz 48 36 Horizontal Period us 20 68 H Sync Width us 1 22 2 34 3 20 1 62 2 36 2 09 H Front Porch us 0 20 0 75 1 00 0 37 Active Horizontal Period us 15 75 Vertical Period ms 1657 V Syne Wath 28 079 V Front Porch lines us 6 124 10 Equalization Gate lines us 3 62 00 Lines Field Frame 800 806 Active Lines Frame 768 60 768 3 30 Section 3 7 Optional Peripherals GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 8 Software Option Configuration Refer to the LOGIQ 3 Basic User Manual Chapter 16 Customizing Your System for information on configuring items like Hospital Department Language Units of measure Date Time and Date Format For information on configuring Software Options Refer to the LOGIQ 3 Basic User Manual Chapter 16 Customizing Your System For information on configuring DICOM Connectivity Refer to the LOGIQ 3 Basic User Manual Chapter 16 Customizing Your System Chapter 3 3 31 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUA
23. 10 17 Isolated Patient Lead Source Leakage Lead to Ground 10 19 Isolated Patient Lead Source Leakage Lead to Lead 10 22 Isolated Patient Lead Sink Leakage Isolation Test 10 22 Probe Leakage Current Test 10 24 When There s Too Much Leakage 10 28 15 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PROPRIETARY TO GE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 1 Introduction Section 1 1 Overview 1 1 1 Purpose of Chapter 1 This chapter describes important issues related to safely servicing the LOGIQ 3 scanner The service provider must read and understand all the information presented in this manual before installing or servicing a unit 1 1 2 Chapter Contents Table 1 1 Contents in Chapter 1 Section Description Page Number Overview 1 1 1 2 Safety 1 3 1 3 Important Conventions 1 4 1 4 Safety Considerations 1 9 1 5 EMC EMI and ESD 1 16 146 Customer Assistance 117 1 1 3 Purpose of Service Manual This Service Manual provides installation and service information for the LOGIQ 3 Ultrasound Scanning System and contains the following chapters Chapter 1 Introduction Contains a content summary and warnings Chapter 2 Pre Installation Contains pre installation requirem
24. 6 Specify Compression and Save As Type and press Save The image is saved to the CD ROM 7 When you have put all the images you want on the CD press F3 to eject the CD ROM Select CD Rewritable Fject Device CD Rewritable 31 7 Disk Cancel Figure 8 80 Eject Media Menu 8 Finalize the CD ROM by selecting Yes The CD ROM is ejected from the system Finalize Yes No Figure 8 81 Finalize CD ROM Menu Storing Images with More Resolution To store images with more resolution than is available with the JPEG selection select Save As and select AVI as the Save As Type You can save single images as avi files Chapter 8 8 147 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 10 4 1 Save As Saving Images to CD ROM to View on Any PC Table 8 4 Higher Resolution Store Options Image Type Store as Image Only Store as Secondary Capture Gives you a single image of the video area Gives you a loop of just the image no title DO NOT DO THIS BECAUSE YOU DO bar and scan information NOT KNOW WHICH IMAGE FROM THE LOOP THAT YOU ARE GETTING Still Image Gives single Gives you a single image of the video area scan information 8 10 4 2 Moving Images Image Archive To archive images CINE Loop 1 Insert the backup media Format the backup media CD ROM or MOD Select the Utility tab on the Touch Panel Select Connectivity then Tools Yo
25. Figure 7 18 Additional serial Number Sticker Location On The Chassis 1 System Serial Number Sticker Location on top of the chassis 8 Replace all the covers in the order of reversal NOTE Please refer Service Manual 5122546 for Removal and Replacement of the covers 7 34 Section 7 6 Service Notes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 6 11 Sn73084 Keyboard Knobs APPLIES TO All LOGIQ 3 Systems with loose or broken Keyboard knobs PROBLEM Plastic knobs on LOGIQ 3 System keyboard break or become loose in fitting SOLUTION Use Appropriate Knobs to replace the Knobs which are found defective on the keyboard PROCEDURE The Knobs are available as Part of the kit Part Number 5155334 Please Order the Part 5155334 and Replace appropriate defective Knob This kit consists three types of knobs 1 Large size plastic knobs used for Imaging Modes and Gain control 2 Medium size plastic knob used for Depth function 3 Small size plastic knob used for NTPUI functions Body pattern Zoom and Speaker functions Chapter 7 7 35 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 6 12 Sn 73082 Introduction of 73068 FMI 73070 FMI 73071 APPLIES TO All LOGIQ 3 systems with S W 2 2 X and having the issues noted in the PROBLEM section PROBLEM 1 Failure of Export and or Move function while copying moving patient data on to a CD
26. ad Figure 6 6 Test Point for N5VA on the RXB Chapter 6 6 7 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL VR1 VR2 VR3 VR4 Figure 6 7 Locations of the VR Potentiometers on the LVPS As Seen From Top 6 8 Section 6 3 Power Supply Adjustments GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 6 4 Monitor Adjustment This helps to adjust the settings of the Contrast and the Brightness on the CRT Monitor suitably The Monitor Adjustment button is displayed as shown Brightness amp Contrast Adjustment Buttons Figure 6 8 Monitor Adjustment 1 Press The Toggle Button for contrast amp brightness Confirm that the Contrast or brightness indicator is displayed on the monitor If the brightness is displayed press the toggle button again 2 Press the adjustment button 2 lt to increase contrast or brightness 3 Press the Adjustment button 2 to decrease contrast or brightness The amount of contrast or brightness is shown on a slide bar on the screen Refer the following table for the setting Table 6 3 Contrast and Brightness Recommended Setting Monitor Adjustment Room Condition Brightness 0 Lo o 09 mme 9 Record the final brightness and contrast settings and leave this information withe the system Generally speaking do not change the controls once
27. 3 Refix The Key Board Assy 4 Refix Probe Holder Chapter8 8 17 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 3 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script PC Diagnostics Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 3 3 Equipment passes all required Audio Tests tests and is ready for use 7 5 2 8 18 Section 8 3 Keyboard GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 4 8 3 4 1 8 3 4 2 8 3 4 3 8 3 4 4 8 3 4 5 Keyboard TGC Assy FRU No 202 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Keyboard TGC Assy Tools Common phillips screwdrivers Needed Manpower e persons 15 minutes travel Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 on page 4 4 Removal Procedure 1 Disassemble the See KeyBoard Assy FRU No 200 on page 13 2 Place the Keyboard Assy on a Table Remove TGC cap from the Keyboard Assy Remove cable A Remove four screws a d 3 4 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Figure 8 11 TGC Assembly Chapter8 8 19 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 4 6 Functional Checkout Procedur
28. 8 29 Keyboard Power Cable FRU 208 8 31 edet ee b E BRE Oba nes E 8 33 Right Cover ERU No 300 24 REED eee 8 33 Left Cover ERU No 301 8 35 Rear Cover FRU No 302 8 37 Front Bumper FRU No 303 for LOGIQ 3 PRO Black and White 8 39 Front Bumper FRU No 303 for LOGIQ M 3 EXPERT 8 41 Front Rubber Bumper Left FRU No 311 8 43 Front Rubber Bumper Right FRU No 312 4 8 45 Front Cover FRU No 304 for LOGIQ 3 PRO Black and White 8 47 Front Cover FRU 304 for LOGIQ M 3 EXPERT 8 49 Cover FRU No ul ee Ok S 8 51 KeyBoard Bottom Cover FRU 306 8 53 KeyBoard Bumper FRU No 307 8 55 Keyboard Rear Cover FRU No 308 8 57 y aV Nuus 8 59 11 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PROPRIETARY TO GE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 oe Obes dake ee 8 61 Rear EMI Cover qe T xK HS 8 63 Nest EMINSOVOE sonet Rr eec afa aded 8 65 Front EMI Cover for LOGIQ 3 PRO Black and White
29. Cancel 8 7 52 Section 7 6 Service Notes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 To check whether the drivers are installed goto the device manager by double clicking the shortcut for device manager on the desktop Collapse the GEHealthcare option as shown in the Picture below and check if all the 3 image ports are appearing under this option A File Action View Help 4 Computer Xe Disk drives 72 Display adapters a drives HEBR 236 9 GE Healthcare i gt ImagePort2 Pc2Ip errace Devices IDE controllers x Keyboards Mice and other pointing devices Monitors Bl Network adapters Ports amp LPT SH Processors 9 Sound video and game controllers System cevices Universa Serial Dus controllers e Moses siccis If all the image ports are present in the GEHealthcare component the PC2IP driver is now installed in your system Now Proceed with installation of the application software 3 EH DD DD E 8 9 7 6 17 Sn73075 Introduction of New Receive Board APPLIES TO Logiq 3 Systems with Noise in the Far field of the Image Area PROBLEM White Band Streak Noise Artifact in the Far Field of the Image Area Chapter 7 7 53 GE HEALTHCA
30. LL Chapter 9 9 19 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 17 New FRUs for LOGIQ 3 Expert Figure 9 3 LOGIQ3 Expert Fru s 9 20 Section 9 17 New FRUs for LOGIQTMS Expert GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 9 17 1 Hardware FRU s for LOGIQ3 BT 05 Table 9 2 LOGIQ3 BT 05 Hardware FRU s Part Name Part Number Description Qty FRU Standard 3 Port connector board Assembly Main PCB and Piggy PCB 5123265 1401 and 1402 forms 1400 FRU 1 2 Main board Assembly for Standard 3 5119271 1 2 port connector board Piggy PCB for Standard 3 port Connector Board Assembly ee Logiq 3 BEP3 with 80 GB Hard Disk Additional USB support PC2IPII Rev 4 and 2 8 GHZ Processor for Software 4 0 4 Back End Processor for L3 S W ST380011A SEAGATE 80 GB 7400 Dual Power Dual USB Front Panel for 5121498 Logiq 3 Front cover 3PP for L3 Front cover 3PP for L3 3PP for L3 90628 Frntbumper3PPforl3 Frntbumper3PPforl3 3PP for L3 MX VCR FIXTURE FOR MITSUBISHI VCR FIXTURE BRACKET FOR Logiq3 8705 USB cable Asm FRU BT05 Logiq3 8705 USB cable Asm FRU cable Asm FRU 5141575 Section 9 18Software FRU s for LOGIQ3 Expert PRO Black and White Table 9 1 Software FRU s For LOGIQ 3 Expert PRO Black and White eene oeer 1411 Logiq 3 Expert 5 Software for software 51
31. 1 Inthe imaging mode ensure that the back up media a MOD or a Writable CD is inserted in its Drive 2 in the imaging mode go to Utilities Connectivity Tools as shown in the figure below Select the appropriate media from the Dropdown list as shown 3 Fill in a label name for the media Then click on FORMAT er ydr muruga raj MI 0 16 Tis 0 0 3 50 020904 12 29 44 IG J02109 04 12 27 01 AM adm ee Abdomen Connectivity Mcasurc About Admin CONNECTIVITY views Tools Screens Dataflow Buttons Services Tepip Media 12 MO Verify CD Rewritable E Capacity Free space Formatted Database present Ho DICOMDIR present Ho Finalized CD only Write protected Export Paths Export To Excel 3 Export file torm Export To Exit Remote Path Text Binary Figure 7 34 Formatting the Media 7 6 25 3 Taking a Backup 1 Insert the media in its Drive 1 In the imaging mode go to Utilities System Backup Restore 2 Select on User Defined Configuration as shown 7 68 Section 7 6 Service Notes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 Then Click on Backup MI 0 16 TIs 0 0 3 5C 2109 04 12 30 54 2109 04 12 27 01 AM adm Tee Abdomen a Syst em System Backup General Imaging Ur ET Ta Peripherals Patient Archive No Record Patient Archive
32. 2 Unscrew Handle rods anticlockwise 8 4 21 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Handle Rod Handle Base Figure 8 38 Handle Disassembly 8 4 21 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 4 21 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls Chapter8 8 73 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 22 Front Castor FRU No 401 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Front Castor 8 4 22 1 Tools Common Phillips screwdrivers Allen Unbraco wrench 8 4 22 2 Needed Manpower 2 persons 15 minutes travel 8 4 22 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 page 4 4 8 4 22 4 Removal Procedure Refer to Figure 8 39 on page 8 74 1 Place the wooden block below to lift the system 2 Unscrew eight 8 hexagonal bolts 1 8 3 Remove the Front Castor 1 CAUTION One Person should hold the system while removing 8 replacing the Castors 8 4 22 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Figure 8 39 Front Castor Disassembly 8 74 Section 8 4 Mechanicals GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE
33. Appear Here Figure 7 32 Checking the Hardware ID If the Hardware ID appearing in Figure 7 32 on page 65 does not match the Hardware ID in Figure 7 30 on page 64 then the U5 EPROM will have to be replaced This replacement process is given below Chapter 7 7 65 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL MODIFICATION PROCEDURE WARNING TAKE PROPER ESD PRECAUTIONS OR THE BOARD OR THE COMPONENTS MAY GET PERMANENTLY DAMAGED 1 Locate the 5 EPROM on the Board as shown in Figure 7 33 on page 66 2 Direction of the EPROM Notch LES E p y LE Lo gt Te a s dim I Figure 7 33 Location and Orientation of the 05 EPROM 2 Replace These 5 With the Latest Version of the EPROM Rev4 The New version of the EPROM is shown in Figure 7 33 on page 66 above 7 66 Section 7 6 Service Notes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 These EPROMSs can be obtained from the following People in the various service regions Table 7 7 Contact Persons Sino Pole CowwetPema Chapter 7 7 67 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 6 25 SN 73053 BACK UP AND RESTORE PROCESS IN LOGIQ 3 APPLIES TO ALL LOGIQ 3 SYSTEMS 7 6 25 1 Back up Process 7 6 25 2 Formatting Media
34. Scratches amp Dents Inspect the console for dents scratches or cracks Control Panel _ Inspect keyboard and control panel Note any damaged missing items 4 Control Panel Verify ease of control panel Operator I O Panel movement in all acceptable directions Ensure that Movement it latches in position as required 5 Wheels amp Brakes Check all wheels and casters for wear and verify operation of foot brake to stop the unit from moving and release mechanism Check all wheel locks and wheel swivel locks for proper operation Cables amp Check all internal cable harnesses and connectors for wear and secure connector seating Pay Connectors Special attention to footswitch assembly and probe strain or bend reliefs 7 Shielding amp Check to ensure that all EMI shielding internal covers air flow panels and screws are in place Covers Missing covers and hardware could cause EMI RFI problems while scanning External I O Check all connectors for damage and verify that the labeling is good 55 Op Panel Lights Check for proper operation of all operator panel and TCG lights Monitor Light Check for proper operation of any monitor lights if available 10 10 Section 10 5 System Maintenance GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 10 5 6 Optional Diagnostic Checks 10 5 6 1 10 5 7 10 5 7 1 10 5 7 2 10 5 7 3 NOTE NOTE NOTE Optionally you can access the d
35. WIPRO GE HEALTHCARE INDIA WIPRO GE Healthcare Pvt Ltd PLOT 4 4 KADUGODI INDUSTRIAL AREA SADARAMANGALA BANGALORE 560067 INDIA TEL 91 80 41801000 FAX 91 80 2845 2924 1 18 Section 1 6 Customer Assistance GE HEALTHCARE PROPRIETARY TO GE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 2 Pre Installation Section 2 1 Overview 2 1 1 Purpose of Chapter 2 This chapter provides the information required to plan and prepare for the installation of aLOGIQ Included are descriptions of the facility and electrical needs to be met by the purchaser of the unit 2 1 2 Chapter Contents Table 2 1 Contents in Chapter 2 Section Description Page Number 2 1 Overview 2 1 General Console Requirements 2 3 Facility Needs 2 7 Chapter 2 GE HEALTHCARE PROPRIETARY TO GE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 2 2 General Console Requirements 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 Console Environmental Requirements Table 2 2 Environmental Requirements for LOGIQ 3 Scanners _ 10 40 degree 10 60 degree C 40 60 degree C Temperature 50 104 degree F 14 140 degree F 40 140 degree F 30 85 30 90 30 90 Humidity non condensing non condensing non condensing Pressure 700 1060hPa 700 1060hPa 700 1060hPa Table 2 3 Environmental Requirements for an Ultrasound Room Lm 1
36. ena tes mee us 5 11 DC Power Low Voltage 5 12 TX Power HV Power Supply 5 13 Circuit Boards Descriptions exse PR oA SERERE REESE REC RR ar dos 5 14 Front Ehd i es 2 5 15 Mid Processors tese nes a UIN eroe 5 21 CPU Back End Processor 5 25 Mechanical Descriptions dtt e o eoru de pe ac Ewa ons 5 26 Monitor 5 26 Air Flow Controls dere re ers PEE 5 27 Air Flow Distribution 5 27 PIONS dency tei oe ee e s MEA LAT 5 27 TEETH 5 27 Common Service Plaloltri 22 0 bk Ei 5 28 INtrOdUCTION 2 rr Ret Rt E SIDA dientes 5 28 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Global Service User Interface GSUI 5 9 Service Home Page 5 30 Error Logs Page C E a AAEE 5 31 E 5 36 Ia es Wa e noe teme ano tue et et oink 5 37 Stes E De T ao de 5 7 reinen Turner 5 38 Bun 5 39 5 39 5
37. 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 1 6 Customer Assistance 1 6 1 Contact Information If this equipment does not work as indicated in this service manual or in the User Manual or if you require additional assistance please contact the local distributor or appropriate support resource as listed below Prepare the following information before you call System ID serial number Software version For GE Service Phone USA GE Healthcare Ultrasound Service Engineering 9900 Innovation Drive Wauwatosa WI 53226 Service On site 1 800 437 1171 Service Parts 1 800 558 2040 Applications support 1 800 682 5327 or 1 262 524 5698 Latin America Europe GE Ultraschall Deutschland Co KG BeethovenstraBe 239 Postfach 11 05 60 D 42665 Solingen Germany Asia Singapore GE Ultrasound Asia Service Department Ultrasound 298 Tiong Bahru 080 6 Central Plaza Singapore 169730 Service 1 800 321 7937 Applications support 1 262 524 5698 Phone 33 0 130 831 300 General Imaging and Cardiac Fax 49 0 212 2802 431 Asia ultrasound tech support ANZ 61 1800647855 China 86 8008108188 India 91 1800114567 Korea 82 262013585 SEA 65 6277344 J 5 rt Cent Phone 61 42 648 2944 Fax 81 42 648 2905 Chapter 1 1 17 GE HEALTHCARE PROPRIETARY TO GE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 1 6 2 System Manufacturer Table 1 5 System Manufacturer
38. 8 7 1 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 7 1 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 4 4 2 B Mode Checks 4 4 3 M Mode Checks Color Flow Mode 4 4 4 Checks 8 118 Section 8 7 Power Block GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Doppler Mode 4 4 5 Checks Measurement and 4 4 6 Multi Image Checks Basic 4 4 7 Measurements 10 6 4 10 6 5 Leakage Current Chapter8 8 119 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 1 Transformer Assy FRU No 800 cont d bL Transformer Figure 8 60 Transformer Assy Disassembly 8 120 Section 8 7 Power Block GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 2 LVPS Disassy FRU No 801 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the LVPS 8 7 2 1 Tools Common Phillips screwdrivers 8 7 2 2 Needed Manpower 1 person 15 minutes travel 8 7 2 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 page 4 4 8 7 2 4 Removal Procedure CAUTION Do not wear the ESD wrist strap when you remove a part of power supply unit Turn OFF power and unplug the power cord before
39. GE Healthcare Technical Publication Direction 5122546 100 Revision 4 GE Healthcare LOGIQ 3 Basic Service Manual Operating Documentation Copyright 2005 2009 by General Electric Co GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Important Precautions THIS SERVICE MANUAL IS AVAILABLE IN ENGLISH ONLY IFACUSTOMER S SERVICE PROVIDER REQUIRES A LANGUAGE OTHER THAN ENGLISH IT IS THE CUSTOMER S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TRANSLATION SERVICES DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SERVICE THE EQUIPMENT UNLESS THIS SERVICE MANUAL HAS BEEN CONSULTED AND IS UNDERSTOOD FAILURE TO HEED THIS WARNING MAY RESULT IN INJURY TO THE SERVICE PROVIDER OPERATOR OR PATIENT FROM ELECTRIC SHOCK MECHANICAL OR OTHER HAZARDS CE MANUEL DE MAINTENANCE N EST DISPONIBLE QU EN ANGLAIS SILE PRESTATAIRE DE SERVICES DU CLIENT A BESOIN DE CE MANUEL DANS UNE AUTRE LANGUE QUE L ANGLAIS IL INCOMBE AU CLIENT DE LE FAIRE TRADUIRE NEPAS TENTER D INTERVENTION SUR LES QUIPEMENTS TANT QUE LE MANUEL DE MAINTENANCE N A PAS T CONSULT ET COMPRIS LE NON RESPECT DE CET AVERTISSEMENT PEUT ENTRA NER CHEZ LE TECHNICIEN L OP RATEUR OU LE PATIENT DES BLESSURES DUES DES DANGERS LECTRIQUES M CANIQUES OU AUTRES DIESES KUNDENDIENST HANDBUCH EXISTIERT NUR IN ENGLISCHER SPRACHE FALLS EIN FREMDER KUNDENDIENST EINE ANDERE SPRACHE BEN TIGT IST ES AUFGABE DES KUNDEN F R EINE ENTSPRECHENDE BERSETZUNG ZU SORGEN
40. Interfaces GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 4 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 5 4 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 4 4 2 B Mode Checks 4 4 3 M Mode Checks Color Flow Mode 4 4 4 Checks Doppler Mode 4 4 5 Checks Measurement and 4 4 6 Multi Image Checks Basic 4 4 7 Measurements Chapter 8 8 89 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 5 8 5 5 1 8 5 5 2 8 5 5 3 8 5 5 4 8 5 5 5 Front Panel FRU No 504 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Front Panel Tools Common Phillips screwdrivers Needed Manpower 1 persons 15 minutes travel Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 on page 4 4 Removal Procedure Refer to 8 5 1 on page 8 82 Remove Rear EMI Cover Refer to section 8 4 16 on page 8 63 Remove Left Side Cover Remove Left EMI Cover Remove Rear Left EMI Support bracket Disconnect interconnect cables Remove VGP Tray Refer section 8 4 20 on page 71 Unscrew four screws a b c d Pull and remove the Front Panel c OU OX Mounting procedure 1 Install
41. Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Card Cage Fan Assy 8 4 25 1 Tools Common Phillips screwdrivers 8 4 25 2 Needed Manpower e 1 persons 15 minutes travel 8 4 25 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 on page 4 4 8 4 25 4 Removal Procedure CAUTION An electronic discharge may damage a component Turn OFF power and wear the wrist strap before you remove circuit boards Do not unplug the power cord to keep ground continuity 1 Remove the Right Cover FRU No 300 Refer to section 8 4 1 on page 8 33 2 Remove 1the Right EMI Cover Refer to section 8 4 15 on page 8 61 3 Disconnect cable connecting the fan 4 Remove two screws a b fixing the Fan Assy 5 Pull out the Fan Assy 8 4 25 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Figure 8 42 Fan Assembly 8 4 25 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 8 80 Section 8 4 Mechanicals GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up 4 4 1 Basic Controls Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 4 25 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use Chapter8 8 81 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Sec
42. SERVIS ZARIADENIA SK R SI NEPRE TATE SERVISN PR RU KU A NEPOROZUMIETE JEJ ZANEDBANIE TOHTO UPOZORNENIA M E VY STI DO ZRANENIA POSKYTOVATE A SLU IEB OBSLUHUJ CEJ OSOBY ALEBO PACIENTA ELEKTRICK M PR DOM PR PADNE DO MECHANICK HO ALEBO IN HO NEBEZPE ENSTVA DEN H R SERVICEHANDBOKEN FINNS BARA TILLG NGLIG P ENGELSKA OM EN KUNDS SERVICETEKNIKER HAR BEHOV AV ETT ANNAT SPR K N ENGELSKA ANSVARAR KUNDEN F R ATT TILLHANDAH LLA VERS TTNINGSTJ NSTER F RS K INTE UTF RA SERVICE P UTRUSTNINGEN OM DU INTE HAR L ST OCH F RST R DEN H R SERVICEHANDBOKEN OM DU INTE TAR H NSYN TILL DEN H R VARNINGEN DET RESULTERA I SKADOR P SERVICETEKNIKERN OPERAT REN ELLER PATIENTEN TILL F LJD AV ELEKTRISKA ST TAR MEKANISKA FAROR ELLER ANDRA FAROR BU SERVIS KILAVUZU YALNIZCA NG L ZCE OLARAK SA LANMI TIR E ER M TER TEKN SYEN KILAVUZUN NG L ZCE DI INDAK B R D LDE OLMASINI STERSE KILAVUZU TERC ME ETT RMEK M TER N N SORUMLULU UNDADIR SERV S KILAVUZUNU OKUYUP ANLAMADAN EK PMANLARA M DAHALE ETMEY N Z BU UYARININ G Z ARDI ED LMES ELEKTR K ARPMASI YA DA MEKAN K VEYA D ER T RDEN KAZALAR SONUCUNDA TEKN SYEN N OPERAT R N YA DA HASTANIN YARALANMASINA YOL A AB L R DIKKAT vi GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL LAVA PAVE VICI LY EAS 6 5 0 E ASHBY ANZSS
43. 3 EXPERT refer to 8 4 5 Front Bumper FRU No 303 for LOGIQ 3 on page 8 41 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Front Bumper Tools e Common Phillips screwdrivers Needed Manpower 1 persons 15 minutes travel Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described 4 3 1 3 page 4 4 Removal Procedure Refer to Figure 8 21 on page 8 39 Remove See Right Cover FRU No 300 on page 33 Remove See Left Cover FRU No 301 on page 35 Unscrew four screws a b c d Lift the Front Bumper at sides Press in the Middle of Front Cover to remove the front bumper 1 2 3 4 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Figure 8 21 Front Bumper Chapter8 8 39 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 4 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 4 4 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 8 40 Section 8 4 Mechanicals GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 5 NOTE 8 4 5 1 8 4 5 2 8 4 5 3 8 4 5 4 8 4 5 5 Front Bumper FRU No 303 for LOGIQ 3 EXPERT For LOGIQ 3 PRO and
44. 7 Press VIDEO on the Control Panel and the assignable play To start Play back an examination to perform actions on the recorded session such as stop pause 8 Use the Assignable keys on the Control panel rewind or fast forward The video status icon in updated accordingly 9 While in playback mode use the TRACKBALL to adjust the video T h h playback speed and scroll through the record 9 search an 10 Press the assignable PAUSE to stop the tape at the desired frame part of it can be stored on the computer s memory as a cineloop The 11 When playing back an examination cineloop enables the user to perform further operations on the stored section see for further information on cineloop operation To store a recorded sequence as a cineloop The last few 12 Press FREEZE while playing back a recorded session PE seconds are stored as a cineloop Chapter 4 4 27 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 Section 4 7 Safety Issues 4 7 1 Probe Connectors Check LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Take the probes and check them as described below Table 4 15 Probe and connectors check Step Task to do Expected Result s Test Each delivered Probe it will display pictorial data on the screen Test each probe in each connector slot It will display pictorial data each time Hold the probe connector vertically with the cable pointing upwa
45. 8 4 1 gt 8 4 3 300 302 8 4 8 8 4 11 306 Covers 8 4 13 308 8 4 4 8 4 7 303 311 ea 8 4 12 312 307 P 8 4 14 44439 EMI Covers 10 7 4 10 7 5 8 4 22 8 4 23 402 Front Casotr Rear Castor m 9 99 _ Rear Panel Fuse 601 605 8 6 2 8 6 3 Connector Board assy 762 BEP Assy 7 5 2 1 Compact Disk Read Write 7 5 2 4 4 m 4 3 1 4 4 1 4 3 1 4 4 1 1 44 1 4 4 2 4 4 3 4 4 4 4 4 5 4 4 6 7 7 21 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section FRU No Description Diagnostics Leakage Current Functional Tests PCVIC Dep p pe Low um Ie EE Le pee e 6 pee RR ome 8 o eem 9 LIA ll uuum MERI 1200 Cables Set E 10 7 4 10 7 5 4 4 pmo mem NEM pomo mee om mem me 7 22 Section 7 6 Service Notes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Table 7 8 Test Key of LOGIQ 3 Section Test Key Test Description Probe Connectors Check PC Diagnostics Non Ineractive Tests PC Diagnostics Interactive Tests Keyboard Tests PC Diagnostics Interactive Tests Audio Monitor Tests FRU Tests Grounding Continuity Chassis Leakage Current Test Isolated Patient Lead Source Leakage Lead
46. F Functional Checks Basic Measurements 4 22 Image Management 4 25 Probes Connector Usage 4 23 Using Cine 4 24 G Gathering Trouble Data 7 2 General Cleaning 10 9 H Hazard Icons 1 5 Human Safety 1 9 Image Management Functional Checks 4 25 Installation 3 1 Installation of Option Software 8 161 Installation of Software 8 131 L Lighting 2 2 M Manpower Requirements 2 6 Mechanical Safety 1 9 Minimal Floor Plan Suggestion 2 9 Models Covered 1 2 P P4 Key Function 7 4 Power Off 3 14 Power On 3 12 Power up Procedures Voltage Settings 3 9 Prepearing the Unit for Installation 3 9 Probe Connector Cleaning 10 11 Probes Connector Usage Functional Checks 4 23 Purchaser Responsibilities 2 7 R Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment 3 3 Regulatory 6 1 S Safety Considerations 1 9 Screen Captures 7 4 Service Adjustments 6 1 Shutdown 3 14 Software Base Load Update 8 135 Loading Application 3 37 System Maintenance 10 7 T Time and Manpower Requirements 2 6 Trouble Image with Logs 7 3 Troubleshooting Gathering Trouble Data 7 2 Screen Captures 7 4 Trouble Image with Logs 7 3 Index GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 Vital System Information 7 2 U Unpacking the Equipment 3 3 3 4 V Voltage Settings 3 9 W Warnings and Cautions 1 9 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Index GE Healthcare GE Medical Systems Telex 3797371 P O Bo
47. Mode Colorize Edge Enhance Updowntnvert Focus Number Figure 4 9 B Mode Screen Picture Example Chapter 4 4 11 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 4 4 2 2 B Mode OP Panel Controls LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Table 4 4 B Mode Control Panel Controls Press B Mode key B Mode Starts Adjust Depth Adjust Gain Adjust Time Gain Compensation TGC Adjust Scan Area Activate Auto Optimize Adjust Zoom Harmonics Activate Tissue Harmonics Adjust the field of view Increasing the depth may view larger deeper structures rates and decreasing the depth may view near the skin line Turn Depth right left to increase decrease Depth displays on the monitor in cm Controls the amount of echo information displayed in an image Turn B Mode dial to the left right to increase decrease Gain Gain displays on the monitor in G dB Amplifies the returning signals to correct for the attenuation caused by tissues at increasing depth TGC slide pots spaced proportional to the depth Move the slide pots to the left right to decrease increase TGC A TGC curve appears on the display Widen or narrow the size of the sector angle to maximize the image s region of interest ROI Press Scan Area and move the Trackball to narrow widen the angle Optimize the image based upon a specified region of interest or anatomy Press the right Auto control to activate Changes the location of the focal
48. Rotate Threshold Knob left right to Threshold increase decrease the gray scale threshold Controls the number of samples gathered for a single color flow vector Rotate Packet Size left right to Packet Size increase decrease the packet size 3 Colormaps Color maps Selects a specific color map Rotate Color Map left right to cycle through available maps a Selects a specific color map Rotate Color Map left right to cycle through available maps color map Rotate Color Map left right to cycle through available maps Froquane Enables the adjustment of the probe s operating frequency Press Frequency and select desired value q y The selected frequency is displayed in the status window Averages color frames Rotate Frame Average left right to smooth temporal averaging The selected 5 value displays on the Top and Sub Menu Color Invert Views blood flow from a different perspective Press Invert to reverse the color map Vital Comex Mosi ud of Interest gets enlarged covering more image area This is available only in Linear Spatial Filter Activates Spatial Filter Enables control of the dynamic range or contrast of the image When dynamic range is set high the Dynamic Range image is softer and more low level data is visible Turn Dynamic Range rotation knob left right to increase decrease the value Eliminates the motion artifacts Press Ace on the Sub Menu to activate Slant the Color Flow linear image l
49. Vendor MODEL earth resistance and enclosure 600 100 CHASSIS CABLE leakage current Also used as 46 285647P2 reference lead for external measurement Black coil cord with extended length and black grips Also referred to as Saline Probe or Saline Bath Ground Cable Measures earth resistance and Vendor MODEL enclosure leakage current Also used for grounding saline baths for icu CHASSIS GROUND PROBE isolation testing of probes Used on DALE601 601E This probe may be substituted for the 600 100 Chassis Cable and used as a probe Black coil cord with needle probe instead of a clamp for testing receptacles and for tight spaces Standard auxiliary cable for external measurements of leakage current and voltage gradient between two surfaces Vendor MODEL Used on DALE601 601E t 600 200 ISO EXTERNAL LEAKAGE TM Point to Point Leakage Current CABLE 4 Probe and Transducer Isolation Current May only be connected to the female connector of the Analyzer labeled Black coiled cord with red grips EXTERNAL 46 285647P6 Chapter 10 10 25 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 10 6 9 3 Generic Procedure for Leakage Current Measurements should be made with the ground open and closed with power line mains polarity normal and with the unit Off and On For each combination the probe must be active to find the worst case condition TESTER POLARITY REVERSI
50. several windows or dialog boxes will appear on the screen Wait for the System Settings Change dialog box Restart computer now approximately 3 minutes after the desktop Do NOT touch the system during this process Activating the keyboard mouse or front panel could corrupt the installation At times it may look like the system is unresponsive PATIENCE The process takes 3 4 minutes Wait for the Restart computer now message to appear before activating the keyboard mouse or front panel controls 7 When you get a message to reboot Windows wait 15 seconds or until the hour glass disappears and select YES 8 136 Section 8 9 Base Load Software Load GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 9 5 8 9 6 8 9 7 8 9 8 Optional Manual Drive Remapping Although the Base System Image Software Load is automatic if the drive remapping is not accomplished properly the changes can be done manually Follow the instructions in 8 9 11 Optional Procedure for Changing Re mapping Drive Letters on page 8 141 to check the drive mapping If the mapping is not correct complete the procedure Optional Manual Configurations The Base Image Software Load is automatic However there are two configurations of LOGIQ 3 Back End Processors On older or clinical systems you may need to perform some checks and windows may request that you perform certain actions These checks and actions are desc
51. whenever necessary System Checks Table 10 7 System Functional Checks B Mode Verify basic B Mode 2D operation Check the basic system controls that affect this mode of operation CF Mode Verify basic CF Mode Color Flow Mode operation Check the basic system controls that affect this mode of operation Doppler Modes Verify basic Doppler operation PW Check the basic system controls that affect this mode of operation Verify basic M Mode operation Check the basic system controls that affect this mode of operation Applicable Verify the basic operation of all optional modes such as Multi Image 3D Option Harmonics Software Options Option Cine etc Check the basic system controls that affect each options operation Probe Elements Perform an Element Test on each probe to verify that all probe elements and system channels are functional E System Diagnostic Perform the Automatic Tests to verify that all boards function according to specifications Control Panel Test Perform the Control Panel Test Procedure to verify that all keyboard controls are OK This is performed by the internal PC backend processor which does a normal keyboard run through Monitor Verify basic Monitor display functions Refer to Chapter 3 of the User Manual Scan a gray scale phantom and use the measurement controls to verify distance and area calculation Measurements OUS accuracy Refer to the User Manual Cha
52. 16 on page 8 63 3 Remove the Left Cover FRU No 301 Refer to 8 4 2 on page 8 35 4 Remove the BEP FRU 700 Refer to 8 6 5 on page 8 103 5 Pull out the BEP Assy and place it on a flat surface 6 Unscrew the seven screws 1 7 and remove the side cover 7 Unscrew the screw 8 of the PCVIC attaching it to the BEP 8 Remove the cables marked connecting to the PCVIC Pull out the PCVIC 9 Replace this PCVIC using the new PCVIC 8 6 9 5 Mounting Procedure 1 Replace the parts in the order of removal Chapter 8 8 113 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 9 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 6 6 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 4 4 2 B Mode Checks 4 4 3 M Mode Checks Color Flow Mode 4 4 4 Checks Doppler Mode 4 4 5 Checks Measurement and 4 4 6 Multi Image Checks Basic 4 4 7 Measurements 7 6 2 FRU Tests 8 114 Section 8 6 PCB GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL igo Ein A C Figure 8 58 PCVIC Replacement Chapter8 8 115 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 10 PC2IP PCB FRU
53. 2 Figure 5 18 THI board gives an improved axial resolution and contrast feature THI is implemented using CHAF ASIC Chapter 5 5 23 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 6 2 3 PC2IP Board SystemFive Front End Internal PCI Figure 5 19 The PC2IP acts a means for communication between FEC and the BEP It is implemented using an Intel I960 IC 5 24 Section 5 6 Circuit Boards Descriptions GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 6 3 CPU Back End Processor 5 6 3 1 PC BOX The PC Box contains CPU Mother Board AGP Video Card and LAN Board Power Supply HDD ECG Option AGP Video Card Part of Motherboard in BEP2 3 Mother Board VIC Card Battery Pack ATX SMP Assy PC2IP Card Sound Ca ECG rd Part of Motherboard in BEP2 3 Lan Card Part of in BEP2 3 Hard Disk CD RW Figure 5 20 PC Box Chapter 5 5 25 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 6 3 2 Rear Panel The Rear Panel Assy interconnects external signals and power with the LOGIQ 3 system Safety Rear Panel Fuses Table 5 3 Rear Panel Fuse Specification Power Voltage Rating Peripheral Current Assembly V Rating A Time Reset Time 1 hour max 9 5 4A 25 1 hour max 5 4A 25 1 hour max 9 3 5A 25 Electrical Isolation The rear pan
54. 301 Left Cover 2323368 Left Cover Bumper 2367629 Rear Cover Bumper for Asia Rear Cover Assy 2367630 Rear Cover Bumper for rest of world Ss EXERCI T NNNM NE NE s 66 sr 9 EI se n Le 66 6 fC E Chapter 9 9 9 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 7 Mechanical Assembly s n 403 400 io 5 ig 78 2 4 1 4 2 3 401 402 Figure 9 6 Mechanical Assembly FRU s i 114 7 Table 9 5 Mechanical Assembly 5 meme Tm n Dm Lm ___ Sere CE Dm 9 __ omes LEE 9 10 Section 9 7 Mechanical Assembly s GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 8 Interfaces 504 LUE Front Panel Figure 9 7 I O Interfaces FRU s Table 9 6 I O Interfaces FRU s Bp m 2319547 Rear Panel Assy 230VAC Rear Panel Assembly 2383299 Rear Panel Assy 100 115VAC mene cmm s 6 6 ss 6 RR ECTS Chapter 9 9 11 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 R
55. 6 7 5 2 7 7 5 2 8 7 5 2 9 PC Diagnostics Non Interactive Tests The non interactive or interactive PC Diagnostic tests are automatically executed only by clicking the following menu The test log displayed at the status frame reports all diagnostic test results the testing time and testing date CPU Tests Hard Drive Tests Memory Tests CD ROM Drive Tests Video Test USB Test PCI Board Configuration Test Keyboard Test Audio Test Chapter7 7 11 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 7 6 Service Notes Table 7 3 Service Notes SN 70411 Daylight Saving Time DST New Dates DO NOT USE LOGIQ 3 MONITOR FRU P N Refer to 7 6 2 SN 73108 2319551 7 dolo SN 73082 Refer to 7 6 12 Logiq 3 Win XP Systems with S W R 4 0 0 Inclusion of Base and Application Software CDs Refer to 7 6 13 SN 73081 inside the System LOGIQ 3 Introduction of Improved Keyboard SN 73080 Assembly SN 73078 BIOS Settings Refer to 7 6 15 PC2IP Driver installation on BEP 2 System with PC2IP II Refer to 7 6 16 SN 73077 board SN 73075 Introduction of New Receive Board Refer to 7 6 17 Introduction of FMI 73066 Monitor MCU Replacement and Refer to 7 6 18 SN 73074 Brightness HV adjustment SN 73073 Refer to 7 6 19 SN 73064 Refer to 7 6 20 7 12 Section 7 6 Service Notes Refer to 7 6 14 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Table
56. 7 3 Service Notes SN 73049 Hard ware ID Generation on the ACI Board Refer to 7 6 28 Chapter 7 7 13 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 6 1 SN 70411 Daylight Saving Time DST New Dates PROBLEM Issue 1 DST start and end dates have changed in some countries Issue 2 The automatic Daylight Saving Time feature in Microsoft Windows products may no longer run on thecorrect date causing the system s time to be incorrect CAUSE Some countries have changed their start and end dates for DST SOLUTION Access Microsoft website http support microsoft com kb 928388 to determine if the system s location site is affected Issue 1 Adjust the system time manually at the start of DST and again at the conclusion Issue 2 If the system relies on the automatic DST feature in Microsoft Windows turn off the feature and then set the correct system time Adjust the system time manually at the start of DST and again at the conclusion of DST Image Vault only FMI 77203 for Image Vault 4 2 will be released in April The upgrade involved with this FMI installs a Microsoft patch to address ongoing Daylight Saving Time changes After the FMI is applied the Image Vault will automatically update the system time on the correct date Therefore in November and ongoing DST time periods there will be no need to manually adjust the system time NOTE For all products whenever you install or reinstall applica
57. 8 4 19 1 Tools e Common Phillips screwdrivers 8 4 19 2 Needed Manpower e person 15 minutes travel 8 4 19 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described 4 3 1 3 on page 4 4 8 4 19 4 Removal Procedure Refer to Figure 8 35 on page 8 68 1 Remove See Right Cover FRU No 300 on page 33 2 Remove See Left Cover FRU No 301 on page 35 3 Remove See Front Bumper FRU No 303 for LOGIQ 3 PRO Black and White on page 39 4 Remove See Front Cover FRU 304 for LOGIQ PRO Black and White on page 47 5 Unscrew nine screws 1 9 holding the Front EMI Cover 6 Remove the Front EMI Cover 8 4 19 5 Mounting procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Figure 8 36 Front EMI Cover Disassembly Chapter8 8 69 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 19 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 4 19 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 10 6 4 10 6 5 Leakage Current 8 70 Section 8 4 Mechanicals GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 20 VGP Tray Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the VGP Tray 8 4 20 1 T
58. BNC Connector Color Output 2 S Video Out Table 3 16 4 pin mini DIN 3 S Video In Table 3 16 4 pin mini DIN 4 VGA Out Table 3 17 DSUB HD22 15 Pin female 5 Audio Out RCA Phono Jack 6 Audio In RCA Phono Jack 7 Composite Video Out BNC Connector Color Output 8 Composite Video In BNC Connector Color Input 9 Shutter Table 3 15 Mini phone Jack 10 Foot Switch Table 3 14 Hirose Electric Co RM12BRB 5S 11 Ethernet Table 3 13 RJ 45 Connector 12 Service Table 3 9 DSUB 9 pin male 13 Remote Table 3 11 DSUB 9 pin female 14 USB Table 3 12 15 Printer DSUB 25 pin female Chapter 3 3 25 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 7 3 NOTE Peripherals Accessories Connector Panel cont d 1 Pin Assignment of Remote Connector D SUB 9 Pin Female Table 3 9 Pin Assignments of RS232C for Remote Output level of RS232C signals Table 3 10 Output Level of RS232C signals 2 Pin Assignment of RS232C for Service Connector D SUB 9Pin Male Picture Service Table 3 11 Pin Assignments of RS232C for Service 3 26 Section 3 7 Optional Peripherals GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 7 3 Peripherals Accessories Connector Panel cont d 3 Pin Assignment of USB1 amp USB2 Connector USB Picture USB Table 3 12 Pin Assignments of USB 4 Pin Ass
59. Base System Software Load Image as per BEP Type into the CDROM drive and switch on the system The following screen appears Press any key to Continue lt gt MORNING gt WARNING WARNING gt WARNING 6 gt WARNING WARNING see THIS PROCEDURE MAY RESULT IN COMPLETE PATIENT DATA LOSS IF NOT USED CORRECTLY PLEASE READ THE OPTION BELOW CAREFULLY BEFORE PROCEEDING This process 12 NOT REVERSIBLE and should be stopped once ctartedt DO NOT power of f the system until the process has conpleted It will take less than 15 minutes to load the drive If this process is stopped for some reason you WILL have to run it again to conpletion or else the system will not work you want to proceed with this process press the Enter key to continue with option selection SEU NT Remove the CDROM fron the CDROM drive and Press CTRL C now to exit and power cycle your system to restart it without overwriting your disk drive s current cuntleutls Press any key to continue Figure 8 109 Base Load Warning Message CAUTION DO NOT SELECT OPTION 1 as it will delete the patient images on the Hard disk 2 SELECT OPTION 2 for C Partition Only 8 168 Section 8 12 Loading Base and Application Software GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL ding the LOGIOS em All ng d will be los FIWARE WILL NEED TOINSTALLED WHEN THIS git YSTEM THAT WILL NO WILL NEED 3 Exit to
60. Configurat 5 AGP Video Card Tes Network Test Ey Interactive Tests G Keyboard l est GM Audio Test i 24 Monitor Test Sy LOGIQ3 Diagnostics Trouble Shootng 5 Y Figure 7 7 Diagnostic Selected 4 Loop Count This is an editable text field that will only accept numeric values of 4 digits or less When the switch is configured as an execute switch and pressed the loop count field will be queried to determine the number of times to execute the diagnostic 5 Progress Indicator Displays a graphical progress indicator for the user 6 Short Text Message Displays brief messages about the test s progress during execution 7 Status Frame Background Color Initially gray the Status Frame background color changes upon completion of a diagnostic to indicate completion status Code Status Fail Red Code Status Pass Green Code Status Executing Yellow Code Status neither Pass nor Fail Example Aborted Gray default color 7 10 Section 7 4 Diagnostics GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 7 5 Common Diagnostics 7 5 1 Utilities Table 7 2 Utilities Mode Enable The disruptive diagnostic mode is ON and the other PC connected to the scanner via network can operate the scanner remotely for troubleshooting System Shut Down N A 7 5 2 7 5 2 1 7 5 2 2 3 7 5 2 4 7 5 2 5 7 5 2
61. ELECTRICAL SAFETY Max Value Value Electrical Test Performed Allowed Measured OK Comments Chassis Source Leakage Current Probe LEE EC 5 from previous page Allowed Measured OK Comments NENNEN EF ed ome LLLA _________ Patient Lead Source Leakage Lead to Ground Patient Lead Source Leakage Lead to Lead Patient Lead Source Leakage Isolation __ o pu sS E S _ 5 5 Final Check All system covers are in place System scans with all probes as expected Accepted by 10 30 Section 10 7 When There s Too Much Leakage Current GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Applications Software Loading 3 37 Backup Patient Database 3 33 Preset Configurations 3 33 Base Load Software Check Devices 8 139 Remapping Drive Letters 8 141 Update 8 135 Video Adapter Configuration 8 140 Basic Measurements Functional Checks 4 22 Boot Up 3 12 C Cine Functional Checks 4 24 Color Mode Overview 4 19 Connectivity Worksheet 3 32 Cooling 2 2 Customer Assistance 1 17 E Electrical Safety 1 10 EMI Limitations 2 5 EMI Protection 3 9 Environmental Conditions Probes 2 6
62. GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL This page was intentionally left blank 7 78 Section 7 6 Service Notes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures Section 8 1 Overview 8 1 1 8 1 2 NOTE Purpose of Chapter 8 This chapter describes replacement procedures for the following modules and subsystems Section Description Page Number 8 1 Overview 8 1 8 2 Monitor 8 3 8 3 Keyboard 8 13 8 4 Mechanicals 8 33 8 5 Interfaces 8 82 8 6 PCB 8 94 8 7 Power Block 8 118 8 8 Software Loading Procedure 8 131 8 9 Base Load Software Load 8 135 8 10 Loading Application Software After a Base Image Load 8 146 8 11 Installing Option Software 8 161 8 12 Loading Base and Application Software 8 163 Table 8 1 Contents in Chapter 8 Returning Shipping Probes and Repair Parts Equipment being returned must be clean and free of blood and other infectious substances GEMS policy states that body fluids must be properly removed from any part or equipment prior to shipment GEMS employees as well as customers are responsible for ensuring that parts equipment have been properly decontaminated prior to shipment Under no circumstance should a part or equip ment with visible body fluids be taken or shipped from a clinic or site for example body coils or an ultrasound probe The
63. Monitor screen Press the Start button on the tool bar at the bottom of the Screen and select Run Enter g LoadSoftware bat into the dialog box as shown in Figure 8 89 on page 8 153 DS lI 1 2 3 4 Run 2 x Type the name of a program folder or document and Windows will open itfor you Open g LoadSoftware bat jv Bun in Seperate Memor apace Cancel Browse Figure 8 114 Run Load Software 5 You will see a Command CMD window open as shown in Figure 8 115 on page 8 172 Chapter8 8 171 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Loading Applications Software cont d or 55132 ett Install the application software lt lt WARNING This program install the application softuare 1 p the hard drive Thic procese choald take approxinate ly x m ninates to conplete x KAK seu want te stop this sov eater N key Preceed this progran N _ Figure 8 115 Application CD Installation Popup 6 Press Y key twice to start the process 7 During Application Software loading process the System will auto Shutdown Manually switch on the System using the standby ON OFF switch 8 After the software loading is completed the system will pop up a message a
64. Operator Console Assy 9 3 9 4 MONITOR 9 5 9 5 Keyboard 9 6 9 6 External Covers 9 8 9 7 Mechanical Assembly s 9 10 9 8 Interfaces 9 11 9 9 PCB Boards 9 12 9 10 BEP 9 14 9 11 Power Block 9 16 9 12 Power Cord 9 17 9 13 Probes 9 17 9 14 Peripherals 9 18 9 15 Cables Set 9 18 9 16 Option Parts 9 19 9 17 New FRUs for LOGIQTM3 Expert 9 20 Chapter 9 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 2 List of Abbreviations Assy Assembly BEP Back End Processor Ctrl Control FEP Front End Processor F O B Flock of Birds or 3 D Option FRU 1 Replacement part available in parts hub FRU 2 Replacement part available from the manufacturer lead time involved Int Internal Input Output PWA Printed Wire Assembly Recv Receive XFRMR Transformer Section 9 2 List of Abbreviations GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 3 Operator Console Assy Front View Side View Figure 9 1 Operator Console Assembly Chapter9 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 3 Operator Console Assy cont d Rear View Figure 9 2 Operator Console Assembly 9 4 Section 9 3 Operator C
65. People s Republic of China Electronic Industry Standard SJ T11364 2006 include the hazardous substances of lead mercury hexavalent chromium cadmium polybrominated biphenyl PBB and polybrominated diphenyl ether PBDE 20 indicates the number of years during which the hazardous substance s will not leak or mutate so that the use of this product will not result in any severe environmental pollution bodily injury or damage to any assets Rear Panel For China Only Section 1 3 Important Conventions GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 1 4 Safety Considerations 1 4 1 Introduction The following safety precautions must be observed during all phases of operation service and repair of this equipment Failure to comply with these precautions or with specific warnings elsewhere in this manual violates safety standards of design manufacture and intended use of the equipment 1 4 2 Human Safety Operating personnel must not remove the system covers Servicing should be performed by authorized personnel only Only personnel who have participated in a LOGIQ 3 Training Seminar are authorized to service the equipment 1 4 3 Mechanical Safety WHEN THE UNIT IS RAISED FOR A REPAIR OR MOVED ALONG ANY INCLINE USE WARNING EXTREME CAUTION SINCE IT MAY BECOME UNSTABLE AND TIP OVER ULTRASOUND PROBES ARE HIGHLY SENSITIVE MEDICAL INSTRUMENTS THAT CAN EASILY BE DAM
66. Pre installation Requirements cont d ROUTING INFORMATION Destination IP Addresses Local Port IP Address Net Mask Default ROUTER1 ROUTER2 ROUTER3 DICOM APPLICATION INFORMATION Store 1 Store 2 Store 3 Store 4 Store 5 Store 6 Work List Storage Commit MPPS NAME MAKE REVISION AE TITLE GATEWAY IP Addresses IP ADDRESSES PORT Figure 2 2 Worksheet for DICOM Network Information Chapter 2 2 11 GE HEALTHCARE PROPRIETARY TO GE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL This page was intentionally left blank 2 12 Section 2 3 Facility Needs GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 3 Installation Section 3 1 Overview 3 1 1 Purpose of Chapter 3 This chapter contains information needed to install the unit Included are references to a procedure that describes how to receive and unpack the equipment and how to file a damage or loss claim 3 1 2 Chapter Contents Table 3 1 Contents in Chapter 3 Section Description Page Number 3 1 Overview 3
67. Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 on page 4 4 Removal Procedure Refer to Figure 8 7 on page 8 12 Remove the See Keyboard Rear Cover FRU No 308 on page 57 Rotate CRT by 90x left Unscrew two screws a b using Stub B screwdriver 1 2 3 4 Unthread the task lamp and remove lt lt Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Rotate CRT by 90 left e s TASKLAMP Figure 8 7 Task Lamp 8 2 7 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 2 7 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 8 12 Section 8 2 Monitor GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 8 3 Keyboard 8 3 1 KeyBoard Assy FRU No 200 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Keyboard Assy 8 3 1 1 Tools Common phillips screwdrivers 8 3 1 2 Needed Manpower person 15 minutes travel 8 3 1 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Circuit Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 page 4 4 8 3 1 4 Removal Procedure Refer to Figure 8 8 on page 8 14 1 Remove the See Probe Holder FRU No 201 on pa
68. REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 16 Rear EMI Cover Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Rear EMI Cover 8 4 16 1 Tools e Common Phillips screwdrivers 8 4 16 2 Needed Manpower e person 15 minutes travel 8 4 16 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 page 4 4 8 4 16 4 Removal Procedure Refer to Figure 8 33 on page 8 63 1 Remove See Rear Cover FRU No 302 on page 37 2 Unscrew eight screws 1 10 holding the Rear EMI shield 3 Remove the Rear EMI Shield 8 4 16 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Figure 8 33 Rear EMI Cover Disassembly Chapter 8 8 63 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 16 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 4 15 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 10 6 4 10 6 5 Leakage Current 8 64 Section 8 4 Mechanicals GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 17 8 4 17 1 8 4 17 2 8 4 17 3 8 4 17 4 8 4 17 5 Nest EMI Cover Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Nest EMI Cover Tools Common Phillips screwdrivers Nee
69. Renewal Parts for Part Numbers to be used when ordering new or replacement probes Table 3 7 Material of Headshell LIST OF TRANSDUCERS Area of Using Catalog Number Part Number BE9C 10LB 12L PES Abdomen OB GYN Urology TYPE Convex H40412LB 2286354 Abdomen OB GYN Convex H40412LA 2294516 Urology Piodomen OB GYN Convex H41762LM 2348094 Urology Urology H40482LA 2389382 Abdomen OB GYN Convex H4901PE 2296158 Urology NORYL Cardiac Transcranial H4550SZ 2323337 NORYL Cardiac Transcranial H4000P 2263669 NORYL NORYL NORYL NORYL Vascular Small Parts Musculoskeletal Masso sonography Vascular Small Parts Musculoskeletal Masso sonography Vascular Small Parts Musculoskeletal Masso sonography Vascular Small Parts Musculoskeletal Masso sonography Linear Linear NORYL PBT TRANSVAGINAL H40412LE 2294641 NOTE NOTE Indicates Probe Exclusive to LOGIQ 3 Expert PES Polyethersulfone NORYL Modified Polyphenylene Oxide PU Polyurethane PBT Polybutylene Terephthalate ABS Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene 3 7 3 Peripherals Accessories Connector Panel Connection to the Peripherals and Accessories can be established by connecting to the LOGIQ 3 Rear panel Located on the panel are video input and output connectors audio input and output footswitch connector power connector and control connections for VCR printer and service tools T
70. S W Assy FRU No 105 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Monitor S W Assy 8 2 6 1 Tools Common phillips screwdrivers 8 2 6 2 Needed Manpower person 10 minutes travel 8 2 6 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described 4 3 1 3 page 4 4 8 2 6 4 Removal Procedure Refer to Figure 8 6 on page 8 10 1 Remove the See Monitor Cover Front Bezel FRU No 104 on page 8 2 Unscrew two screws 1 2 3 Remove the Monitor S W Assy 8 2 6 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Figure 8 6 Monitor Switch Assy 8 10 Section 8 2 Monitor GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 6 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 2 6 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 7 5 2 PC Diagnostics Chapter 8 8 11 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 7 8 2 7 1 8 2 7 2 8 2 7 3 8 2 7 4 8 2 7 5 Task Lamp FRU No 106 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Task Lamp Tools Common phillips screwdrivers Stub B Needed Manpower person 15 minutes travel
71. Service Note PROBLEM Problems observed in Logiq 3 systems mentioned below 1 System Performance Slowdown 2 Blue screen during system operation 3 Slow Transition time 4 Slow Bootup Booting stops 5 USB A Drive appear in F3 Menu even when no USB Device is connected SOLUTION 1 Ensuring that the Bios Settings are correct Refer to the Table below for Procedure to ensure that the BIOS settings are correct Table 7 2 Procedure to ensure BIOS settings System Type Change the Bios Settings LOGIQ 3 System With S W Ver 2 X X Refer section 7 6 15 1 on page 41 LOGIQ 3 BT 05 System Ref tion 7 6 15 2 on page 44 7 40 Section 7 6 Service Notes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL PROCEDURE 7 6 15 1 BIOS settings for Logiq 3 Systems with S W version 2 X X are as follows 1 During Boot Up Press F2 to enter SetUp Screen 2 Enter the Password as dhruva 3 Under Exit 4 Enter Boot tab Under Boot Disk Priority select CD RW as the First Boot device as in Figure 7 20 on page 41 and the Hard disk as the Second Boot Device Figure 7 20 1 st Boot Device CD R W 5 Press ESC Chapter 7 7 41 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 6 Under Advanced lt Chipset Configuration tab Go ISA Enable bit Press Enter and Select Enabled as in Figure 7 21 on page 42 Figure 7
72. Signa PEI GUS gt pt Video Sig 5 to External l Monitor _ Service Ethernet USE Part of Motherboard en AGP Board ig integrated on the Motherboard on BEP2 T Figure 5 5 CPU Backend Processor The Back End Processor grabs the data from the FEC stores it in a main memory performs scan conversion to pixel domain and drives the system RGB monitor The Back End Processor grabs the data from the Front End stores it in a main memory performs scan conversion to pixel domain and drives the system RGB monitor Back End Processor software is also providing B mode M mode CFM Doppler processing BEP Box include ATX smps and UPS battery ATX type P4 motherboard and P4 CPU Memory capacity is 512MB minimum AGP and PCI slots on motherboard contains followings AGP video card displays image on monitor Monitor display resolution is 800 x 600 75Hz There is no Separate AGP present on the BEP2 3 It is integrated on the motherboard of the BEP2 3 e PCI Slot 1 VIC Card Video Converter Board for VCR playback and VCR recording and analog video image printing PCI Slot 2 Open slot e PCI Slot 3 PC2IP card PCI Slot 4 Sound Card integrated on the BEP Motherboard in BEP2 3 e PCI Slot 5 Ethernet Card integrated on the BEP Motherboard in BEP2 3 e PCI Slot 6 Open slot for 3D sensor card option to be introduced in the future Storing Devices Hard Disk Drive HD Drive Inside the
73. Table 1 3 Standard Icons Indicating a Special Procedure Be Used AVOID STATIC ELECTRICITY TAG AND LOCK OUT WEAR EYE PROTECTION EYE PROTECTION Chapter 1 1 5 GE HEALTHCARE PROPRIETARY TO GE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 1 3 3 Product Icons The following table describes the purpose and location of safety labels and other important information provided on the equipment Table 1 4 Product Icons LABEL SYMBOL PURPOSE MEANING LOCATION Manufacturer s name and address Identification and Rating Plate Date of Rear of console near power inlet Model and serial numbers On each probe Electrical ratings Laboratory logo or labels denoting conformance Device Listing Certification Labels d with industry safety standards such as UL or IEC Rear of console Type Class Label Used to indicate the degree of safety or protection Indicates the degree of protection provided by the IP Code IP68 enclosure per IEC 60529 IP68 indicates can be Footswitch used in operating room environment Equipment Type BF man in the box symbol IEC 60878 indicates B Type equipment having a floating Probe connectors and PCG Connectors applied part Equipment Type CF heart in the box symbol IEC 60878 indicates equipment having a floating applied part having a high degree of protection suitable for direct cardiac contact ECG connector and Probes marked Type CF CA
74. Title Page 4 4 Proceduresn 4 pue pages 8 1 to 8 28 Important Precautions 4 Chapter4 Functional checks Chapter9 Renewalparts 4 pages i to X pages 4 1 to 4 14 pages 9 1 to 9 8 Table of Contents Ang Chapter10 Care amp maintenance TOC1 to TOC6 es pages 10 1 to 10 30 pages pages 5 1 to 5 12 pag Chapter 1 Introduction 4 Chapter6 Scan Adjustments 4 indes 4 pages 1 1 to 1 18 pages 6 1 to 6 2 depen Chapter7 Trouble Shooting and Chapter2 4 Diagnostics 4 4 pages pages 7 1 to 7 2 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL CHAPTER 1 us score iS ab IR ERN E Sad dla Rod dyad aM 1 1 Purpose or 1 1 Chapter CODIODIS 32 aou vanes ili ql are one bere IPTE Qo ee 1 1 Purpose of Service 1 1 Typical Users of the Basic Service Manual 1 2 LOGIQ 3 Models Covered by this Manual 1 2 Purpose of OperatorManual s 1 2 erum pr 1 3 MERE 1 3 Important Conventions ee eae reote EUR os 1 4 Conventions Used in BOOK 1 4 Standard Hazard 00 9 De tub oe Doc P yb Eden 1 5 Product 00 is PA pede etx tete att
75. WARTEN SIE DIESES GER T NUR WENN SIE DIE ENTSPRECHENDEN ANWEISUNGEN IM KUNDENDIENST HANDBUCH GELESEN HABEN UND NACHVOLLZIEHEN K NNEN WIRD DIESE WARNUNG NICHT BEACHTET SO KANN ES ZU VERLETZUNGEN DES KUNDENDIENSTTECHNIKERS DES BEDIENERS ODER DES PATIENTEN DURCH ELEKTRISCHE SCHLAGE MECHANISCHE ODER SONSTIGE GEFAHREN KOMMEN GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL ATENCAO AVVERTENZA HOIATUS ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO S LO EST DISPONIBLE EN INGL S SI ALG N PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS AJENO A GEMS SOLICITA UN IDIOMA QUE NO SEA EL INGL S LA TRADUCCI N ES RESPONSABILIDAD DEL CLIENTE NO SE DEBER DAR SERVICIO T CNICO AL EQUIPO SIN HABER CONSULTADO Y COMPRENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO LA NO OBSERVANCIA DEL PRESENTE AVISO PUEDE DAR LUGAR A QUE EL PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS EL USUARIO O EL PACIENTE SUFRAN LESIONES PROVOCADAS POR DESCARGAS EL CTRICAS PROBLEMAS MEC NICOS O PELIGROS DE OTRA NATURALEZA ESTE MANUAL DE ASSIST NCIA T CNICA S SE ENCONTRA DISPON VEL EM INGL S SE QUALQUER OUTRO SERVICO DE ASSIST NCIA T CNICA QUE N O A GEMS SOLICITAR ESTES MANUAIS NOUTRO IDIOMA DA RESPONSABILIDADE DO CLIENTE FORNECER OS SERVI OS DE TRADU O TENTE REPARAR 0 EQUIPAMENTO SEM TER CONSULTADO E COMPREENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE ASSIST NCIA T CNICA O CUMPRIMENTO DESTE AVISO PODE P R EM PERIGO A SEGURANCA DO T CNICO OPERADOR OU PACIENTE DEVIDO A CHOQUES EL TRICOS M
76. a neutral not shared with any other circuit and a full size ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet Sites with a mains power system without a defined Neutral The dedicated line shall consist of one phase two lines not shared with any other circuit and a full size ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet Please note that image artifacts can occur if at any time within the facility the ground from the main facility s incoming power source to the Ultrasound unit is only a conduit Dedicated single branch power outlet of adequate amperage meeting all local and national codes which is located less than 2 5 m 8 ft from the unit s proposed location Door opening is at least 76 cm 30 in wide Proposed location for unit is at least 0 3 m 1 ft from the wall for proper cooling of the system Power outlet and place for any external peripheral are within 2 m 6 5 ft of each other with peripheral within 1 m of the unit to connect cables Chapter 2 2 7 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL NOTE PROPRIETARY TO GE The LOGIQ 3 has three outlets in the unit One is for the on board peripheral and two for off board peripherals Power outlets for other medical equipment Power outlets for test equipment and modem within 1 m 3 2 ft of unit Clean and protected space to store transducers in their cases or on a rack Material to s
77. be associated to the print keys 6 In the mage generated section select the parameters related to the service recorded in step 6 Section 7 3 1 Chapter 7 7 7 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 7 4 Diagnostics As described in Chapter 5 Components and Functions Theory the overall service platform uses a web based user interface UI to provide access to common service components The Diagnostic home page displays a listing of test categories consisting of Common Diagnostics and LOGIQ 3 Diagnostics Expand the desired main category to select groups or individual tests Acquisition Diagnostics is one of three main headings under the GSUI Diagnostics Tab 7 4 1 Serviceability 1 Latest Service Platform Integrated for R4xx base 2 Boot up into Simulation mode w o FEC 3 Latest WinXP with iLing and InSite 4 Improved Documentation of PM Procedure 5 Improved Service Diag and Operator Interface 6 Total ALT D log file size gt 5MB 7 No new Service tool 8 PC Doctor compatible with XP 9 System Network Information 10 Customer notification indication that service is logged to system disruptive mode 11 Service presets related to iLinq introduced 12 Enter Service Menu using Utility Service Wrench disabled 7 8 Section 7 4 Diagnostics GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL GEMS Service H
78. curent log flet Check this hex if reporting a crash re application hat been restarted after problem Menu Delete Activa Run Stop Nun les First Last Figure 7 1 ALT D Dialog Box When Alt D is pressed a menu box appears that allows for A place to enter a description of the problem Achoice to store to a pre formatted MOD H drive CD RW or to the Export directory D drive for remote viewing through InSite NOTE You MUST select H or CD RW as the destination device if it is to be different than the default Export directory on the hard drive Choose the H drive which is the MOD or the CD RW The subsequent file is compressed and time stamped The screen capture is a bitmap which eliminates the possibility of artifacts from compression Chapter 7 7 3 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 7 3 Screen Captures 7 3 1 There may be times when the customer or field engineer will want to capture a presentation on the Screen so it may be recovered by the OnLine Center through InSite This is accomplished by first saving the image s to the clipboard using a Print Key The P4 key is the factory default print key to accomplish a secondary screen capture However the default is for the video area only or the customer may have customized the P4 Key function Therefore screen capture should involve the following steps Check and record any custom settings for
79. for L3 added HW id error CWD connectors OWDnose Coded harmonics for Initial release 3rd Probe port support Initial release Inrush current limit Connector Board 2318128 HVPS Assy 2277105 ACI PCB Assy 2319490 Rear Panel Interface board 2319484 assy Key board 2319549 BEP assy 2361975 4 LV PS Assy 2319545 Rear Panel Assy 100 115V 2383299 Rear Panel Assy 230V 2319547 2 2 3 2 2 2 Reverse capacitor polarity L5 Intel motherboard Supermicro w ith R 202 Intel w ith R 202 Front Panel Assy 2383298 Transformer Assy 2342032 2319551 Base System Softw are load Image Rel 2 0 1 2978390 2 Application Softw are Rel 2 0 2 2356515 3 Patch Softw are Rel 2 0 3 2401921 81 TSB 1 Board Assembly 2319492 RFC board Assembly 2319480 R 202 VC7 softw are RFC2 board Assembly only 23797 w ith CWD 11998 Front Panel Assembly 2383298 0D o m o o ow Ou 55 zik x Chapter 7 7 61 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 6 23 SN 73056 Back Plane Board and Continuous Wave Doppler Board FRUs APPLIES TO All LOGIQ 3 Systems PROBLEM In Some LOGIQ 3 Systems If Continuous Wave Doppler Option is Installed during the Pulse Wave Doppler Operation with a liner probe some noise lines will be seen in the image This will happen only on systems where the CWD board is 2379704 SOLUTION To Correct this issue the CWD boar
80. in Figure 8 107 on page 8 166 Figure 8 107 Disable Diskette Controller 11 Press ESC 12 Under Advanced lt USB Configuration tab Under 2 0 Legacy Support Set the USB speed to HiSpeed 8 166 Section 8 12 Loading Base and Application Software GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL teat uum 2 0 Legacy Suppart Ful dpeedi FullzSmend gt 13 14 15 16 Press 5 Press F10 Popup screen appears on the screen Click on OK to Save all the changes and exit as per F o ol 17 Reboot the System Chapter8 8 167 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 12 2 Base Software Load Procedure For BEP Ver 2 3 and 4 NOTE Disconnect the system from the network and remove all transducers all External Drives USB MOD Flash Sticks USB Memory etc Switch Off peripherals like printers VCR VGP before installing Base Load If not this can affect the keyboard functionality after loading the base Ghost Part Number Reference Software to be used for Base Application Loading NA BEP Part No 2361975 20r 2361975 4 BEP Ver2 2361975 7 or Refer Section 9 18 for appropriate Base and 2361975 8 Application softwares BEP Ver3 3 5193870 BEP Ver4 Table 8 6 S W CD Selection to Begin Load Procedure 1 Insertthe disk labeled
81. is often referred to as radio frequency or electromagnetic interface RFI EMI and can be radiated through space or conducted over interconnecting power of signal cables In addition to electromagnetic energy also includes possible effects from electrical fields magnetic fields electrostatic discharge and disturbances in the electrical power supply Electrostatic Discharge ESD Prevention DO NOT TOUCH ANY BOARDS WITH INTEGRATED CIRCUITS PRIOR TO TAKING THE NECESSARY ESD PRECAUTIONS gh VARNING 1 Always connect yourself via an arm wrist strap to the advised ESD connection point located on the rear of the scanner to the right of the power connector Ans 2 Follow general guide lined for handling of electrostatic sensitive 1 5 3 NOTE equipment CE Compliance The LOGIQ 3 unit conforms to all applicable conducted and radiated emission limits and immunity from electrostatic discharge radiated and conducted fields magnetic fields and power line transient requirements Applicable standards are 47CFR Part18 IEC EN 60601 1 2 For CE Compliance it is critical that all covers screws shielding gaskets mesh clamps are in good condition installed tightly without skew or stress Proper installation following all comments noted in this service manual is required in order to achieve full EMC performance 1 16 Section 1 5 EMC EMI and ESD GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ
82. kind Move the cursor to the start point of the 5 Trackball the cursor measurement 6 Press Set Anchor the start point of the measurement Move the cursor to the measurement end point The current distance value is displayed 7 Trackball the cursor in the Measurement result table and is instantaneously updated when moving the cursor Chapter 4 4 21 GE HEALTHCARE 1 2 3 ev d DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 4 7 Basic Measurements NOTE The following instructions assume that you first scan the patient and then press Freeze 4 4 7 1 Distance and Tissue Depth Measurements 1 Press MEASURE once an active caliper displays 2 To position the active caliper at the start point distance or the most anterior point tissue depth move the TRACKBALL 3 To fix the start point press Set The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper 4 To position the second active caliper at the end point distance or the most posterior point tissue depth move the TRACKBALL 5 To complete the measurement press SET The system displays the distance or tissue depth value in the measurement results window Before you complete a measurement To toggle between active calipers press MEASURE To erase the second caliper and the current data measured and start the measurement again press CLEAR once NOTE To rotate through and activate previously fixed cali
83. mage generated section record the parameters related to the service 7 3 2 Setting the P4 Key to Screen Capture If the P4 Key is not set to screen capture 1 While on the Connect screen with the Buttons tab displayed go to the drop down selection menu in the Destinations section 2 From the drop down menu select CopyToWflow_01 gt Image to Buffer gt MyComputer gt Out 3 Ensure that the mage generated section for capture Area is set to Whole Screen secondary Capture and No Image Compression The P4 Key should now be set up for whole screen capture sending the screens to the image buffer clipboard Chapter 7 7 5 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 3 3 Capturing a Screen The following is a generic process to capture any screen from the scanner 1 Navigate to and display the image screen to be captured 2 Press This will place a snapshot of the screen on the clipboard displayed at bottom of the scan image display T GEGE Medical Systems MI0 6 0 10LB 09 08 02 9 59 33 AM 26 09 08 02 9 59 33 AM Thytold 8 22 10 0 MH z Gn 58 23 82 331 10 7 51 1 5 Clipboard Thumbnails Enhanc Figure 7 3 Select Image to Capture 3 Highlight the snapshot to be stored to the system hard drive MOD or CD R 4 Select Menu on the right side of the image screen then highlight and select SAVE AS System Menu Save As S
84. mem EE eme omm A Dm NOTE Indicates Probe Exclusive to LOGIQ 3 EXPERT Chapter 9 9 17 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 14 Peripherals Table 9 12 Peripherals D omm eL 1100 8000000 9500MD me eee oe LT e oe E eem Section 9 15 Cables Set Table 9 13 Cables Set 2367627 IRE EET NN NN 7 7 Cable Set 23676007 9 18 Section 9 14 Peripherals GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 16 Option Parts Table 9 14 Option Parts ee ae ECG Cable Hook 2283028 M SaS O ww 6 Le 66 6 0 cem EE Lr 6 EE 6 EE Lise ELEC eo 06 LE Lew 6 EE 0 Lee ____ 6 ELEC sw 8 6 ELEC 1 6 cmm EE 6 EE 06 6 EE 86 ELEC 6 08 LE LE wae
85. no 706 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Parts in the Back End Processor BEP Assy 8 6 10 1 Tools Common Phillips screwdrivers 8 6 10 2 Needed Manpower 1 persons 15 minutes travel 8 6 10 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 on page 4 4 8 6 10 4 Removal Procedure Refer to Figure 8 53 on page 8 103 1 Remove the Rear Cover FRU No 302 Refer to 8 4 3 on page 8 37 2 Remove the Rear EMI Cover Refer to 8 4 16 on page 8 63 3 Remove the Left Cover FRU No 301 Refer to 8 4 2 on page 8 35 4 Remove the BEP FRU 700 Refer to 8 6 5 on page 8 103 5 Pull out the BEP Assy and place it on a flat surface 6 Unscrew the seven screws 1 7 and remove the side cover 7 Unscrew the screw 8 and remove the cables marked Pull out the PC2IP Card 8 Replace the PC2IP Card 8 6 10 5 Mounting Procedure 1 Replace the parts in the order of removal 8 6 10 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 6 10 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 4 4 2 B Mode Checks 4 4 3 M Mode Checks Color Flow Mode 4 4 4 Checks Doppler Mode 4 4 5 Checks Measurement and 4 4 6 Multi Image Checks Basic 4 4 7 Measurements 8 116 Section 8 6 PCB GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 1
86. out the HDD mounting Remove the two screws marked 10 11 and 12 13 on each side of the HDD mounting and remove the HDD 10 Replace this HDD Oa Mounting Procedure 1 Replace the parts in the order of removal Functional Checkout Procedure See Section Functional and or Leakage Current Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 6 6 Equipment passes all required 4 4 1 tests and is ready for use Basic Controls 4 4 2 B Mode Checks 4 4 3 M Mode Checks 4 4 4 Color Flow Mode Checks 4 4 5 Doppler Mode Checks 4 4 6 Measurement and Multi Image Checks 4 4 7 Basic Measurements 8 106 Section 8 6 PCB GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 5 2 PC Diagnostics Chapter 8 8 107 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 5 Hard Disk Drive FRU 702 contd Figure 8 55 HDD Replacement 8 108 Section 8 6 PCB GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 7 Compact Disc Read Write Drive FRU no 702 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Parts in the Back End Processor BEP Assy 8 6 7 1 Tools e Common Phillips screwdrivers 8 6 7 2 Needed M
87. parts in the reverse order of removal Figure 8 64 Circuit Breaker Disassembly CAUTION Do not Interchange input line to output load cables Cables a d from Terminal block Input and Cables b c to Noise Filter Output Chapter8 8 127 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 5 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 7 5 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 4 4 2 B Mode Checks 4 4 3 M Mode Checks Color Flow Mode 4 4 4 Checks Doppler Mode 4 4 5 Checks Measurement and 4 4 6 Multi Image Checks Basic 4 4 7 Measurements 10 6 4 10 6 5 Leakage Current 8 128 Section 8 7 Power Block GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 6 Noise Filter FRU No 805 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Circuit Breaker 8 7 6 1 Tools Common Phillips screwdrivers 8 7 6 2 Needed Manpower 1 person 15 minutes travel 8 7 6 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 page 4 4 8 7 6 4 Removal Procedure CAUTION Do not wear the ESD wrist strap when you remove a part of power supply unit Turn OFF power and unplug the power cord before
88. pop up message appears Press OK Some or all patients has failed during copy 5 of 6 successfully copied 1 of 6 not properly copied Figure 8 87 Export Completion Status Message 7 Press F3 to eject the media Specify that you want to finalize the CD ROM Chapter8 8 151 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 10 4 4 Importing Data To import an exam s to another Ultrasound system 1 At the other Ultrasound system insert the MOD or CD ROM 2 Press Patient press More then Import The Import from pop up message appears Press OK IMPORT FROM Service Removeable Archive Cancel Figure 8 88 Import Pop up Message 3 The Patient menu just shows the patients available for import from the removable media you just loaded onto the system Select the patients to be imported Press Copy Patient from the Select All Copy Patient menu Please wait for the patient information to be copied to this Ultrasound system Informational messages appear while the import is taking place 7 Press F3 to eject the media gt 8 152 Section 8 10 Loading Application Software After a Base Image Load GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 10 5 Loading Applications Software 1 Place the Application Software CDROM into the CDROM drive 2 Move the cursor using Trackball to find the Start command button on the Monitor
89. purpose of the regulation is to protect employees in the transportation industry as well as the peo ple who will receive or open this package The US Department of Transportation DOT has ruled that items that were saturated and or aripping with human blood that are now caked with dried blood or which were used or intended for use in patient care are regulated medical waste for transportation purposes and must be transported as a hazardous material Chapter8 8 1 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL WARNING ONLY QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL SHOULD REMOVE ANY COVERS OR PANELS ELECTRICAL HAZARDS EXISTS AT SEVERAL POINTS INSIDE BECOME THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH ALL HAZARDOUS VOLTAGES AND HIGH CURRENT LEVELS TO AVOID ACCIDENTAL CONTACT CAUTION Do not wear the ESD wrist strap when you remove a part of power supply unit Turn OFF power and unplug the power cord before removing a part of power supply unit However be sure to turn off power and wear the strap before you remove a circuit boards 8 2 Section 8 1 Overview GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 8 2 Monitor 8 2 1 Monitor Assy FRU No 100 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Monitor Assy 8 2 1 1 Tools Coin Screw Driver 8 2 1 2 Needed Manpower 2 persons 15 minutes travel 8 2 1 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off t
90. removing a part of power supply unit However be sure to turn off power and wear the strap before you remove a circuit boards Refer to Figure 8 61 on page 8 122 Remove Right Cover FRU No 300 Refer to section 8 4 1 on page 8 33 Remove Right EMI Cover Refer to section 8 4 15 on page 8 61 Unscrew two screws a b Remove two GND Wire A B and disconnect Connectors 301 and 302 Disconnect the cables from the backplane CN36 CN29 CN31 and CN34 Disconnect from RPI to LVPS Slide out the LVPS Diog Ur e ceo Chapter8 8 121 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 2 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal a b A Connectors B 301 and 302 Figure 8 61 LVPS Replacement 8 7 2 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 7 2 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 4 4 2 B Mode Checks 4 4 3 M Mode Checks Color Flow Mode 4 4 4 Checks Doppler Mode 4 4 5 Checks Measurement and 4 4 6 Multi Image Checks Basic 4 4 7 Measurements 10 6 4 10 6 5 Leakage Current 8 122 Section 8 7 Power Block GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 3 AC Interface Board ACI FRU No 802 Pu
91. replace the Front Cover Tools e Common Phillips screwdrivers Needed Manpower 1 persons 15 minutes travel Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 on page 4 4 Removal Procedure Refer to Figure 8 25 on page 8 47 1 Remove See Right Cover FRU No 300 on page 33 2 Remove See Left Cover FRU No 301 on page 35 3 Remove See Front Bumper FRU No 303 for LOGIQ 3 PRO Black and White on page 39 4 Unscrew two screws a b c d 5 Remove Front Cover Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Figure 8 26 Front Cover Chapter8 8 49 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 9 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 4 9 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 8 50 Section 8 4 Mechanicals GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 10 8 4 10 1 8 4 10 2 8 4 10 3 8 4 10 4 8 4 10 5 Top Cover FRU No 305 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Top Cover Tools Common Phillips screwdrivers Needed Manpower 1 person 15 minutes travel Preparations Shut D
92. services provide the operator with clinically useful features for moving images and patient information over a hospital network Examples of DICOM services include the transfer of images to workstations for viewing or transferring images to remote printers As an added benefit transferring images in this manner frees up the on board monitor and peripherals enabling viewing to be done while scanning continues With DICOM images can be archived stored and retrieved faster easier and at a lower cost DICOM Option Pre installation Requirements To configure the LOGIQ 3 to work with other network connections the site s network administrator must provide information to complete the form in Chapter 2 Worksheet for DICOM Network Information Information must include host name local port number AE Title IP address and Sub Net Mask for the LOGIQ The IP addresses for the default gateway and other routers at the site for ROUTING INFORMATION host name IP address port and AE Title for each device the site wants connected to the LOGIQ 3 for DICOM APPLICATION INFORMATION A field for the make manufacturer and the revision of the device is also included This information may be useful for solving errors 2 10 Section 2 3 Facility Needs GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 PROPRIETARY TO GE LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 2 3 3 2 LOGIQ 3 Host Name AE Title DICOM Option
93. should be identified before the unit is installed Electrical and electronic equipment may produce EMI unintentionally as the result of a defect These sources include medical lasers e Scanners e cauterizing guns computers monitors fans gel warmers microwave ovens light dimmers portable phones Lift The presence of a broadcast station or broadcast van may also cause interference See Table 2 5 for EMI Prevention tips Table 2 5 EMI Prevention Abatement EMI Rule Details Keep the unit at least 5 meters or 15 feet away from other EMI sources Special shielding may be required to eliminate interference problems caused by high frequency high powered radio or video broadcast signals Be aware of RF sources Poor grounding is the most likely reason a unit will have noisy images Check grounding of the Ground the unit power cord and power outlet After you finish repairing or updating the system replace all covers and tighten all screws Any Replace all screws RF gaskets covers cores cable with an external connection requires a magnet wrap at each end Install the shield over the front of card cage Loose or missing covers or RF gaskets allow radio frequencies to interfere with the ultrasound signals Replace broken RF gaskets If more than 20 or a pair of the fingers on an RF gasket are broken replace the gasket Do not turn on the unit until any loose metallic pa
94. signals So the echo signals are received by a RXB ASSY under appropriate control The RXB ASSY are inserted into Nest box which is composed of BACKPLANE and other boards The RXB ASSY have main three blocks TR Switch Pre amp and Gain Control and Mode control block The Transmit Receive Switch protects the receive amplifier from high voltage transmit pulse the RXB ASSY amplifies the echo signals The mode control block selects a maximum gain code via dedicated control signals from FEC The analog voltage signal provided by Gain Control block gives total amplified gain The block diagram above of the RXB ASSY for a received signal is given Actually there are 48 echo adaptive channels in the assy The Pre amp block consists of Low Noise Amplifier LNA which amplifies the RX Signal by fixed Gain and Time Gain Control Amplifier TGC The Pre amp block is controlled by totally 4digital signals and an analog signal In digital One for input impedance alternative low or high mode another 3 bits for choice of maximum gain code Chapter5 5 19 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 6 1 5 Digital Beam Former amp ADC DRV ADC RF data to FEC From RX Board Oqcard AAF amp ADC DRV o E E BENI l NEM Oqcard g 895 EE FPGA Hu 4 TWA amp ADCDRV mE To ADCs Clock ECL To Oqcar 7 DRV to TIL Voltage References Figure 5
95. tested so it is the active probe 9 Depress the LIFT GROUND rocker switch and record the highest current reading 10 Follow the test conditions described in Table 10 25 for every probe The test passes when all readings measure less than the values shown in Table 10 15 and Table 10 16 10 26 Section 10 6 Electrical Safety Tests GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 10 6 9 4Meter Procedure Using Dale Meter to Measure Leakage Current cont d 11 Keep a record of the results with other hard copies of Planned Maintenance data using Table 10 25 Ultrasound unit is powered on Power off the Ultrasound unit allow the stored energy to bleed down and turn the circuit breaker off BEFORE switching the POLARITY switch and or the NEUTRAL switch on the leakage meter to avoid possible power supply damage CAUTION Equipment damage possibility Never switch the Polarity or the status of the Neutral when the Table 10 25 Typical Data Sheet For Probe Source Leakage Current Switch Switch Switch Measurement Open Neutral first then attempt Power ON Close Neutral Power System ON and wait until Probe under test is active before continuing m s wma ax ow wma 6 Chapter 10 10 27 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 10 7 When There s Too Much Leakage Current CHASSIS FAILS Check
96. the PROMPT Figure 8 110 Base Load Option Message 3 You will see a screen showing Ghost This automatically loads the base software onto the hard disk Let it run to completion Approximately 10 mins am ox iss 505 mi e XL eren 1 pe lian 1 sadi f eee Figure 8 111 Ghost Screen 4 A message will be displayed when the process is completed The Base System Software Load Image process has successfully completed You wil need to load the Application Software onto your system Please remove the CDROM from the drive Power off the system and then Power it on again so you can continue with the Application Software load o J proce dure Thank youl gt Figure 8 112 Base Load Completion Message Chapter8 8 169 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 Remove the CD ROM NOTE Remove the CD ROM from the drive otherwise you will be repeating the Base System Software Load process NOTE This Base software loading has changed the system platform from Windows 2000 Professional to Windows XP 6 After removing the CDROM from the drive properly turn off the scanner by pressing and holding power on button on keyboard for more than 20 seconds 7 Turn the scanner back on It will now boot up and automatically log on to start checking hardware and Device Manager This is a normal and s
97. the lamp status xx Xx Xx e e e e e Xx Condition CORRECT REVERSE OPEN OPEN HOT GROUND WIRING POLARITY GROUND HOT REVERSED Figure 10 2 Dale 600 Outlet Test NOTE No outlet tester can detect the condition where the Neutral grounded supply conductor and the Grounding protective earth conductor are reversed If later tests indicate high leakage currents this should be suspected as a possible cause and the outlet wiring should be visually inspected 10 14 Section 10 6 Electrical Safety Tests GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 10 6 4 Grounding Continuity ji CAUTION Electric Shock Hazard The patient must not be contacted to the equipment during this test Measure the resistance from the third pin of the attachment plug to the exposed metal parts of the case The ground wire resistance should be less than 0 2 ohms Reference the procedure in the IEC 601 1 1 CONSOLE ACCESSIBLE METAL PARTS GROUND PIN 1 Monitor Housing 2 Rear Panel Connector 3 Any Caster Wheel Support OHMMETER Figure 10 3 Ground Continuity Test 10 6 4 1 Meter Procedure Follow these steps to test the ground wire resistance 1 Turn the LOGIQ 3 unit OFF 2 Plug the unit into the meter and the meter into the tested AC wall outlet 3 Plug the black chassis cable into the meter s CHASSIS connector and attach the black chassis cable clamp to an expos
98. the new parts in the reverse order of removal Figure 8 47 Front Panel Disassembly 8 90 Section 8 5 Interfaces GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 5 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 5 5 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 4 4 2 B Mode Checks 4 4 3 M Mode Checks Color Flow Mode 4 4 4 Checks Doppler Mode 4 4 5 Checks Measurement and 4 4 6 Multi Image Checks Basic 4 4 7 Measurements Chapter 8 8 91 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 6 Rear Panel Fuse FRU No 505 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Rear Panel Fuse 8 5 6 1 Tools Common Phillips screwdrivers 8 5 6 2 Needed Manpower 1 person 15 minutes travel 8 5 6 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 on page 4 4 8 5 6 4 Removal Procedure CAUTION Do not wear the ESD wrist strap when you remove a part of power supply unit Turn OFF power and unplug the power cord before removing a part of power supply unit However be sure to turn off power and wear the strap before you remove a circuit boards Refer to Figure 8 64 o
99. the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 3 9 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 3 9 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 4 4 2 B Mode Checks 4 4 3 M Mode Checks Color Flow Mode 4 4 4 Checks Doppler Mode 4 4 5 Checks Measurement and 4 4 6 Multi Image Checks Basic 4 4 7 Measurements PC Diagnostics 7 5 2 Keyboard Tests Chapter 8 8 29 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Figure 8 16 Keyboard Power switch and Encoder PCB Assy 8 30 Section 8 3 Keyboard GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 10 Keyboard Power Cable FRU 208 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Keyboard Power Cable 8 3 10 1 Tools Common phillips screwdrivers 8 3 10 2 Needed Manpower persons 15 minutes travel 8 3 10 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 on page 4 4 8 3 10 4 Removal Procedure 1 Remove See KeyBoard Assy FRU No 200 on page 13 2 Disconnect Cable C1 from KBD 3 Remove the See Rear EMI Cover on page 63 4 Disconnect the other end of the Cable C1 from RPI Board 5 Pull out the Cable from the system 8 3 10
100. they have been set the display becomes the reference for the hard copy device s After readjusting the monitor s Contrast and Brightness readjust all preset and peripheral settings The Procedure for the Caliberation of the Monitor is given in section 6 4 1 on page 10 Chapter 6 6 9 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 6 4 1 Re calibration the Monitor 1 Power on the system and boot into the imaging mode 2 Press the Utilities button on the front panel and enter the utilities mode as shown in Figure 6 9 System Location Patient Info Date Time 12 AMPM usg 2000 gt General User Interface v Utility Sae cane Ext search iling Figure 6 9 Utilities Menu 6 10 Section 6 4 Monitor Adjustment GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 Select the Test Patterns Menu as seen shown in the Figure 6 10 062905 02 34 44 iling Figure 6 10 Test Pattern Menu 4 From the Test patterns menu select the menu White as seen in Figure 6 10 Chapter 6 6 11 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 Locate the Brightness Contrast button on the monitor bezel as shown in Figure 6 11 10603 s eg f Brightness Contrast Control Figure 6 11 Brightness Contra
101. to Ground Isolated Patient Lead Source Leakage Lead to Lead Isolated Patient Lead Sink Leakage lsolation Test Probe Leakage Current test Chapter 7 7 23 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 6 7 SN 73097 LOGIQ 3 73060 OFFICIALLY CLOSED APPLIES TO LOGIQ 3 Systems which need FMI 73060 as per the effectivity mentioned in the FMI Instructions and are Un located as on date and hence not upgraded PROBLEM FMI 73060 is officially closed SOLUTION 1 Identification of BEP 2 Order the Spares as per the Late Request Plan mentioned below If the system has BEP 1 then order and install the spare parts mentioned in Table 7 9 on page 24 If the system has BEP 2 then order and install the spares mentioned in Table 7 10 on page 24 Late Request Plan 1 For systems with BEP 1 Table 7 9 Spare Parts for BEP 1 systems Part No Part Description 5220185 5137896 2 2 2319549 3 Keyboard Assy 5193870 R412 PRO Base Software 5140654 4 R412 PRO Appin Software 2 For systems with BEP 2 Table 7 10 Spare Parts for BEP 2 systems Part No Part Description 2393280 PCVIC 5137896 2 FEC 2 2319549 3 Keyboard Assy 5167387 IDE Cable 2381159 CD Rom Drive 5120163 2 R412 PRO Base Software 5140654 4 R412 PRO Appin Software 7 24 Section 7 6 Service Notes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION
102. twist lock lever points towards the 9 o clock position B Insert the transducer connector on the receptacle guide pin until it touches the receptacle mating surface C Twist the transducer twist lock lever to the 2 o clock position to lock it in place Twist the lever to the 9 o clock position to disconnect the transducer It is not necessary to turn OFF power to connect or disconnect a transducer Connect the main power cable to a hospital grade power receptacle with the proper rated voltage checked during pre installation Never use a three to two prong adapter this defeats the safety ground Power Boot Up After turning off a system wait at least ten seconds before turning it on again The system may not be able to boot if power is recycled too quickly Scanner Power On 1 Connect the Power Cable to the back of the system 2 Ensure the Cable Clip slips securely over the shoulders on the molded plug 3 Connect the Main Power Cable to a hospital grade power receptacle with the proper rated voltage Never use an adapter that would defeat the safety ground 4 Switch ON the Circuit Breaker at the rear of the system 3 12 Section 3 4 Completing the Installation GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Circuit Breaker Figure 3 8 Circuit Breaker and Power Cable on Back of Scanner When power is applied to the scanner and the rear Circuit Breaker is turned ON power i
103. 00 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Figure 8 59 PC2IP Replacement Chapter8 8 117 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 Section 8 7 Power Block 8 7 1 8 7 1 1 8 7 1 2 8 7 1 3 8 7 1 4 N CAUTIO LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Transformer Assy FRU No 800 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Transformer Assy Tools e Common Phillips screwdrivers Needed Manpower 1 persons 15 minutes travel Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 on page 4 4 Removal Procedure N Do not wear the ESD wrist strap when you remove a part of power supply unit Turn OFF power and unplug the power cord before removing a part of power supply unit However be sure to turn off power and wear the strap before you remove a circuit boards Refer to Figure 8 60 on page 8 120 Remove Rear cover FRU No 302 Refer to section 8 4 3 on page 8 37 Position the caster wheel straight Unscrew two screws a b Remove two screws from the stopper plate 1 2 3 4 Remove GND cable 1 5 6 Disconnect Cable Assy 13 Pull amp Remove the Transformer Assy NOTICE Replace Circuit Breaker and Noise Filter in case of transformer failure Refer Disassy procedure of Circuit Breaker and noise filter 8 7 1 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal
104. 00 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 2 If replacement is done on BEP Ver1 close the PCI slot at the rear of the BEP f this dif ng ment 15 fo Vert only Slide out the Power supply as shown t the Figure 8 57 BEP Power Supply Replacement 8 112 Section 8 6 PCB GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 8 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 6 8 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 4 4 2 B Mode Checks 4 4 3 M Mode Checks Color Flow Mode 4 4 4 Checks Doppler Mode 4 4 5 Checks Measurement and 4 4 6 Multi Image Checks Basic 4 4 7 Measurements 10 6 4 10 6 5 Leakage Current 8 6 9 PCVIC PCB FRU no 704 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Parts in the Back End Processor BEP Assy 8 6 9 1 Tools Common Phillips screwdrivers 8 6 9 2 Needed Manpower 1 persons 15 minutes travel 8 6 9 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 on page 4 4 8 6 9 4 Removal Procedure Refer to Figure 8 53 on page 8 103 1 Remove the Rear Cover FRU No 302 Refer to 8 4 3 on page 8 37 2 Remove the Rear EMI Cover Refer to 8 4
105. 00755 base and application PIER CAUTION BEP contains battery above the ATX Power supply Handle With care during Service amp 2 Replacements Disposal of Battery should follow local Environment Guidelines Chapter 9 9 15 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 11 Power Block Circuit Breaker 804 Figure 9 10 Power Block FRU s Table 9 9 Power Block FRU s Transformer Assy 2406958 Transformer Assy EN LVPS 2319545 2 Low Voltage Power Supply mr EE m ESTE 0 mm ESTE Dm p omm EE N NOTICEReplace Circuit Breaker and Noise Filter in case of transformer failure Refer Disassy procedure of Circuit Breaker and noise filter 9 16 Section 9 11 Power Block GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 12 Power Cord Table 9 10 Power Cord Power Cord Assy 2365878 Power Cord Japan Power Cord Assy E 2 Power Cord India 902 Power Assy 2342033 Power Cord Europe 903 Power Cord Assy 2334499 Power Cord USA 904 Power 5137225 POWER CORD CHINESE 230V WITH CCC MARK Section 9 13 Probes Table 9 11 Probes rmm Cen n p mm meme D p pomee e me E ____ ____ E pom E Dm e E
106. 0A 100V 8 5A 115V 5A 230V 20 26 DEG C 68 79 DEG F for PATIENT COMFORT 50 t 70 for PATIENT COMFORT Weight 155 kg 342lbs without Accessories Cooling The cooling requirement for the LOGIQ 3 is 1366 BTU hr This figure does not include cooling needed for lights people or other equipment in the room Each person in the room places an additional 300 BTU hr demand on the cooling system Lighting Bright light is needed for system installation updates and repairs However operator and patient comfort may be optimized if the room light is subdued and indirect Therefore a combination lighting system dim bright is recommended Keep in mind that lighting controls and dimmers can be a source of EMI which could degrade image quality These controls should be selected to minimize possible interference 2 2 Section 2 2 General Console Requirements GE HEALTHCARE PROPRIETARY TO GE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 2 2 2 NOTE NOTE 2 2 3 2 2 3 1 2 2 3 2 N Electrical Requirements GE Medical Systems requires a dedicated power and ground for the proper operation of its Ultrasound equipment This dedicated power shall originate at the last distribution panel before the system Sites with a mains power system with defined Neutral and Live The dedicated line shall consist of one phase a neutral not shared with any other circuit and a full size ground wire no
107. 1 3 2 Receiving and Unpacking LOGIQ 3 3 3 3 2 1 Safety Reminders 3 7 3 2 2 Moving into Position 3 8 3 2 3 Adjusting System Clock 3 8 3 2 4 Product Locator Installation Card 3 8 3 3 Preparing for Installation 3 9 3 4 Completing the Installation 3 10 3 5 System Configuration 3 16 3 6 Storage And Operation Requirements 3 18 3 7 Optional Peripherals 3 19 3 9 Connectivity Installation Worksheet 3 32 3 10 Loading Base System Software 3 33 3 11 Loading Application Software 3 38 3 12 Paperwork 3 41 Chapter 3 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 1 3 Average Installation Time NOTE 3 1 4 NOTE N Table 3 2 Average Installation Time Description Average Installation Time Comments Unpacking the scanner Approximately 0 5 hour Scanner wo options Approximately 0 5 hour Dependant on the required configuration The LOGIQ 3 has been designed to be installed and checked out by an experienced service technician in approximately Four hours LOGIQ 3 console with optional may take slightly longer For Installing Options average installation time is approximately between 0 5 2hrs depending on the required configuration Installation Warnings 1 Since the LOGIQ 3 weighs approximately 155 kg 342 Ibs without options preferably two people should unpack it Two people are also preferable for installing any additional bulky items 2 There are no opera
108. 16 DBF Block Diagram Overview The DBF sub system is the receiving Digital beam former The DBF sub system is delay summing echo signals after pre amplification and time controlled gain at the RXB ASSY Then the DBF sub system adds the delay sum data and transfers the results to the FEC sub system The block diagram is shown in the Figure above The DBF sub system consists of delay summing part and its controller part Control Part Function Outline Interfaces with CPU through USC Bus Generates receive timing Controls OQCARD s operation Controls delay data transfer from SRAM memories to OQCARD s 5 20 Section 5 6 Circuit Boards Descriptions GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Operation Description Scan Mode This mode is for imaging The parameters specific to scan line number are sent to OQCARD s and the start trigger for receiving signals is generated Access Mode This mode is for accessing SRAM memories and OQCARD s 5 6 2 Mid Processors 5 6 2 1 FEC Figure 5 17 Board Figure 5 17 FEC Board Overview Key Features CHAF SPARE Three CHAFs have functions of coded excitation decorder and 2nd harmonic filter COMSO Has functions of detector B M mode edge enhance Log compression and dynamic range control Chapter 5 5 21 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL PCI
109. 2 Spanish Report Translation errors appearing in Portuguese amp English 3 Windows Network vulnerability MSO5 011 MSO5 019 MSO5 043 MS05 051 4 10 Image Report Template not getting printed in the correct format SOLUTION The issues mentioned in PROBLEM section are resolved by upgrading the LOGIQ 3 system with S W R2 2 X to R4 0 X by using FMI 73068 or FMI 73070 Refer table 1 1 to order appropriate FMI kit System Type Serial Number Identification Required FMI Kit to Order LOGIQ 3 systems S W 2 2 X Above 3055WS1 Not Required 73068 Kit By with BEP2 or BEP3 LOGIQ 3 systems S W 2 2 X Ref EMI 7 Kit Part Number with BEP2 or BEP3 Below 3055WS1 efer Step 3 3068 5162505 LOGIQ 3 systems S W 2 2 X 7 Kit Part Number with Below 3055WS1 Refer Step 3 FMI 73070 5167186 Table 7 1 Order Appropriate FMI Kit 2 If the customer requires prior Patients data and Images be retained on the hard drive after the upgrade the FE may order FMI 73071 Kit Part Number 5184450 FMI 73071 Kit consists of USB Hard disk as a tool to support the execution of FMI 73068 or FMI 73070 USB HDD can not be used with R2xx software not supported system should be first upgraded to R4 0 X C partition only Only in the event of Unable to create new patient after the upgrade the USB HDD is needed to backup patient data The Ez Backup Ez Backup with Move or the Export functions
110. 20166 5140647 5140657 5140659 5140660 1 PC2IP PC2IP2 and BEP3 BEP2 BEP1 1 PC2IP PC2IP2 and BEP3 BEP2 1 1 SN A000UJS8 1 PC2IP2 and BEP4 BEP3 BEP2 5140661 2 R4 1 2 SN 4758UJS1 1 PC2IP3 amp 2 PC2IP2 amp BEPA BEP3 BEP2 5120163 2 5120166 replaced by raza EPET i 5120163 2 5120166 3 5193870 4 2 PC2IP2 8 Bx BEP4 BEP3 BEP2 mn 5120163 2 5120166 3 5193870 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Required Hardware Configuration FEC 1 FEC 8 2277093 8 with THI board optional 2 FEC 9 227 7093 9 1 FEC 8 2277093 8 with THI board optional 2 FEC 9 227 7093 9 1 FEC 8 2277093 8 with THI board optional 2 FEC 9 2277093 9 1 FEC 8 2277093 8 with THI board optional 2 FEC 9 227 7093 9 1 FEC 8 2277093 8 with THI board optional 2 FEC 9 2277093 9 7 26 Section 7 6 Service Notes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 6 9 Sn 73092 Preventive Maintenance Of LOGIQ 3 Monitor APPLIES TO All LOGIQ Systems beginning with serial number 28365WS5 and higher PROBLEM Color Tinge issue found on the LOGIQ 3 Monitor The color tinge reddish greenish or bluish may be seen across the entire screen or in some regions of the screen Figure 7 8 Color tinge Issue in LOGIQ Monitor CAUSE Polarization of Monitor Magnetic field due to external Magneti
111. 21 Enable ISA bit Select ISA bit Enabled 7 Press ESC 7 42 Section 7 6 Service Notes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 Under Advanced lt Diskette Configuration tab Go To Diskette Controller Press Enter and Select Disabled as in Figure 7 22 Disable Diskette Controller fige lhe 11 ated diskette tral ler 9 Press ESC 10 Under Advanced lt USB Configuration tab go to High Speed USB and set it to Disabled 11 Press ESC 12 Press F10 13 Popup Screen appears on the screen Chapter 7 7 43 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 14 Click on OK to Save all the changes and exit as per Figure 7 23 on page 44 Figure 7 23 Save changes before Exiting BIOS 15 Reboot the System 7 6 15 2 BIOS settings for Logiq 3 BT 05 Systems with S W version 4 X X are as follows 1 During Boot Up Press F2 to enter SetUp Screen 2 Enter the Password as dhruva 3 Under Exit go to the Load Optimal Default Parameters and press Enter Ref Figure 7 24 on page 45 7 44 Section 7 6 Service Notes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 pop up screen appears on the screen Click on OK Figure 7 24 Load Optimal Default Settings 5 Press ESC 6 Enter Boot tab Under Boot Disk Priority sel
112. 2546 100 Section 8 7 3 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 4 4 2 B Mode Checks 4 4 3 M Mode Checks Color Flow Mode 4 4 4 Checks Doppler Mode 4 4 5 Checks Measurement and 4 4 6 Multi Image Checks Basic 4 4 7 Measurements 10 6 4 10 6 5 Leakage Current 6 124 Section 8 7 Power Block GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 4 Fuse FRU No 803 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Fuse 8 7 4 1 Tools Common Phillips screwdrivers 8 7 4 2 Needed Manpower 1 person 15 minutes travel 8 7 4 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described 4 3 1 3 4 4 8 7 4 4 Removal Procedure CAUTION Do not wear the ESD wrist strap when you remove a part of power supply unit Turn OFF power and unplug the power cord before removing a part of power supply unit However be sure to turn off power and wear the strap before you remove a circuit boards Refer to Figure 8 63 on page 8 125 1 Remove Transformer Assembly FRU No 800 Refer to Section 8 7 1 on page 8 118 2 Pull two cables a b 3 Press the Fuse in the Direction shown by two arrows and pull the Fuse out 8 7 4 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Figure 8 63 Fuse Disassembly 8 7 4 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Funct
113. 277093 9 120163 5120166 5133116 1 FEC 8 227 7093 8 RAD x PC2IP PC2IP2 with R400 5140647 5140657 and THI board optional R401 BEP3 BEP2 5140659 5140660 2 FEC 9 2277093 9 Exp 1 FEC 8 2277093 8 R4 1 1 PC2IP2 and Wm 5120163 2 5120166 3 5193870 THI board optional SN 4000UJ58 BEP4 BEP3 BEP2 2 FEC 9 2277093 9 1 FEC 8 2277093 8 PC2IP3 8 with R4 1 2 BEP4 THI board optional 5120163 2 5120166 3 5193870 SN44758UJS1 PC2IP2 8 BEPA BEP3 BEP2 2 FEC 9 2277093 9 1 FEC 8 2277093 8 1 PC2IP3 amp with 0 5120163 2 5120166 3 0 2 PC21P2 8 THI board optional BEP4 BEP3 BEP2 2 FEC 9 2277093 9 NOTE For R4 1 X BEP2 BEP3 and BEP4 Base Image software is made common to all LOGIQ3 models Expert Pro and B W 3 10 2 Before You Load Software Save to CD R or MOD any patient data images and system presets that have been stored or configured Installing the base operating software destroys all patient data images and system setups saved on the system 3 10 3 Managing Data Presets and Images Before loading software if you need to save Patient Data Presets or Images refer to 8 10 4 Image Management Guide on page 8 146 Chapter 3 3 33 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL uN WARNING The next steps will destroy ALL data on the Scanner 3 34 Section 3 10 Loading Base System Software GE HEALTHCARE DIR
114. 3 3 9 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 4 Completing the Installation 3 4 1 System Specifications 3 4 1 1 Physical Dimensions The physical dimensions of the LOGIQ 3 unit are summarized in Table 3 4 on page 10 The Size of LOGIQ 3 with monitor and peripherals is shown in Figure 3 7 on page 11 Table 3 4 Physical Dimension of LOGIQ 3 3 10 Section 3 4 Completing the Installation GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL WEIGHT 155kg 342165 NOTE Length is in mm Variation 5 490 760 The LOGIQ 3 Expert will have 3 Probe Ports as seen here Figure 3 7 OVERALL DIMENSIONS Chapter 3 3 11 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 3 3 4 2 3 4 3 NOTE 3 4 4 NOTE 3 4 4 1 Weight with Monitor and without Peripherals The Weight of LOGIQ 3 with monitor without peripherals Table 3 5 Weight of LOGIQ 3 Acoustic Noise Output Less than 70dB A according to DIN 45635 19 01 KL2 Electrical Specifications Electrical conduit junction boxes outlets circuit breakers and switches should be in place before installing the LOGIQ 3 console Table 3 6 Electrical Specification for LOGIQ 3 Probe Transducer Connection 1 Connect a transducer to the upper transducer receptacle as follows A Ensure that the transducer
115. 3 39 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 11 2 System Setup To complete the system setup 1 2 Connect the system to the network if applicable Select Utility Connect TCPIP Tab For systems with S W version lower than R2 2 0 the path is Utility Connectivity TCPIP Tab Ensure that DHCP is deselected so you can enter information manually Input the DICOM information This should be the appropriate DICOM information for the system if it is on the hospital network If it is not correct input the correct data After all information is entered select SAVE SETTINGS If the system is NOT on a network you will need to input a set of dummy data for proper InSite and Diagnostic operation Enter the following data if you are not on a network Computer Name Address 3 192 28 253 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 After all information is entered select SAVE SETTINGS Reset the VCR by going to Utilities gt System gt Setup Select Sony 9500 VCR and SAVE Select Exit in the lower left hand corner of the Touch Screen Do an auto shut down Press the STANDBY switch on the Control Panel once to display the SYSTEM EXIT menu Select SHUTDOWN from the SYSTEM EXIT menu 2 A 0 1 2 3 SYSTEM EXIT x Logon Information Figure 3 25 System Exit Menu for Back end Processor Power Down 3 40 Section 3 11 Loading Applicatio
116. 3 Rear Panel Disassembly Chapter8 8 83 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 2 8 5 2 1 8 5 2 2 8 5 2 3 8 5 2 4 8 5 2 5 Rear Panel1 RP1 Board FRU No 501 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Rear Paneli Tools Common Phillips screwdrivers Needed Manpower 1 persons 15 minutes travel Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 on page 4 4 Removal Procedure Refer to 8 5 1 page 8 82 Remove the Rear Cover FRU No 302 Refer to section 8 4 3 on page 8 37 Remove the Rear EMI Cover Refer to section 8 4 16 on page 8 63 Remove Rear Panel FRU No 500 Refer to section 8 5 1 on page 8 82 Remove three screws a b c Pull Rear Paneli RP1 Board Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Figure 8 44 Rear Panel1 RP1 Disassembly 8 84 Section 8 5 Interfaces GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 2 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 5 2 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 4 4 2 B Mode Checks 4 4 3 M Mode Checks C
117. 33116 4 1412 Logiq 3 PRO 5 Application Software for software 4 1 2 5140654 4 Po 1 2 Logiq 3 Black and White BT05 Application Software for 5140661 3 1 2 software R4 1 2 Base Image software for BEP2 with Intel865 Motherboard Base Image software for with Intel865 Motherboard Base Image software for for Logiq3 8705 Base Image software for for Logiq3 8705 software for BEP4 for Logiq 3 BT05 5193870 Chapter 9 9 21 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 9 22 Section 9 18 Software FRU s for LOGIQ3 Expert PRO Black and White GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 10 Care amp Maintenance Section 10 1 Overview 10 1 1 Periodic Maintenance Inspection It has been determined by engineering that your LOGIQ 3 system does not have any high wear components that fail with use therefore no Periodic Maintenance Inspections are mandatory Some Customers Quality Assurance Programs may require additional tasks and or inspections at a different frequency than listed in this manual 10 1 2 Purpose of Chapter 10 This chapter describes Care amp Maintenance PM on the scanner and its peripherals These PM procedures are intended to maintain the quality of the ultrasound systems performance Read this chapter completely and familiarize yourself with the procedures before starting a P
118. 4 Tools Required 10 4 1 Standard GE Tool Kit The following is a description of the Standard GE tool kit in the USA Not all tools are required for PMs Table 10 3 Overview of GE 1 Tool Kit Contents 10 4 Section 10 4 Tools Required GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Table 10 3 Overview of GE 1 Tool Kit Contents Continued NN RN pm Table 10 4 Overview of GE 2 Tool Contents Cold Chisel 1 2 inch Center Punch Automatic fo A S p File Round Bastard 8 inch File Half Round Bastard 8 inch 4 File Flat Mill 8 inch File Handle Adj Close Quarter Saw 8 Tap High Speed Drill Set oe 5 A er ala 5 P e zb a c of A a at ay way wo wo A A A gt N NI wo wo A AIMN AI N e NIT O amp alni oO mM oy A gt gt Chapter 10 10 5 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 10 4 2 Special Tools Supplies and Equipment 10 4 2 1 Specific Requirements for Care amp Maintenance Table 10 5 Overview of Requirements for Periodic Mai
119. 4 6 Backup Sheet 3 Select the item to back up either from Resource Files 4 Enter backup destination or browse through the disk to locate the destination 5 Click on BACKUP the backup status for each item is displayed on the Result column 6 Make sure Finished is displayed on the Result column Chapter 4 4 7 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 3 3 Loading Presets from an CD R W MO disk 1 Insert the CD R W MO Disk with the archived Presets into the CD R W MO Disk 2 Press the UTILITY Key in the Keyboard and Select System gt BACKUP RESTORE For systems with software version R2 X X Press the UTILITY Key in the Keyboard and Select System BACKUP The Backup Screen will be shown on the monitor System Backup Restore estore Data Media Detailed Restore of User Defined CD DVD EZBackup Move Figure 4 7 Restore Sheet 3 Select the item to restore either from resource files 4 Click on Restore A message to make sure the restore process is displayed on the monitor Click OK The restore status for each item is displayed on the Result column 5 Make sure Finished is displayed on the result column NOTE This process will restart the System and all selectd Parametrs will be reloaded 4 8 Section 4 3 General Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 4 Adjusting the Display Monito
120. 46 100 REVISION 4 8 6 1 PCB Boards FRU 601 605 608 609 cont d Figure SLOT BOARD 1 TXB 2 RXB 4 DBF 5 FEC 6 HVPS RFC PCI PEd CT ICT Cable FEC PCI Cable CWD HVPS Figure 8 49 PCB Boards Disassembly LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL B FRU NO 601 602 603 604 605 608 609 8 96 Section 8 6 PCB GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 2 Connector Board Assy FRU No 606 for LOGIQ 3 PRO Black and White NOTE For LOGIQ 3 EXPERT refer to 8 6 3 Connector Board Assy FRU 606 for LOGIQ 3 EXPERT on page 8 99 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Conn Board Assy 8 6 2 1 Tools e Common Phillips screwdrivers 8 6 2 2 Needed Manpower 1 person 15 minutes travel 8 6 2 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 on page 4 4 8 6 2 4 Removal Procedure CAUTION electronic discharge may damage component Turn OFF power and wear the wrist strap before you remove circuit boards Do not unplug the power cord to keep ground continuity Do not bend or flex the boards when mounting dismounting each boards Surface mount IC boards are very susceptible to damage from flex torque Refer to Figure 8 50 on page 8 98 Remove the Left Cover FRU No 301 Refer to section 8 4 2 on page 8 35 Remove the Right C
121. 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 3 10 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 3 10 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 4 4 2 B Mode Checks 4 4 3 M Mode Checks Color Flow Mode 4 4 4 Checks Doppler Mode 4 4 5 Checks Measurement and 4 4 6 Multi Image Checks Basic 4 4 7 Measurements PC Diagnostics 7 5 2 Keyboard Tests Chapter 8 8 31 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Mur n Figure 8 17 Keyboard Power Cable 8 32 Section 8 3 Keyboard GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 8 4 Mechanicals 8 4 1 Right Cover FRU No 300 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Right Cover 8 4 1 1 Tools Common Phillips screwdrivers 8 4 1 2 Needed Manpower e persons 15 minutes travel 8 4 1 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 on page 4 4 8 4 1 4 Removal Procedure Refer to 8 4 1 on page 8 33 1 Unscrew six screws 1 6 2 Remove the Right Cover in the direction as shown in the Figure below 8 4 1 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 4 1 6 Function
122. 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 6 8 SN 73095 LOGIQ 3 5 New FRUs and compatibility matrix APPLIES TO All LOGIQ 3 Systems with software version R4 x x Note Also applicabe to LOGIQ 3 Systems with software version R2 x x but they have to be upgraded to R4 x x and the presets have to be re set accordingly before using the FRUs mentioned below Refer Applicability Matrix below PROBLEM The new FRU s are introduced SOLUTION The FRU part numbers are as follows Software Part Description Part Number R4 2 0 Expert Application Software 5133116 4 R4 1 2 PRO Application software 5140654 4 R4 1 2 B W Application software 5140661 3 4 R4 Base Software 5193870 R4 Base Software 5120166 3 BEP2 R4 Base Softwaare 5120163 2 Hardware Hard Disk 5237487 Emblem Set 5224149 Logiq Monitor Assembly 2319551 7 1 Place an order for required parts at GPO and procure the FRUs Chapter 7 7 25 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 COMPATIBILITY MATIX Required Hardware Configuration and PC2IP Application SIW Part Number 2356515 5 EE 2356515 6 m 2356515 7 EN 5133116 5140654 2 sem replaced by Expert RAZ 0 Aw 3 5193870 5140654 3 Application Base Image Base Image SIW Version 2356514 4 2378390 5 5124775 2356514 4 2378390 5 5124775 2356514 4 2378390 5 5124775 5120163 51
123. 521 from GPO NOTE GPO STOCK OF MONITOR FRU P N 2319551 7 is NIL 7 16 Section 7 6 Service Notes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 6 3 SN 73104 LOGIQ 3 FRU New Collector Parts APPLIES TO All LOGIQ 3 Systems PROBLEM LOGIQ 3 FRU new collector parts are introduced SOLUTION New collector part numbers are as follows NEW FRU P N Description OLD FRU P N Remark Packaging and Regulatory label 5308521 L3 Monitor FRU Asm 2319551 7 added with the Monitor 5310200 Front Cover 3PP for L3 with labels 5116278 Regulatory label added 5309930 Monite sigg 2320766 Regulatory label added 5309925 Monitor Top Cover for L3 with label 2320762 Regulatory label added 5142625 3 Probe Port EMI Cover Assemblywith New Part Copper Finger 5318665 Logiq 3 FRU Transformer Assembly 2406958 VA rating rationalized 2319490 3 pere bici d Assembly 2319490 2 In rush current improved 5248396 Logiq 3 Power cord EU type 2342033 With molded connector 1 Place an order for required parts on GPO using the new collector part numbers 2 For the parts accompanied with a regulatory label ensure that the regulatory labels are pasted on the new part used on the system Chapter7 7 17 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 7 6 4 SN 73102 LOGIQ 3 FMI 73069 Closure APPLIES TO LOGIQ 3 Systems which need FMI 73069 as per the effectivity mentioned i
124. 546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL CHAPTER 8 OVOPVIGW es tiga a E d EIL P UR MEUM 8 1 Purpose or Chapter B eee 3 30 Dee med Renee hs 8 1 Returning Shipping Probes and Repair Parts 8 1 TOTO 8 3 Monitor Assy FRU No 100 8 3 Monitor Cover Left FRU No 101 8 5 Monitor Cover Right FRU No 102 8 6 Monitor Cover Top FRU No 103 8 7 Monitor Cover Front Bezel FRU No 104 8 8 Monitor Switch S W Assy FRU No 105 8 10 oak PP dos op OT CD ror 9 ER 8 12 Task Lamp FRU No 106 astu ar Keyboardist eR 8 13 KeyBoard Assy FRU No 200 8 13 Probe Holder FERU NO 201 OL ee cR cn 8 15 Speaker done Don edt oed oda Scu Dna dp ai Bde Jo ak 8 7 Keyboard TGC Assy FRU 202 8 19 HUBIPOB ASSV FRU NO 208 eda usce IRR EE EY its 8 21 A N Keyboard Assy FRU No 204 8 23 Keyboard Trackball Assy FRU No 205 8 25 Keyboard Freeze Key Assy FRU 206 8 27 Power switch and Encoder Assy FRU 207
125. 6 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 4 8 3 4 4 8 4 4 4 9 4 4 9 1 4 4 9 2 4 4 9 3 4 4 9 4 4 4 9 5 Deactivating the probe When deactivating the probe the probe is automatically placed in standby mode 1 Press the Freeze key 2 Gently wipe the excess gel from the face of the probe Refer to the Basic User Manual for complete probe cleaning instructions 3 Carefully slide the probe around the right side of the keyboard toward the probe holder Ensure that the probe is placed gently in the probe holder Disconnecting the probe Probes can be disconnected at any time However the probe should not be selected as the active probe 1 Move the probe locking handle counterclockwise Pull the probe and connector straight out of the probe port 2 Carefully slide the probe and connector away from the probe port and around the right side of the keyboard Ensure the cable is free 3 Be sure that the probe head is clean before placing the probe in its storage box Using Cine Activating CINE Press FREEZE then roll the TRACKBALL to activate CINE To start CINE Loop playback press Run Stop To stop CINE Loop playback press Run Stop Quickly Move to Start End Frame Press FIRST to move to the first CINE frame press LAST to move to the last CINE frame Start Frame End Frame Turn the START FRAME dial to the left to move to the beginning of the CINE Loop Turn the dial to the right to move forwar
126. 6 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 1 4 4 Electrical Safety To minimize shock hazard the equipment chassis must be connected to an electrical ground The system is equipped with a three conductor AC power cable This must be plugged into an approved electrical outlet with safety ground If an extension cord is used with the system make sure that the total current rating of the extension cord is greater than the system rating The power outlet used for this equipment should not be shared with other types of equipment Both the system power cable and the power connector meet international electrical standards CAUTION lf the Power Plug is Modified or replaced to Suit the local Conditions and regulations Ground 1 4 5 NOTE continuity check should be performed between Ground Pin on the Plug and a Metal Part on the LOGIQ 3 Returning Shipping Probes and Repair Parts Equipment being returned must be clean and free of blood and other infectious substances GEMS policy states that body fluids must be properly removed from any part or equipment prior to shipment GEMS employees as well as customers are responsible for ensuring that parts equipment have been properly decontaminated prior to shipment Under no circumstance should a part or equip ment with visible body fluids be taken or shipped from a clinic or site for example body coils or an ultrasound probe The purpose of the regulation is to protect employees in the trans
127. 7 36 adm Connectivity Measure Abaut Admin ADMIN Users Logon System Admin Prowuct HW Humber T System Serial Hurd SW Option Key 2 YWn an X6 SZ ORE T ww Dee Figure 7 39 Location of the Serial Number 3 After replacement of ACI PCB restart the system 4 Go to Maintenance Mode 5 Click on My Computer Icon 6 Double Click on DAL3 Drivers SH Tools PC2IPIIC 7 74 Section 7 6 Service Notes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 The following Screen Appears Key in ACI Board Serial No As labeled on the ACI Key in ACI Part No as labeled on the Board Example of the 54 ACIU503E010001 board Example 2319490 ACI Board gt HW Serial Number Kay InACI Part Boy Na as labeled on Key in the System Serial Number as in the Rating the board Example REV1 Plate affixed at rear of system in Transformer Assy Example 2974WS4 Figure 7 40 Board H W Serial Number Screen Chapter 7 7 75 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL ACI circuit Board Part No Board Revision No Board Serial No Figure 7 41 ACI Board 8 After entering the system serial ACI serial 4 ACI Part 4 and ACI Rev Click on Write 9 Hardware ID is generated close the window 10 Shut down the system and restart the system in the normal mode Start Echoloader and ens
128. 7 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Conn Board Assy 8 6 3 1 Tools e Common Phillips screwdrivers 8 6 3 2 Needed Manpower 1 person 15 minutes travel 8 6 3 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 on 4 4 8 6 3 4 Removal Procedure CAUTION electronic discharge may damage component Turn OFF power and wear the wrist strap before you remove circuit boards Do not unplug the power cord to keep ground continuity Do not bend or flex the boards when mounting dismounting each boards Surface mount IC boards are very susceptible to damage from flex torque Refer to Figure 8 50 on page 8 98 Remove the Left Cover FRU No 301 Refer to section 8 4 2 on page 8 35 Remove the Right Cover FRU No 300 Refer to section 8 4 1 on page 8 33 Remove the Front Bumper FRU No 303 Refer to section 8 4 4 on page 8 39 Remove the Front Cover FRU No 304 Refer to section 8 4 8 on page 8 47 Remove the Front EMI cover Refer to section 8 4 18 on page 8 67 Unscrew four screws 1 4 from the connector board Disconnect connector board assy NO WD 8 6 3 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 6 3 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Man
129. AGED BY IMPROPER HANDLING USE CARE WHEN HANDLING AND WARNING PROTECT FROM DAMAGE WHEN NOT IN USE DO NOT USE A DAMAGED OR JN DEFECTIVE PROBE FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE PRECAUTIONS CAN RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY AND EQUIPMENT DAMAGE NEVER USE A PROBE THAT HAS FALLEN TO THE FLOOR EVEN IF IT LOOKS OK IT WARNING MAY DAMAGED Always lock the Control Console in its parking locked position before moving the scanner AN CAUTION around The LOGIQ 3 weights approx 155kg 342lbs depending on installed peripherals when ready for use Care must be used when moving it or replacing its parts Failure to follow the precautions listed below could result in injury uncontrolled motion and costly damage AN CAUTION ALWAYS sure the path way is clear Use slow careful motions Use two people when moving on inclines or lifting more than 23 kg 50 NOTE Special care should be taken when transporting the unit in a vehicle e Secure the unit in an upright position e Lock the wheels brake DO use the Control Panel as an anchor point Place the probes in their carrying case Eject any CD R W disk from the CD R W Drive Remove the Footswitch and place it in a secure place Disconnect any other Off board peripherals if used NOTE Keep the Heat venting holes on the monitor unobstructed to avoid overheating of the monitor Chapter 1 1 9 GE HEALTHCARE PROPRIETARY TO GE DIRECTION 512254
130. APAN MODEL ULOGSI LOGIQ 3 Pro BT 05 LOGIQ 3 BAW BT 05 H41812LA LOGIQ 3 CHINA MODEL ULOG3L H41812LB LOGIQ 3 INDIA MODEL ULOG3L 1 1 6 Purpose of OperatorManual s The Operator Manual s should be fully read and understood before operating the LOGIQ 3 and also kept near the unit for quick reference 1 2 Section 1 1 Overview GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 1 2 Safety 1 2 1 Warnings AN WARNING CAREFULLY READ ALL OF THE WARNINGS BELOW 1 The operator manual should be fully read and understood before operating the LOGIQ 3 and kept nearby for quick reference Although the ultrasound energy transmitted from the LOGIQ 3 transducer is within AIUM NEMA standards unnecessary exposure should be avoided Only trained personnel should operate the LOGIQ 3 To prevent electrical shock the LOGIQ 3 should be connected to a properly grounded power receptacle Do not use a three prong to two prong adapter This defeats safety grounding Probes are fragile please handle with care Concerning Outside Markings refer to Figure 1 2 through 1 3 For the cleaning disinfection and sterilization refer to Probe section in LOGIQ 3 User Manual and Caution Sheet supplied with each probe 2 e NOTICE This medical equipment is approved in terms of the prevention of radio wave interference to be used in hospitals clinics and other
131. Coin to Uncsr w Figure 8 30 Keyboard Rear Cover Chapter8 8 57 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 13 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 4 13 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 8 58 Section 8 4 Mechanicals GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 14 Left EMI Cover Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Left EMI Cover 8 4 14 1 Tools Common phillips screwdrivers 8 4 14 2 Needed Manpower 1 person 15 minutes travel 8 4 14 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 page 4 4 8 4 14 4 Removal Procedure Refer to Figure 8 31 on page 8 59 1 Remove See Left Cover FRU No 301 on page 35 2 Unscrew eight screws 1 8 3 Remove the Left EMI Cover 8 4 14 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 1 2 8 3 7 4 6 5 Figure 8 31 Left EMI Cover Disassembly Chapter 8 8 59 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 14 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boo
132. DM NYEZHETI ESSI PJONUSTUHANDBOK ER EING NGU F ANLEG ENSKU EF PJONUSTUADILI VIDSKIPTAMANNS ARFNAST ANNARS TUNGUM LS EN ENSKU ER PAD A ABYRGD VIDSKIPTAMANNS AD TVEGA PYDINGU REYNID EKKI AD PJONUSTA T EKID NEMA EFTIR AD HAFA SKODAD OG SKILID PESSA PJONUSTUHANDBOK EF EKKI ER FARI AD ESSARI VI V RUN GETUR PAD VALDI MEI SLUM PJONUSTUVEITANDA STJ RNANDA EDA SJUKLINGS VEGNA RAFLOSTS V LR NNAR E A ANNARRAR H TTU iii GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL TENTO SERVISN N VOD EXISTUJE POUZE V ANGLICK M JAZYCE V PR PAD ZE POSKYTOVATEL SLUZEB Z KAZN K M POTREBUJE N VOD V JIN M JAZYCE JE ZAJIST N PREKLADU DO ODPOV DAJ C HO JAZYKA KOLEM Z KAZN KA NEPROV D JTE UDRZBU TOHOTO ZAR ZEN ANIZ BYSTE SI PRECETLI TENTO SERVISN N VOD A POCHOPILI JEHO OBSAH V PR PAD NEDODRZOV N VYSTRAHY MUZE DOJ T URAZU ELEKTRICK M PROUDEM PRACOVN KA POSKYTOVATELE SLUZEB OBSLUZN HO PERSON LU NEBO PACIENT VLIVEM ELEKTRICK HOP PROUDU RESPEKTIVE VLIVEM RIZIKU MECHANICKEHO POSKOZEN NEBO JIN MU RIZIKU DENNE SERVICEMANUAL FINDES KUN ENGELSK HVIS EN KUNDES TEKNIKER HAR BRUG FOR ET ANDET SPROG END ENGELSK ER DET KUNDENS ANSVAR AT SORGE FOR OVERS TTELSE FORS G IKKE AT SERVICERE UDSTYRET MEDMINDRE DENNE SERVICEMANUAL ER BLEVET L ST OG FORST ET MANGLENDE OVERHOLDELSE AF DENNE ADVARSEL KAN MEDF RE S
133. EC NICOS OU OUTROS IL PRESENTE MANUALE DI MANUTENZIONE DISPONIBILE SOLTANTO IN INGLESE SE UN ADDETTO ALLA MANUTENZIONE ESTERNO ALLA GEMS RICHIEDE IL MANUALE IN UNA LINGUA DIVERSA IL CLIENTE TENUTO A PROVVEDERE DIRETTAMENTE ALLA TRADUZIONE SI PROCEDA ALLA MANUTENZIONE DELL APPARECCHIATURA SOLO DOPO AVER CONSULTATO IL PRESENTE MANUALE ED AVERNE COMPRESO IL CONTENUTO NON TENERE CONTO DELLA PRESENTE AVVERTENZA POTREBBE FAR COMPIERE OPERAZIONI DA CUI DERIVINO LESIONI ALL ADDETTO ALLA MANUTENZIONE ALL UTILIZZATORE ED AL PAZIENTE PER FOLGORAZIONE ELETTRICA PER URTI MECCANICI OD ALTRI RISCHI KAESOLEV TEENINDUSJUHEND SAADAVAL AINULT INGLISE KEELES KLIENDITEENINDUSE OSUTAJA JUHENDIT INGLISE KEELEST ERINEVAS KEELES VASTUTAB KLIENT T LKETEENUSE OSUTAMISE EEST RITAGE SEADMEID TEENINDADA ENNE EELNEVALT KAESOLEVA TEENINDUSJUHENDIGA TUTVUMIST JA SELLEST ARU SAAMIST K ESOLEVA HOIATUSE EIRAMINE V IB P HJUSTADA TEENUSEOSUTAUJA OPERAATORI V I PATSIENDI VIGASTAMIST ELEKTRIL GI MEHAANILISE V I MUU OHU TAGAJ RJEL ii GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL HUOLTO OHJE SAATAVILLA VAIN ENGLANNIKSI JOS ASIAKKAAN PALVELUNTARJOAJA VAATII MUUTA KUIN ENGLANNINKIELISTA MATERIAALIA TARVITTAVAN KAANNOKSEN HANKKIMINEN ON ASIAKKAAN VASTUULLA ALA YRIT KORJATA LAITTEISTOA ENNEN KUIN OLET VARMASTI LUKENUT JA YMM RT NYT T M N HUOL
134. ECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 10 4 Base Software Load Procedure For BEP Ver 2 3 amp 4 NOTE Disconnect the system from the network and remove all transducers all External Drives USB MOD Flash Sticks USB Memory etc Switch Off peripherals like printers VCR VGP before installing Base Load 1 Insert the disk labeled Base System Software Load Image as per BEP Type into the CDROM drive and switch on the system The following screen appears Press any key to Continue WARNING gt WARNING WARNING gt WARNING UNRNING gt WARNING WARNING se THIS PROCEDURE MAY RESULT IN COMPLETE PATIENT DATA LOSS IF NOT USED CORRECTLY PLEASE READ THE OPTION BELOW CAREFULLY BEFORE PROCEEDING This process is NOT REVERSIBLE should be stopped once cstartedt DO NOT power off the system until the process has conpleted It will take less than 15 minutes to load the drive If this process is stopped for some reason you WILL have to run it again to conpletion or else the system will not work you want to proceed with this process press the Enter key to continue with option selection SOR Remove the CDROM fron the CDROM drive and Press GCTRL G now to exit and power cycle your system to restart it without overwriting your disk drive s contents Press any key to continue Figure 3 17 Base Load Warning Message 2 Select 1 if the Patient Data on D
135. ENTIONED ABOVE CAUTION To avoid electrical shock the unit under test must not be connected to other electrical equipment Remove all interconnecting cables and wires The unit under test must not be contacted by users or patients while performing these tests CAUTION Possible risk of infection Do not handle soiled or contaminated probes and other components that have been in patient contact Follow appropriate cleaning and disinfecting procedures before handling the equipment Test the system peripherals and probes for leakage current Excessive leakage current can cause injury or death in sensitive patients High leakage current can also indicate degradation of insulation and a potential for electrical failure Do not use probes or equipment having excessive leakage current To minimize the risk that a probe may shock someone the customer should Not use a probe that is cracked or damaged in any way e Check probe leakage current once a year on surface probes twice a year on endocavitary probes whenever probe damage is suspected 10 12 Section 10 6 Electrical Safety Tests GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 10 6 2 NOTE GEMS Leakage Current Limits The following limits are summarized for NFPA 99 For USA IEC 60601 1 Medical Equipment Safety Standards and IEC 62353 Medical Electrical Equipment Recurrent test and test after repair of medical electrical equipmen
136. EVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 9 PCB Boards 1 611 604 60 602 603 605 608 606 607 610 Figure 9 8 PCB Boards FRU S 9 12 Section 9 9 PCB Boards GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Table 9 7 PCB Boards FRU s commons n LI mmus 9 EI EI emer se eame un E E LI EL ee ass 1151 Chapter 9 9 13 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 10 BEP Caution Battery Inside Figure 9 9 PC Block FRU s 9 14 Section 9 10 BEP GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Table 9 8 PC Block FRU s Assy for S W 2 X X 5126610 2 Back End Processor Assy Assy for S W 4 0 X 2361975 8 Back End Processor Assy Back End Processor Assembly 5191287 with USB BEP4 FRU Assy for S W 4 1 X 5220185 extender cable 5196002 HDD for HDDfrSWAXX 4 X X 5138280 LGDWeCDRW Drive CDRW 23995472 2 Nipron Power Supply for BEP2 BEP3 mmm and BEP4 SESS 0 0000008 PCB 2393280 B and FB200312 and PC2IP3 PCB For R4 X X PC2IP3 FC2
137. F Partition Basic NTFS li System Tools uU Event Viewer SYSTEM C Partition Basic NTFS H System Information 21 555 D Partition Basic NTFS amp amp f Performance Logs and Alerts gt Shared Folders Device Manager Local Users and Groups Z9Dpisk 0 E Storage Basic SYSTEM USER D ARCHIVE SwAP F Disk Management 19 14 GB 8 46 GB NTFS 1 85 N 4 50 GB NTF 4 34 GB NTF Online Healthy Syst Healthy Healthy Healthy Pat 6 Disk Defragmenter E Logical Drives Bbisk 1 Removable Storage Removable H e Services and Applications No Media 0 CDRom G Online Primary Partition Extended Partition E Logical Drive SSE Figure 8 78 Confirm Drive Letter Assignment Congratulations You ve just successfully re mapped the drive letters of the CDROM drive and Magneto Optical drive to their proper configuration Chapter 8 8 145 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 8 10 Loading Application Software After a Base Image Load 8 10 1 Manpower One person 0 5 hour travel 8 10 2 Tools None 8 10 3 Preparations Loading applications software is necessary after a Base Image Software Load If this is the first time for loading Applicatiopns Software after a Base Image Load proceed with the following process If this is NOT the first time for loading Applications soft
138. F the Circuit Breaker at the back of the system 2 Disconnect the Mains Power Cable if necessary For example Relocating the scanner 1 Disconnecting the Mains Power Cable before switching OFF the Circuit Breaker will activate the uninterruptible power system UPS in the backend processor forcing an ordered shutdown of the system NOTICE The UPS serves only as a battery backup that allows for a soft shut down of the scanner to prevent file corruption IT DOES NOT REGULATE INCOMING VOLTAGE NOTICE Chapter 3 3 15 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 5 System Configuration 3 5 1 3 5 1 1 System Configuration System Settings Table 3 1 System Configuration Enables the user or service personnel to set the date time unit language basic information about the organization such as the institution name and department Settings 1 Power OFF the scanner 2 The SYSTEM EXIT window appears Click on Logoff SYSTEM EXIT Logon Information Figure 3 12 System EXIT window 3 The message window appears Click on OK 4 The OPERATOR LOGIN window appears Change the User level to Admin then enter Password Then Click on OK Figure 3 13 Operator Login Window 3 16 Section 3 5 System Configuration GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 Select Utilities gt System 6 Set the Hospital name Depar
139. FRU No 311 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Front Bumper Left Tools e Common Phillips screwdrivers Needed Manpower e 1 persons 15 minutes travel Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 page 4 4 Removal Procedure Refer to Figure 8 25 on page 8 47 Remove See Right Cover FRU No 300 on page 33 Remove See Left Cover FRU No 301 on page 35 Remove See Front Bumper FRU No 303 for LOGIQ 3 PRO Black and White on page 39 1 2 3 4 Remove Front Bumper Left Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Figure 8 23 Front Bumper Left 8 4 6 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script Chapter8 8 43 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up 4 4 1 Basic Controls Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 4 6 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 8 44 Section 8 4 Mechanicals GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 7 8 4 7 1 8 4 7 2 8 4 7 3 8 4 7 4 8 4 7 5 Front Rubber Bumper Right FRU No 312 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Front Bumper Right Tools e Common Phillips s
140. GNORAREA ACESTUI AVERTISMENT AR PUTEA DUCE LA DEPANATORULUI OPERATORULUI SAU PACIENTULUI N URMA PERICOLELOR DE ELECTROCUTARE MECANICE SAU DE ALT NATUR GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL OBPATMTECb B TOMY SERVISN PR RU KA DISPOZ CII LEN V ANGLI TINE AK Z KAZN KOV POSKYTOVATE SLU IEB VY ADUJE IN JAZYK ANGLI TINU POSKYTNUTIE PREKLADATE SK CH SLU IEB JE ZODPOVEDNOS OU Z KAZN KA NEPOK SAJTE SA VYKON VA
141. Home Set Home F7 shift key to set current annotation cursor position as the new home position Text Text2 F8 user text annotation 4 4 1 2 Keyboard Controls Table 4 3 Keyboard Controls Enter Patient Demographic data screen Returns machine to scanning state and select Report Activates default report and touch screen of P report choices Utility Activates the machine s configuration Application Probe Indicator probes and 4 4 1 3 Top and Sub Menu Refer Operator Manual Chapter 4 for more details 4 10 Section 4 4 Functional Checks GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 4 2 B Mode Checks 4 4 2 1 Preparations 1 Connect one of the probes listed in 3 5 3 Available Probe in Chapter 3 Installation to the System probe connector 2 Turn ON the scanner if it isn t turned on already 3 Perform the Screwdriver Test on the system to ensure that that B mode image is fine Refer to Chapter 7 Section 7 10 6 for more details on the Screwdriver Test Top Menu and Sub Menu Controls Depth Reverse Mode Gain m Auto Optimize Tis 0 0 8 Thyroid 09 08 02 9 59 33 B 10 0 Gn 58 2 3 Map 0 0 D 4 0 1 OR 63 FR 8 Hz AO 100 82 391 10 7 51 1 s menu delete browse 8 Frequency Dynamic Range 4 Rejection 5 Focus Position
142. IETARY TO GE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL CHAPTER 9 OVBIMIOW ue su s pae ER qan Pa RE MEM ME 9 1 Purpose of Chapter 9 252 ELDER ERROR NC E 9 1 9 2 Operator Console SS eiu Ade bg ele eie RA 9 3 Ne ue RH Keyboard 9 6 Covers na ple Dd ue hae Deen 9 8 Mechanical Assembly S o a aus uec rH REA oa ex d ES p e 9 10 eqq TED Dn DP 9 11 POB BDIdS Ou zai od 0 VE E pL M A MM DII E 9 12 I 9 4 Power BIOCK us toon va bu tos fred 0 ud 9 16 Power Cord ien eds E E uve uas ett ade 9 17 E CIE 9 17 ds ss oci 9 18 Cables Sel aot ee Een inte AUT 9 18 Soc cC Lp 9 19 New PRUs Tor LOGIQTM3 9 20 Hardware FRU s Tor LOGIQ3 05 9 21 Software FRUs for LOGIQTMS Expert PRO Black and 9 22 14 5 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL CHAPTER 10 Los t AO nad At Rod e guid te i Geis eee ere a ps pa a Reate e a eee uu 10 1 Periodic Maintenance Inspection 10 1 Purpose of Chapt
143. IF Converts USC bus in FEC board The local bus is connected to each block It transfers B M mode data to PACO FPGA via the COMSO data bus USC IF Has functions of generation to USC bus generation of TGC signal and test signal for self diagnostics COMSO control IIC Bus CLK Generator Block Generates 40MHz two phases and 26 6MHz clock using 160MHz master clock Real Time Controller RTCL The TRIG cyclical Real Time Control is done by SH4 RISC processor SH4 is a one of MID BUS agent through SH PCI bridge PCI PCI Bridge It Bridges between Mid bus and host side PCI bus by using i960RP Mid bus is basically compliant to Compact PCI Primary side PCI is connected to Host PC through PCI cable and PC2IP which is mounted on PCI slot of PC motherboard Image Data Transferring It receives image data from COMSO and send them to Host side Data is buffered when receiving COMSO data bus After buffered data is stored and handled on Local side of i960 And DMA function of i960RP perform data transferring to host PC memory Peripheral Control The SH4 or i960RP also performs other functions like safety observation HV Control and so on 5 22 Section 5 6 Circuit Boards Descriptions GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 6 2 2 THI Board integrated on FEC 2277093 9 CTRL BUS COMSO FF JUSC BUS SRAM 128K X16 X 4 SRAM 128K X16
144. IMO PASLAUGU TEIKEJAS OPERATORIUS AR PACIENTAS GALI B TI SUZEISTAS D L ELEKTROS SM GIO MECHANINIU AR KITU PAVOJU DENNE SERVICEHANDBOKEN FINNES BARE ENGELSK HVIS KUNDENS SERVICELEVERAND R TRENGER ET ANNET SPR K ER DET KUNDENS ANSVAR SORGE FOR OVERSETTELSE IKKE FORS K REPARERE UTSTYRET UTEN AT DENNE SERVICEH NDBOKEN ER LEST OG FORST TT MANGLENDE HENSYN TIL DENNE ADVARSELEN KAN F RE TIL AT SERVICELEVERAND REN OPERAT REN ELLER PASIENTEN SKADES P GRUNN AV ELEKTRISK ST T MEKANISKE ELLER ANDRE FARER NINIEJSZY PODR CZNIK SERWISOWY DOST PNY JEST JEDYNIE W J ZYKU ANGIELSKIM JE LI FIRMA WIADCZ CA KLIENTOWI USIUGI SERWISOWE WYMAGA UDOST PNIENIA PODR CZNIKA W J ZYKU INNYM NI ANGIELSKI OBOWI ZEK ZAPEWNIENIA STOSOWNEGO TIUMACZENIA SPOCZYWA KLIENCIE NIE PR BOWA SERWISOWA NINIEJSZEGO SPRZ TU BEZ UPRZEDNIEGO ZAPOZNANIA SI Z PODR CZNIKIEM SERWISOWYM NIEZASTOSOWANIE SIE DO TEGO OSTRZE ENIA MOZE GROZI OBRA ENIAMI SERWISANTA OPERATORA LUB PACJENTA W WYNIKU PORA ENIA PR DEM URAZU MECHANICZNEGO LUB INNEGO RODZAJU ZAGRO E ACEST MANUAL DE SERVICE ESTE DISPONIBIL NUMAI N LIMBA ENGLEZ DAC UN FURNIZOR DE SERVICII PENTRU CLIENTI NECESIT O ALT LIMB DEC T CEA ENGLEZ ESTE DE DATORIA CLIENTULUI S FURNIZEZE O TRADUCERE NU NCERCATI S REPARATI ECHIPAMENTUL DEC T ULTERIOR CONSULT RII SI NTELEGERII ACESTUI MANUAL DE SERVICE I
145. KADE P GRUND AF ELEKTRISK MEKANISK ELLER ANDEN FARE FOR TEKNIKEREN OPERAT REN ELLER PATIENTEN DEZE ONDERHOUDSHANDLEIDING IS ENKEL IN HET ENGELS VERKRIJGBAAR ALS HET ONDERHOUDSPERSONEEL EEN ANDERE TAAL VEREIST DAN IS DE KLANT VERANTWOORDELIJK VOOR DE VERTALING ERVAN PROBEER DE APPARATUUR NIET TE ONDERHOUDEN VOORDAT DEZE ONDERHOUDSHANDLEIDING WERD GERAADPLEEGD EN BEGREPEN IS INDIEN DEZE WAARSCHUWING WORDT OPGEVOLGD ZOU ONDERHOUDSPERSONEEL DE OPERATOR OF EEN PATI NT GEWOND KUNNEN RAKEN ALS GEVOLG VAN EEN ELEKTRISCHE SCHOK MECHANISCHE OF ANDERE GEVAREN SI APKALPES ROKASGR MATA IR PIEEJAMA TIKAI ANG U VALOD JA KLIENTA APKALPES SNIEDZ JAM NEPIECIESAMA INFORM CIJA CIT VALOD NEVIS ANG U KLIENTA PIEN KUMS IR NODRO IN T TULKO ANU NEVEICIET APR KOJUMA APKALPI BEZ APKALPES ROKASGRAMATAS IZLASISANAS UN SAPRASANAS SI BR DIN JUMA NEIEVEROSANA VAR RADIT ELEKTRISK S STRAVAS TRIECIENA MEHANISKU VAI CITU RISKU IZRAISITU TRAUMU APKALPES SNIEDZEJAM OPERATORAM VAI PACIENTAM iv GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL IS EKSPLOATAVIMO VADOVAS YRA ISLEISTAS TIK ANGLU KALBA JEI KLIENTO PASLAUG TEIKEJUI REIKIA VADOVO KITA KALBA NE ANGL VERTIMU PASIR PINTI TURI KLIENTAS NEM GINKITE ATLIKTI RANGOS TECHNIN S PRIE I ROS DARBY NEBENT VADOVAUTUMETES 5 EKSPLOATAVIMO VADOVU IR J SUPRASTUMETE NEPAISANT SIO PERSPEJ
146. Key Assy Chapter 8 8 27 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 8 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 3 8 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 4 4 2 B Mode Checks 4 4 3 M Mode Checks Color Flow Mode 4 4 4 Checks Doppler Mode 4 4 5 Checks Measurement and 4 4 6 Multi Image Checks Basic 4 4 7 Measurements PC Diagnostics 7 5 2 Keyboard Tests 8 28 Section 8 3 Keyboard GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 9 Power switch and Encoder PCB Assy FRU 207 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Keyboard Power switch and Encoder PCB Assy 8 3 9 1 Tools e Common phillips screwdrivers 8 3 9 2 Needed Manpower e persons 15 minutes travel 8 3 9 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described 4 3 1 3 page 4 4 8 3 9 4 Removal Procedure 1 Remove See KeyBoard Assy FRU No 200 on page 13 2 Unscrew Four screws a b c amp d 3 Disconnect Cable C1 from KBD 4 Remove the 5 Caps 5 Remove nine screws a i and pull out Power Switch amp Encoder PCB Assy 8 3 9 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install
147. L Section 3 9 Connectivity Installation Worksheet Site System Information Comments Site Dept LOGIQ SN CONTACT INFORMATION Name E Mail Address TCP IP Settings Name AE Title IP Settings Remote Archive Setup IP Address Remote Archive IP Subnet Mask Remote Archive Name Default Gateway Services Destination Devices Device Type Manufacturer IP Address AE Title 3 32 Section 3 9 Connectivity Installation Worksheet GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 10 Loading Base System Software 3 10 1 Software Compatible Matrix The following table shows all s w revisions happend to LOGIQ 3 MM Base Base Application Required Required Hardware Application Base Image Base Image Product Hardware SIW Versi BEP1 BEP Image Image 5 4 Part Model Configuration ue BEP3 Number FEC and PC2IP R22 1 4 2378390 5 5124775 2356515 5 a 1 FEC 8 227 7093 8 PC2IP PC2IP2 with 82 22 2356514 4 2378390 5 5124775 2356515 6 a and THI board optional BEP3 BEP2 BEP1 R2 2 3 266 2378390 5 5124775 2 7 mE 2 FEC 9 2
148. LL LOGIQ 3 SYSTEMS PROBLEM There will not be any image on the monitor but it will give a message saying Input Frequency Out Range or No signal SOLUTION This is an issue with the improper seating of the monitor cables from the BEP to the Monitor This can be resolved by reseating the monitor cables The process is shown below 1 Locate and remove the two screw caps at positions A and B 2 Remove the two screws at positions C and D using a coin or a Screw driver 3 Lift and remove the Keyboard Rear Cover 4 Locate the two connectors as shown in the Figure 7 37 on page 72 5 Open these connectors and reconnect them to the system 6 Open the Rear cover and the Rear EMI cover 7 Locate the Monitor Cable from the BEP as shown and reseat this cable also Chapter 7 7 71 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 Reassenbvle all components in the order of removal Monitor Cable from BEP Figure 7 37 Reseating Montor Cable 7 72 Section 7 6 Service Notes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 6 27 SN 73050 Maintenance Mode in LOGIQ 3 APPLIES TO ALL LOGIQ 3 SYSTEMS PROBLEM It is possible to use the Key Sequence Ctrl Alt Del with the Service Dongle to go to Maintenance Mode This is a wrong Process to go to maintenance mode and can cause system data corruption SOLUTION It is best to use
149. LOGIQ 3 Black and White refer to 8 4 4 Front Bumper FRU No 303 for LOGIQ 3 PRO Black and White on page 8 39 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Front Bumper Tools e Common Phillips screwdrivers Needed Manpower 1 persons 15 minutes travel Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 page 4 4 Removal Procedure Refer to Figure 8 21 on page 8 39 Remove Right Cover See Right Cover FRU No 300 on page 33 Remove Left Cover See Left Cover FRU No 301 on page 35 Unscrew four screws a b c d Lift the Front Bumper at sides Press in the Middle of Front Cover to remove the front bumper o lI 1 2 3 4 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Figure 8 22 Front Bumper Chapter8 8 41 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 5 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 4 5 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 8 42 Section 8 4 Mechanicals GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 6 8 4 6 1 8 4 6 2 8 4 6 3 8 4 6 4 8 4 6 5 Front Rubber Bumper Left
150. M CONTENTS IN CHAPTER 10 Table 10 1 Contents in Chapter 10 Sei CAUTION Practice good ESD prevention Wear an anti static strap when handling electronic parts and even when disconnecting connecting cables DANGER THERE ARE SEVERAL PLACES ON THE BACKPLANE THE AC DISTRIBUTION AND DC DISTRIBUTION THAT ARE DANGEROUS SURE TO DISCONNECT THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG AND OPEN THE MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER BEFORE YOU REMOVE ANY PARTS BE CAUTIOUS WHENEVER POWER IS STILL ON AND COVERS ARE REMOVED i CAUTION Do not pull out or insert circuit boards while power is ON Chapter 10 10 1 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 10 2 Why do Maintenance 10 2 1 10 2 2 Keeping Records It is good business practice that ultrasound facilities maintain records of quality checks and corrective maintenance The Ultrasound Inspection Certificate Provided on Page 10 29 provides the customer with documentation that the ultrasound scanner is maintained on a periodic basis A copy of the Ultrasound Periodic Maintenance Inspection Certificate should be kept in the same room or near the scanner Quality Assurance In order to gain accreditation from organizations such as the American College of Radiology USA it is the customer s responsibility to have a quality assurance program in place for each scanner The program must be directed by a medical physicists the su
151. MANUAL 8 4 22 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 4 22 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls Chapter 8 8 75 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 23 Rear Castor FRU No 402 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Rear Castor 8 4 23 1 Tools Common Phillips screwdrivers Allen Unbraco wrench 8 4 23 2 Needed Manpower 2persons 15 minutes travel 8 4 23 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 page 4 4 8 4 23 4 Removal Procedure Refer to Figure 8 40 on page 8 76 1 Place the wooden block below to lift the system 2 Unscrew eight hexagonal bolts 1 8 3 Remove the Rear Castor 1 CAUTION One Person should hold the system while removing 8 replacing the Castors 8 4 23 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal nt J a i Figure 8 40 Rear Castor Disassembly 8 76 Section 8 4 Mechanicals GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 23 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Pow
152. Main Circuit Breaker at the rear of the System 4 2 Section 4 3 General Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up cont d Circuit Breaker Power Cable Figure 4 1 Circuit Breaker When power is applied to the Scanner and the Rear Circuit breaker is turned ON Power is distributed to the Transformer Assembly When the Control panel ON OFF key is pressed once Fans Control Panel Monitor Internal and External I O s Nest Boards Peripherals and the Back End Processor given power Back end Processor boots up and the system starts in the scanning mode Press the ON OFF STANDBY Switch on the Control Panel once The LOGIQ 3 Expert will have 3 Probe Ports as seen here Figure 4 2 Power On Off Standby Switch Location Chapter 4 4 3 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up cont d When the Standby switch on the Control Panel is pressed once the Back end Processor starts and the software code is distributed to initiate the scanner No status messages are displayed during this process 4 3 1 2 Power Purpose This is description how to Shutdown the system 1 Press the ON OFFkeys on the keyboard 2 The System Exit dialog box is displayed on the monitor Sele
153. NG SWITCH GROUND SWITCH Figure 10 9 Set Up for Probe Leakage Current 10 6 9 4 Meter Procedure Using Dale Meter to Measure Leakage Current The ultrasound probe s imaging area is immersed in a solution along with a grounding probe from the test meter to complete the current path The solution is a mixture of water and salt The salt adds free ions to the water making it conductive Use mixture of 1 Litre of H2O water with 9 grams of table salt mixed thoroughly Follow these steps to test each probe for leakage current Turn OFF the LOGIQ 3 unit Plug the unit s mains power cord into the test meter and plug the test meter into the tested AC wall outlet Plug the Chassis Ground Probe saline probe into the test meter s CHASSIS connector Set the test meter s FUNCTION switch to CHASSIS Dale 600 or ENCLOSURE LEAKAGE Dale 601 Connect the probe to be tested to the LOGIQ 3 unit Put the saline probe and the probe s probe face imaging area of the probe into the saline bath 1 2 YS WH gt CAUTION T9 avoid probe damage and possible electric shock do not immerse probes into any liquid beyond the level indicated in the probe users manual Do not touch the probe conductive liquid or any part of the unit under test while the LIFT GROUND switch is depressed 7 Power ON the LOGIQ 3 unit 8 After the LOGIQ 3 unit has completed the boot process select the probe to be
154. NS THE PRODUCT SHOULD BE KEPT IN ROOM TEMPERATURE FOR 10 HOURS BEFORE USE Time and Manpower Requirements Site preparation takes time Begin Pre installation checks as soon as possible If possible allow six weeks before delivery for enough time to make necessary changes Have two people available to deliver and unpack the LOGIQ 3 Attempts to move the unit considerable distances or on an incline by one person could result in injury or damage or both Section 2 2 General Console Requirements GE HEALTHCARE PROPRIETARY TO GE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 2 3 Facility Needs 2 3 1 NOTE 2 3 2 NOTE NOTE Purchaser Responsibilities The work and materials needed to prepare the site is the responsibility of the purchaser Delay confusion and waste of manpower can be avoided by completing pre installation work before delivery Use the Pre installation checklist to verify that all needed steps have been taken Purchaser responsibility includes e Procuring the materials required e Completing the preparations before delivery of the ultrasound system Paying the costs for any alterations and modifications not specifically provided in the sales contract All electrical installations that are preliminary to the positioning of the equipment at the site prepared for the equipment must be performed by licensed electrical contractors Other connections between pieces of electric
155. ORBUANO Bae RES 565 To 7 Ve GU REOT AVC REV TOBH 24 HERZ 2 3 SOURED 09 AMEE FER GEMS JEXEOCAK gt EM LAS TAZA gt QW ATE BIR WYER gt DARREN A ER ga 28 eig OF de eig Ase X229 Had 597 MESS ae 44H UAE EL 980 g Sene HA xg 22 060 Os 247 E vii GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL DAMAGE IN TRANSPORTATION All packages should be closely examined at time of delivery If damage is apparent write Damage In Shipment on ALL copies of the freight or express bill BEFORE delivery is accepted or signed for by a GE representative or hospital receiving agent Whether noted or concealed damage MUST be reported to the carrier immediately upon discovery or in any event within 14 days after receipt and the contents and containers held for inspection by the carrier A transportation company will not pay a claim for damage if an inspection is not requested within this 14 day period CERTIFIED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR STATEMENT FOR USA ONLY All electrical Installations that are preliminary to positioning of the equi
156. P Screen 11 Enter Computer Name IP Address Subnet mask and Default Gateway which have been written in Chapter 8 Saving the Data Using Utility Function 12 Click on Save settings 13 Click on OK for confirmation dialog box Figure 8 99 Confirmation Dialog Box 14 Touch Sean on the NTPUI to return to the scan screen 15 Reboot the system 16 On the scan screen press Patient button and verify that the patient registration screen appears Chapter 8 8 159 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 17 with no error vas un SMP 21 12 05 09 27 38 fing Figure 8 100 Patient Registration Screen 8 10 5 3 Functional Checks for Probe Recognition 1 Touch Scan button on the NTPUI to return to the scan screen 2 Connect each probe to ensure that they are recognized 3 Check every probe in the following modes and ensure that no artifacts or no problems are found in B mode Color FLow Pulsed Doppler M mode 8 160 Section 8 10 Loading Application Software After a Base Image Load GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 8 11 Installing Option Software 8 11 1 8 11 2 Preparations Option strings This is a option key with a sequence of letters and numbers Consult your local OLC how to get it Procedures 1 Power OFF the scanner to change user login lev
157. P Systems with S W R 4 x x Inclusion of Base and Application Software CDs inside the System 7 38 n73080 LOGIQ 3 Introduction of Improved Keyboard Assembly 7 39 Sn73078 BIOS Settings 7 40 Sn73077 PC2IP Driver installation on BEP 2 System with PC2IP Il board 7 48 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PROPRIETARY TO GE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL n73075 Introduction of New Receive Board 7 53 n73074 Introduction of 73066 Monitor MCU Replacement and Brightness HV adjustment 7 55 Sn73073 Introduction of FMI 73069 for CHINA 7 58 n73064 CWD Option Kit Usage for LOGIQTM3 7 59 SN 73061 Replacement of LOGIQTM Hardware FRU 7 60 SN 73058 Various Boards Used the LOGIQTM 7 61 SN 73056 Back Plane Board and Continuous Wave Doppler Board FRUs 7 62 SN 73055 Intermittent Hang Issues Related to the 7 63 SN 73053 BACK UP AND RESTORE PROCESS IN LOGIQTM 3 78 SN 73051 Monitor Signal Issues 7 71 SN 73050 Maintenance Mode in LOGIQTM 7 73 SN 73049 Hardware ID Generation on the ACI board 7 74 SN 73048 Preset Restore 7 77 10 E GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122
158. PC box CD R W Drive Available from the front of scanner Optional Magneto Optical Drive MO Drive Optional Available from the front of scanner Chapter 5 5 7 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 2 5 VIC Card 2 ports of rs232 Patient IO Interface BUS Signal LV Power on off sig VGA Signal R G B Sync Q S VHS Composite Live DC 5V power bis 3 Control from JPC in AC from Rear panel for Decoder FPGA Power Assy VCR Playback amp To Rear Panel for remote control of VCR To Patient 10 module in BEP Box To Rear Panel for EEPROM I F To Console Monitor External VGA Port in Rear Panle to TV BW Image Printer Converter Color Image Printer Buffer j VGA to TV S VHS Composite Converter For VCR Recording Shutter Control Shutter Sig for BW CL Printer PCI I F Power On Off signal from Keyboard assy PCI Slot In BEP Assy Connect to power on off pin on motherboard Figure 5 6 VIC Board VIC Card perform video conversion operations and Power on off control Video Decoder Video decoder convert S VHS or composite video analog signal to digital RGB data and send the RGB digital data into BEP main memory on motherboard through PCI bus And then this video digital data is displayed on console monitor Video analog signal comes from rear panel This video decoder also have bus interface logic VGA to TV Convertor This dev
159. RATOR LOGIN Operator adm Password Datathow Lan Emergency Cancel Figure 8 1 Operator LOGIN window C Select Admin Connectivity Tools d Insert a blank CD R into the drive e Type a proper label name e x 011201data then click on Format f The warning message appears Click on OK The formatting procedure starts 2 Saving the user data a Select Admin Backup b Check the mark at the followings 8 132 Section 8 8 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL MIO 04 1500 6 6 10 2303 1 adm ei Abdomen System System Backup 2 General Imaging TEEENG Peripherals Backup Restore 10 23 03 14 06 37 Patient Archive No Record Patient Archive Report Archive No Record Report Archive User Defined Configuration V Record User Defined Configuration 7 Backup Restore Media Detailed Restore of User Defined Imaging presei Connectivity Configuration Measurement Configuration Annotations Body Patterns Libraries All Others Restore 145 Rootwindow Paint 4 56 2 06 Pm Figure 8 66 Backup Screen C Click on Backup Now d The warning message appears Click on OK The back up procedure starts e Verify that Finished OK appears in the Result column f Press the eject button of the drive to eject the CD R g Write down the c
160. RE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL The figure below shows this far field artifact on the Image area White artifacts in far field CAUSE Oscillations of the VCA Chip on the Receive Board at lower temperature in Receive Board PN 2318122 2 SOLUTION Replace the existing Receive Board with the new improved Receive Board FRU Part Number 23181 22 3 7 54 Section 7 6 Service Notes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 6 18 Sn73074 Introduction of 73066 Monitor MCU Replacement and Brightness HV adjustment APPLIES TO LOGIQ 3 Systems with Monitors having the following Serial Number Range MON 03 0001 MON 03 1480 MON 04 0719 05 0999 PROBLEMS 1 Brightness fluctuation Sudden brightness changes when monitor brightness is adjusted Right after adjusting the brightness display suddenly turns dark or bright Brightness may change during normal usage even without any user intervention 2 Color tinge Monitor display is a little bluish greenish or reddish One of primary colors R G B have been decreased beyond the auto compensation range of internal circuit NOTICE If one of Red Green or Blue color is completely gone it may not be a color tinge problem Check the signal cable connection from BEP to monitor IMPORTANT NOTE Procedure to Isolate whether the Color Tinge is due to internal cable of the Monitor Sw
161. RE EM MADE FOR GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MILWAUKEE WISCONSIN BY Wipro GE Medical Systems Bangalore India CLASS I MODEL LOGIQ 3 SERIAL MANUFACTURED VOLTS 100v PHASE REWER 860VA FREQUEMCY 50 60Hz Rating Plate Figure 1 2 OUTSIDE MARKINGS OF LOGIQ 3 For an explanation of the symbols shown in the illustration refer to latter pages in this chapter The CAUTION label for the radio influence is required to be attached on the console from April 1996 The GOST label is required to be attached on the console from June 1998 The Sex determination label is required to be attached on the console from September 2001 for Asia Only The labels shown in the Figure 1 2 are supplied with the consoles for Europe They shall be attached on the console over the existing labels as necessary Hefer to the installation instructions supplied with the labels Chapter 1 1 13 GE HEALTHCARE PROPRIETARY TO GE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 1 4 6 Label Locations Cont d Labels at Front Panel Q Serial Power Power Rating Label N Composite Rating Label _ B W Video Out Shutter O O Figure 1 3 OUTSIDE MARKINGS OF LOGIQ 3 1 14 Section 1 4 Safety Considerations GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 1 4 7 Dangerous Procedure Warnings Warnings such as the example below precede potentially dangerous proc
162. RU No 700 cont d 8 6 5 7 BEP Assy Cable Identification BEP 058 1 BEP USB 2 PCCOM1 PRINTERPORT1 VGA_OUT CN702 PC RJ45 PC AUDIO OUT CN802 PC AUDIO IN VICOUT_44PIN VGA IN_VIC PCI CABLE Figure 8 54 BEP Cable Identification CAUTION BEP Assy contains battery above the ATX Power supply Handle With care during Service amp Replacements Disposal of Battery should follow local Environment Guidelines Chapter 8 8 105 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 6 8 6 6 1 8 6 6 2 8 6 6 3 8 6 6 4 8 6 6 5 8 6 6 6 Hard Disc Drive FRU no 701 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Parts in the Back End Processor BEP Assy Tools Common Phillips screwdrivers Needed Manpower 1 persons 15 minutes travel Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 on page 4 4 Removal Procedure Refer to Figure 8 53 on page 8 103 Remove the Rear Cover FRU No 302 Refer to 8 4 3 on page 8 37 Remove the Rear EMI Cover Refer to 8 4 16 on page 8 63 Remove the Left Cover FRU No 301 Refer to 8 4 2 on page 8 35 Remove the BEP FRU 700 Refer to 8 6 5 on page 8 103 Pull out the BEP Assy and place it on a flat surface Unscrew the seven screws 1 7 and remove the side cover Remove the FRC and the Power cable to the HDD a b and the two screws 8 9 Slide
163. Report Archive No Record Report Archive No Record User Defined Configuration 7 Restore Media Detailed Restore of User Defined m Imaging Presets Connectivity Configuration Measurement Configuration Annotations Body Patterns Libraries All Others Restore Cancel Figure 7 35 Backup Process 7 6 25 4 Restore Process 1 Insert the media in tis Drive 2 Inthe imaging mode go to Utilities System Backup Restore 3 Select User Defined Configuration Chapter 7 7 69 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 4 Click on Restore nu dr muruga raj 02 00 04 12 32 19 AM 36 2 12 27 01 AM adm 5 TestP Application System System Backup General imaging NEEDS Peripherals About Patient Archive Wo Record Patientarchive Repon Archive No Record Report Archive User Defined Configuration Nc Record User Defined Configuration IV LI Media Detailed Restore of User Defined Media 2 Imaging Presais Connectivity Configuration Measurement Configuration Annoctations Body Pattems Libraries All Others Restore Cancel Figure 7 36 Restore Process LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL MI 0 16 Tis 0 0 35C IDeIl Abdomen Admin 7 70 Section 7 6 Service Notes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 6 26 SN 73051 Monitor Signal Issues APPLIES TO A
164. Section 8 4 2 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 8 36 Section 8 4 Mechanicals GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 3 Rear Cover FRU No 302 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Rear Cover 8 4 3 1 Tools e Common Phillips screwdrivers 8 4 3 2 Needed Manpower e 1 persons 15 minutes travel 8 4 3 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 page 4 4 8 4 3 4 Removal Procedure Refer to Figure 8 20 on page 8 37 1 Unscrew six screws 1 6 2 Lift and remove the Rear Cover 8 4 3 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Figure 8 20 Rear Cover Chapter8 8 37 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 3 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 4 3 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 8 38 Section 8 4 Mechanicals GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 4 NOTE 8 4 4 1 8 4 4 2 8 4 4 3 8 4 4 4 8 4 4 5 Front Bumper FRU No 303 for LOGIQ 3 PRO Black and White For LOGIQ
165. SweepSpeed 2 PRF SV Length Colorize AutoAnglc 60041 Wall Filter Figure 4 15 Doppler Mode Screen Picture Example Chapter4 4 19 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 4 5 2 Doppler Mode OP Panel Controls Table 4 10 Doppler Mode OP Panel Controls 1 Press PWModekey PW Mode Press PWModekey PW Mode PW Mode Stats Adiust Gain Amplifies the overall strength of the echoes processed in the Pe ee Flow window Turn the Gain dial ju PW Mode key to the left right to increase decrease Gain Displays the M D Mode cursor on the B Mode image Press Cursor and Trackball to position sample Display M D Mode Cursor volume graphic Rotate SV gate to adjust sample volume gate size Audiovoume Volume Controls Doppler audio output Tum Volume leftright to adjust PW Doppler audio Controls Doppler audio output Tum Volume leftright to adjust PW Doppler audio audio output Turn Volume left right to adjust PW Doppler audio 4 4 5 3 Doppler Mode Top and Sub Menu Controls Table 4 11 Doppler Mode Top and Sub Menu Controls Adjust rejection level When this control is increased low level echoes are rejected and appear darker in the PW image Press Rejection Paddle left right keys to adjust the level Sweep Speed Changes the speed at which timeline is swept Rotate left right to increase decrease the value Full Timeline Displays only timeline screen Press the Full
166. System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 on page 4 4 8 4 18 4 Removal Procedure Refer to Figure 8 35 on page 8 68 1 Remove See Right Cover FRU No 300 on page 33 2 Remove See Left Cover FRU No 301 on page 35 3 Remove See Front Bumper FRU No 303 for LOGIQ 3 PRO Black and White on page 39 4 Remove See Front Cover FRU 304 for LOGIQ PRO Black and White page 47 5 Unscrew nine screws 1 9 holding the Front EMI Cover 6 Remove the Front EMI Cover 8 4 18 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 4 18 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 4 18 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 10 6 4 10 6 5 Leakage Current Chapter8 8 67 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Figure 8 35 Front EMI Cover Disassembly 8 68 Section 8 4 Mechanicals GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 19 Front EMI Cover for LOGIQ 3 EXPERT NOTE For LOGIQ 3 PRO and LOGIQ 3 Black and White refer to 8 4 18 Front EMI Cover for LOGIQ 3 PRO Black and White on page 8 67 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Front EMI Cover
167. TION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 6 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 3 6 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 4 4 2 B Mode Checks 4 4 3 M Mode Checks Color Flow Mode 4 4 4 Checks Doppler Mode 4 4 5 Checks Measurement and 4 4 6 Multi Image Checks Basic 4 4 7 Measurements PC Diagnostics 7 5 2 Keyboard Tests 8 24 Section 8 3 Keyboard GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 7 8 3 7 1 8 3 7 2 8 3 7 3 8 3 7 4 8 3 7 5 Keyboard Trackball Assy FRU No 205 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Keyboard Trackball Assy Tools Common phillips screwdrivers Needed Manpower e persons 15 minutes travel Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 on page 4 4 Removal Procedure 1 Remove See KeyBoard Assy FRU No 200 on page 13 2 Unscrew two screws a b Unscrew one screw c along with GND cable Remove cable C1 from the Trackball Remove the Trackball YS o ol 3 4 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal FRU 206 Figure 8 14 Keyboard Trackball Assy
168. TO OHJEEN MIK LI T T VAROITUSTA El NOUDATETA SEURAUKSENA VOI OLLA PALVELUNTARJOAJAN LAITTEISTON K YTT J N TAI POTILAAN VAHINGOITTUMINEN S HK ISKUN MEKAANISEN VIAN TAI MUUN VAARATILANTEEN VUOKSI TO ETXEIPIAIO AIATIOETAI MONO EAN TO ATOMO MAPOXHE XEPBIX ENOZ ATIAITEI ZE FAOZZA EKTOE TON ATIOTEAEI EYOYNH TOY YMHPEZIEE MHN ETIIXEIPHZETE THN ETON EKTOX EAN EXETE ZYMBOYAEYTEI EXETE TO XEPBIZ EAN THN AYTH ENAEXETAI ZTO ATOMO MAPOXHE XEPBIZ ETO XEIPIZTH H ETON AMO H AAAOYE KINAYNOYE EZEN KARBANTART SI KEZIKONYV KIZ R LAG ANGOL NYELVEN ERHETO EL HA A VEV SZOLG LTAT JA ANGOLTOL ELT R NYELVRE TART IG NYT AKKOR A VEV FELEL SS GE A FORD T S ELK SZ TTET SE NE PR B LJA ELKEZDENI HASZN LNI A BERENDEZ ST AM G A KARBANTART SI K ZIK NYVBEN LE RTAKAT NEM RTELMEZT K FIGYELMEZTET S FIGYELMEN K V L HAGY SA A SZOLG LTAT M K DTET VAGY A BETEG RAM T S MECHANIKAI EGY B VESZ LYHELYZET MIATTI S R L S T ERE
169. TURED VOLTS 230 V PHASE VOLTS 115 VOLTS 100 Vy IPASE POWER POWER 860VA POWLR FREQUEMCY 50 60 Hz FREQUENCY 50 60 Hz REQUEMCY 50 60 Hz Ratina Plate Figure 1 1 Label Location Chapter 1 1 11 GE HEALTHCARE PROPRIETARY TO GE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 1 4 6 Labels Locations Location Grounding reliability Label CISPR Label CE Mark Label EIAJ Label TUV Label Tipping Caution Label Power Indication Label Prescription Device for US Only Gender Determination Label for Asia only 10 Identification and Rating Plate 11 Marking 12 EFUP Label For China Only 1 12 Section 1 4 Safety Considerations GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 1 4 6 NOTE NOTE NOTE Label Locations Cont d For an explanation of the symbols shown in the illustration refer to latter pages in this chapter MADE FOR GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MILWAUKEE WISCONSIN BY Wipro GE Medical Systems Bangalore India CLASS MODEL LOGIQ 3 SERIAL MANUFACTURED VOLTS 115 PHASE POWER 860VA FREQUEMCY 50 60Hz AUAM MADE FOR GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MILWAUKEE WISCONSIN BY Wipro GE Medical Systems Bangalore India CLASS I MODEL LOGIQ 3 SERIAL MANUFACTURED VOLTS PHASE EIS 860VA FREQUEMCY 50 60Hz AE
170. The DC Voltage 0 60V is outputted from HV unit Chapter 5 5 13 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 5 6 Circuit Boards Descriptions The following table lists circuit boards and their respective card cage slot assignments on the mother board of the LOGIQ 3 system Table 5 2 CIRCUIT BOARD DESCRIPTION Card Cage Board Name Description Transmit Board EN TITRE Lo NEN 7 ENTIRE NN 5 14 Section 5 6 Circuit Boards Descriptions GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 6 1 Front End 5 6 1 1 Connector Board HV Supply Transmit Receive Board Control Mux Board1 HV Mux Board2 Control Transmit Receive Board Piggy Back Board Figure 5 12 Connector Board 3 Probe Port Type Chapter 5 5 15 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Overview Conn Board contains of 2 phased array probe connectors and provides switchable connection between probes and transmitters receivers The main function of Connector Board is as follows 2 to 1 or 3 to 1 selectors for two or three probes Interface with USC bus control bus Interface with FEC ASSY for bus Supply Cut control and failure detection of supply voltage for Mux circuit in a Probe Device Mechani
171. Time in the Sub menu screen to activate only timeline screen Press the Full Time in the Displays only timeline screen Press the Full Time in the Sub menu screen to activate menu screen to activate Select the format to display B image and PW image on the monitor Press Paddle switch and select from Display Format the Top Menu Enables the adjustment of the probe s operating frequency Press Frequency and select desired value The 5 Frequency dogm selected frequency is displayed in the status window 2 Angle Correct Optimizes the accuracy of the flow velocity Rotate left right to adjust the angle relative to the probe face Vertically inverts the spectral trace without affecting the baseline position Press invert to invert the spectral 7 Spectral Invert trace The Plus and Minus signs on the velocity scale reverse when the spectrum is inverted Sample Volume Length Sizes the sample volume gate Rotate SV lenght Knob to resize gate NEN Spectral Average Activates Spectral Average Duplex Triplex Activates Duplex Triplex Mode of operation 11 Color Ma Colorize the gray scale image to enhance the eyes discrimination capability Select the Color Map on the 0 sub menu and select the approporiate map Trace Direction Method Provides automatic Trace of the Spectrum above and or below the base line Controls how echo intensities are converted to shades of gray Click Dynamic Range Paddle key to Dynamic Range increas
172. Tools e Common Phillips screwdrivers Needed Manpower 1 persons 15 minutes travel Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 on page 4 4 Removal Procedure Refer to Figure 8 25 on page 8 47 1 Remove See Right Cover FRU No 300 on page 33 2 Remove See Left Cover FRU No 301 on page 35 3 Remove See Front Bumper FRU No 303 for LOGIQ 3 PRO Black and White on page 39 4 Unscrew two screws b c d 5 Remove Front Cover Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Figure 8 25 Front Cover Chapter8 8 47 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 8 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 4 8 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 8 48 Section 8 4 Mechanicals GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 9 NOTE 8 4 9 1 8 4 9 2 8 4 9 3 8 4 9 4 8 4 9 5 Front Cover FRU No 304 for LOGIQ 3 EXPERT For LOGIQ 3 PRO and LOGIQ 3 Black and White refer to 8 4 8 Front Cover FRU No 304 for LOGIQ 3 PRO Black and White on page 8 47 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and
173. TsbMg TPDebugThis is the MenuList content ECG B CF PW Cine 2 55 ars displayed PDT FOG Mond Ost 17 20 52 45 2005 po Monday Oct 17 205245 2005 __ ae 17 20 52 45 2005 Escan TabMar IM is the MenuList Sea wee into EScan TabMgr TEDetug These tabs are displayed 2D CF FDI ECG MR 8 Figure 5 25 Search Category 5 9 4 4 Exit The sub menu Exit Log Viewer returns the user to the Service Desktop home page 5 34 Section 5 9 Common Service Platform GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Logs Insite_Browser Logs Utilities Search EH Figure 5 26 Exit Log Sub Menu Chapter 5 5 35 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 9 5 Diagnostics Detailed Diagnostic information is found in Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 5 9 5 1 Diagnostics Execution Diagnostic tests are executable by both local and remote users The Service Platform provides top level diagnostic selection based on the user s level and login access permissions Remote access will require disruptive diagnostic permissions to run Acquisition diagnostics 5 9 5 2 Diagnostic Reports Diagnostic tests return a report to the Service Platform The platform retains the report and allows for future viewing of the diagnostic logs 5 9 5 3 Proactive Diagnostics A system of self monitoring is largely supported w
174. Turn ON the scanner if it isn t turned on already Top Menu and Sub Menu Controls M Mode Gain CFM Mode M D Cursor B Pause 42 GE Medical Systems 0 5 Tis0 0 10LB dose 02 10 09 11 fr 09 08 02 10 09 11 AM Thyroid B Frq 10 0 MH2 68 E A 3 3 D O 4 0 66 10 Hz 100 140 135 14 1 33 5 8 delete browse M 2 Gray Dynamic Range 4 Sweep Speed 5Display Format None Colorize Edge Enhance Full Timeline Pos Figure 4 11 M Mode Screen Picture Example 4 14 Section 4 4 Functional Checks GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 4 3 2 M Mode OP Panel Controls Table 4 6 M Mode OP Panel Controls Task Expected Result s Press M Mode key M Mode Starts Controls the amount of echo information displayed an image Turn M Mode dial to 2 Adjust Gain the left right to increase decrease Gain Gain displays on the monitor in G dB Displays the M Mode cursor on the B Mode 3 Display M Mode Cursor image Press M D Cursor and Trackball to position M Mode Cursor Toggle between simultaneous and update E Pass presentation while viewing the M Mode trace or Spectral Doppler Press B Pause to toggle between simultaneous and update Overlays color on the M Mode image using velocity and variance color maps Press M then CFM Mode key or vice versa to activate Activate M Color F
175. UTION This unit weighs Special care must be used to avoid DNE P This precaution is intended to prevent injury that may result if one person attempt to move the unit On the console where easily seen during considerable distances or on an incline due to the transport weight of the unit CAUTION The equilateral triangle is usually used in combination with other symbols to advise or warn Various the user ATTENTION Consult accompanying documents is intended to alert the user to refer to the operator manual or other instructions when complete information cannot be provided on the label CAUTION Dangerous voltage the lightning flash with arrowhead in equilateral triangle is used to Various indicate electric shock hazards Various 1 6 Section 1 3 Important Conventions GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Table 1 4 Product Icons Continued LABEL SYMBOL PURPOSE MEANING LOCATION Mains OFF Indicates the power off position of the mains power switch Rear of system adjacent to mains switch OFF Standby Indicates the power off standby position of the power switch CAUTION This Power Switch DOES NOT ISOLATE Mains Supply Adjacent to On Off Standby Switch Mains ON Indicates the power on position of the mains power switch CAUTION This Power Switch DOES NOT ISOLATE Mains Supply Rear of system adja
176. Use a fluid detergent in warm water on a soft damp cloth to carefully wipe the entire system Be careful not to get the cloth too wet so that moisture does not enter the console Probe Holder Clean probe holders they may need to be soaked to remove excess gel TBDFor monitor use a non ammonia just isopropyl and water lens cleaner These are available at most 3 Monitor computer outlet stores DO NOT use Windex Screen Clean etc because these contain ammonia which will remove the anti glare coating on the monitor Chapter 10 10 9 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 10 5 4 2 Air Filter Cleaning Table 10 11 Air Filter Cleaning frequency varies with your environment Description Remove Filter Cover Refer to Chapter 8 for air filter location and removal instructions The filters can be cleaned in sprinkling water or they can be dusted with a vacuum cleaner If the filter is metal wash and or vacuum If the filter is fiber or plastic vacuum or replace Install Filter Install the clean filter NOTE For your convenience or of the air filter is too dirty replacement filters are available Refer to Chapter 9 for the air filter replacement part number Clean Filter 10 5 5 Physical Inspection Table 10 12 Physical Checks fee wm Labeling Verify that all system labeling is present and in readable conditionRefer to the User Manual 2300750 for details
177. VR in the Anti Clockwise Directio to Reduce the Voltage ve VR in the amp Direction age the Voltage Figure 6 2 VR Adjustment on the LVPS NOTE The Potentiometers are very sensitive Please be very careful at the time of adjusting the VRs as any extreme changes to the voltages will damage the Front End Boards Chapter 6 6 3 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 6 3 1 1 Location of the test points The following figures show the Test points for the various Potentiometers on the LVPS lt m r Ser v FEC 77771 477 ii gt Figure 6 3 Test Point for VR1 D 3 3V on the Section 6 3 Power Supply Adjustments GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL D5V VR2 FEC Figure 6 4 Test Point for VR2 D5V on the FEC Chapter 6 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL P5VA VR3 Receive Board J I he I ARA EB E LI L Figure 6 5 Test Point for VR3 P5VA on the RXB Section 6 3 Power Supply Adjustments GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL N5VA m i amp L ES aia 1 Receive Board FS Dui
178. WS6 and China and Hong Kong onwards 2365752 H41722LY Below 4279WS6 2401844 H41742LM 3442WS1 and Japan onwards 2365752 H41722LY Below 3442WS1 2401844 H41742LM 2795WS3 and Korea onwards 2365752 H41722LY Below 2795WS3 2401844 H41742LM 5247WS2 and Below 5361WS3 Singapore 5361WS3 onwards 2365752 H41722LY except 5247WS2 2401844 H41742LM Americas All Systems 2401844 H41742LM Table 7 4 Selection of the CWD Kit CAUTION The Kit 2401844 contains the Transmit board 2 2318124 2 If this board is not used then on activating the CWD mode the Probe will become very hot which may result in injury This will also permanently damage the probe if the system is operated in such a way Chapter 7 7 59 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 6 21 SN 73061 Replacement of LOGIQ 3 Hardware FRU APPLIES TO All LOGIQ 3 Systems PROBLEM Change of FRUs and Introduction of New FRUS SOLUTION New FRUS Introduced 7 6 21 1 Change of FRUs The following FRUs have changed Old Part Old Part New Part New Part Reason For Number Description Number Description Change Compatibility 2Amps RPA Fuse 3A for Thermal Changed for 2332968 LOGIQ 3 5117766 Circuit Regulatory Forward and Backward Breaker Forward and Backward This FRU includes DBF Board for DBF2 Board Software R2 2 2 which is 2318126 LOGIQ 3 5129931 3 Productivity needed for the new DBF board Complain
179. ace DBHV Power Localization Forward and Backward 2277105 2 4 222 Supply for of Power LOGIQ 3 supply Monitor Monitor Change in Forward and Backward 2319551 3 Assembly for 2319551 4 Assembly for MICOM LOGIQ 3 LOGIQ 3 software BEP2 Assy for BEP3Assy for Obsoloscens Forward and Backward 2361979 4 LOGIQ 3 2126610 LOGIQ 3 e of BEP2 Solution for Diagnostics Transmit error 28181242 anser 2318124 8 board pcb for Implemented LOGIQ 3 TX TPG2 Error Resolved Table 7 5 Change of FRUs 7 60 Section 7 6 Service Notes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 6 22 SN 73058 Various Boards Used the 06101 3 APPLIES TO PROBLEM 1 2 3 4 11 12 1 3 0 2 3 4 2 21 2 2 2 25 26 27 7 All LOGIQ 3 Systems This service note is to inform the field of the various existent variations of the major components of the LOGIQTM 3 in the field This table will be updated every time a new part variant is released Number Number Receive Board 2318122 DBF Board 2318126 Front End Controller Assy 2277093 Back plane Board 2318120 Assy f aide board Assy partof 2288838 2 option kit CWD board 55 part of 2401834 option kit E Eas _ Ie CWD support added Diagnostics issue Channel failure error solved Intermittent hang issues solved First Release CWD support Fixes the
180. afely clean probes done with a plastic container never metal 2 3 2 1 Desirable Ultrasound Room Facilities Door is at least 92cm 3 ft wide e Circuit breaker for dedicated power outlet is easily accessible sink with hot and cold water Receptacle for bio hazardous waste like used probe sheaths Emergency oxygen supply Storage for linens and film e Medical equipment storage Hospital grade equipment electrical outlet Analog telephone line for connection to InSite Nearby waiting room lavatory and dressing room Dual level lighting bright and dim Lockable cabinet for GE Software amp proprietary manuals Trash bin 2 8 Section 2 3 Facility Needs GE HEALTHCARE PROPRIETARY TO GE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 2 3 2 2 Minimal Floor Plan Suggestion DEDICATED ALALOG TELEPHONE LINE FOR CONNECTION TO INSITE 5 TABLE DOCTOR 0 m 2 lt 0 o D DEDICATED POWER OUTLETS DEDICATED ANALOG TELEPHONE 4 LINE FOR CONNECTION TO INSITE EXAMINARION GE CABINET TABLE FOT SOFTWARE 193 AND MANUALS An amp by 10 foot Minimal Floor Pian Figure 2 1 Minimal Floor Plan Chapter 2 2 9 GE HEALTHCARE PROPRIETARY TO GE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 2 3 3 2 3 3 1 2 3 3 2 Networking Pre installation Requirements Purpose of DICOM Network Function DICOM
181. age Destination co rom 463 Keep days together Exams vel LC Spwellended 5 Part ED um Figure 8 83 Image Archive Move Pop up Menu 5 Fill in the From Date then press Recalculate Specify to Keep days together Check that you have enough disk space for the images you want to move Select Move Images then press OK An in progress message appears The archive operation is complete when you receive this message d Operation completed Figure 8 84 Archive Operation Complete Message Chapter 8 8 149 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 10 4 3 Export Import Moving Data Between Ultrasound Systems To move exams from one Ultrasound system to another you need to export import exam information NOTE Both database information and images are exported No data is deleted from the local archive when exporting data Exporting Data To export an exam s to a compatible Ultrasound system 1 Format the removable media MOD or CD ROM Label the removable media Answer Yes OK to the messages 2 Press Patient Deselect any selected patient s in the search portion of the Patient screen Press More located at the lower right hand corner of the Patient menu 3 Select Export Specify the type of removable media MOD or CD ROM on the Export pop up Press OK Then please wait until the Patient menu is visible
182. al Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 4 1 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls Chapter 8 8 33 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Figure 8 18 Right Cover 8 34 Section 8 4 Mechanicals GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 2 Left Cover FRU No 301 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Left Cover 8 4 2 1 Tools e Common Phillips screwdrivers 8 4 2 2 Needed Manpower e person 15 minutes travel 8 4 2 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 on page 4 4 8 4 2 4 Removal Procedure Refer to 8 4 2 on page 8 35 1 Unscrew 6 screws 1 6 2 Remove the Left Cover in the direction as shown in the figure below 8 4 2 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal A After removing the screws 1 6 then remove the left cover in the direction of arrow Figure 8 19 Left Cover Chapter 8 8 35 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 2 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100
183. al and reversed and with the ultrasound console Off and On For each combination the operating controls such as the lead switch should be operated to find the worst case condition CAUTION Equipment damage possibility Never switch the Polarity when the unit is powered ON Be sure to turn the unit power OFF before switching the polarity using the POLARITY switch Otherwise the unit may be damaged Chapter 10 10 19 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 10 6 6 2 Generic Procedure Measurements should be made with the ground open and closed with power line polarity normal and reversed and with the unit Off and On For each combination the operating controls such as the lead switch should be operated to find the worst case condition Appliance power switch use both off and on positions Patient lead selector switch if any The connection is at service entrance activated as required or on the supply side of a separately derived system Polarity reversing switch Patient connected leads Appliance POWER OUTLET Internal circuitry Between each patient lead and ground Building Insulating surface ground Current meter Grounding contact switch use in both H Hot open and closed positions N Neutral grounded G Grounding conductor Figure 10 7 Test Circuit for Measuring Non Isolated Patient Leads 10 6 6 3 Dale 600 Meter Proc
184. al equipment calibrations and testing must also be performed by qualified personnel The products involved and the accompanying electrical installations are highly sophisticated and special engineering competence is required All electrical work on these products must comply with the requirements of applicable electrical codes The purchaser of GE equipment must only utilize qualified personnel to perform electrical servicing on the equipment The desire to use a non listed or customer provided product or to place an approved product further from the system than the interface kit allows presents challenges to the installation team To avoid delays during installation such variances should be made known to the individuals or group performing the installation at the earliest possible date preferably prior to the purchase The ultrasound suite must be clean prior to delivery of the machine Carpets are not recommended because they collect dust and create static Potential sources of EMI electromagnetic interference should also be investigated before delivery Dirt static and EMI can negatively impact system reliability Required Features GE Medical Systems requires a dedicated power and ground for the proper operation of its Ultrasound equipment This dedicated power shall originate at the last distribution panel before the system Sites with a mains power system with defined Neutral and Live The dedicated line shall consist of one phase
185. allowable limits Equipment passed all required tests and is ready for use NOTE For example if you ve replaced the BEP ASSY FRU 700 of LOGIQ 3 you would perform functional tests found in these sections of the LOGIQ 3 Proprietary Service Manual 5122544 100 Section 4 4 1 4 4 2 4 4 3 4 4 4 4 4 5 and 4 4 6 and run the diagnostic in section 7 5 2 In your debrief you would state LOGIQ Proprietary Service Manual 5122544 100 Section 8 2 8 Equipment passed all required tests and is ready for use For a Service Call with no FRU replaced use the following debrief script See Basic Functional Checks in Service Note 73098 Equipment passed all required tests and is ready for use The following table lists the required Functional Tests based upon the FRU being replaced The sections are based on the Service Manual Direction 5122544 100 Rev 2 Future Proprietary Service Manual revisions may have additional sections so be sure to check the sectioncontents as well as the section number 7 20 Section 7 6 Service Notes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Table 7 7 Functional Test Matrix of LOGIQ 3 Section FRU No Description Diagnostics Leakage Current O E m e 38 mmm pl Functional Tests 4 3 1 4 4 1 4 8 1 4 4 1 EINEN Keyboard Freezekey Assy 7 5 3 1 Power switch and Encoder 8 3 10 um Keyboard Power cable 7 5 3 1
186. and Unpacking LOGIQ 3 contd Remove the Plastic Wrapping around the LOGIQ 3 Remove the Monitor Support and Monitor Packing Remove the adhesive tapes attached at the four corners of the Top Cover 0 Put the Ramp Board on floor and prepare the slope to put the console down 7 8 9 1 11 Unlock the brakes on the front castors then carefully put the console off the Palette Console Monitor Support Ramp Board Pallette Base Assy Figure 3 5 Moving the LOGIQ 3 from the crate 3 6 Section 3 2 Receiving and Unpacking LOGIQ 3 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 2 1 Safety Reminders DANGER WHEN USING ANY TEST INSTRUMENT THAT IS CAPABLE OF OPENING THE AN gt gt lt P IS AC GROUND LINE I E METER S GROUND SWITCH IS OPEN DON T TOUCH THE UNIT If the unit is very cold or hot do not turn on its power until it has had a chance to acclimate to its operating environment CAUTION To prevent electrical shock connect the unit to a properly grounded power outlet Do not use a three to two prong adapter This defeats safety grounding CAUTION Do NOT wear the ESD wrist strap when you work on live circuits and more than 30 V peak is present CAUTION Do not operate this unit unless all board covers and frame panels are securely in place System performance and cooling require this CAUTION OPERATOR MANUAL S The User Manual s s
187. anpower 1 persons 15 minutes travel 8 6 7 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described 4 3 1 3 4 4 8 6 7 4 Removal Procedure Refer to Figure 8 53 on page 8 103 1 Remove the Rear Cover FRU No 302 Refer to 8 4 3 on page 8 37 2 Remove the Rear EMI Cover Refer to 8 4 16 on page 8 63 3 Remove the Left Cover FRU No 301 Refer to 8 4 2 on page 8 35 4 Remove the BEP FRU 700 Refer to 8 6 5 on page 8 103 5 Pull out the BEP Assy and place it on a flat surface 6 Unscrew the seven screws 1 7 and remove the side cover 7 Remove the FRC and Power Cable to the CDRW a b 8 Unscrew the four screws 8 11 connecting the CDRW to the BEP cabinet 9 Pull forward and replace the CDRW 8 6 7 5 Mounting Procedure 1 Replace the parts in the order of removal 8 6 7 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 6 2 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 4 4 2 B Mode Checks 4 4 3 M Mode Checks Color Flow Mode 4 4 4 Checks Doppler Mode 4 4 5 Checks Measurement and 4 4 6 Multi Image Checks Basic 4 4 7 Measurements 7 5 2 PC Diagnostics Chapter 8 8 109 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 169066 __ Figure 8 56 CDRW Replace
188. ansmit Drivers Figure 5 13 Transmit Board Block Diagram Overview The TXB Assy Transmit Board is designed for LOGIQ 3 system transmitter This Assy has bipolar drivers transmit pulse generator ASIC and so on Key Features Main Items are TXIC FPGA Interface and controller FPGA TPG2 ASIC Controller of pulse driver Mixed signal ASIC Bipolar drivers Chapter 5 5 17 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 6 1 3 CWD Board Optional Preamp Out from Analog Beamformer Dedicated CW Mux BPF Dither amp Test Signal generator Dither To Cosine FEC Dither Sine Rx amp Tx Clock Generator CW Tx Pulse Figure 5 14 The major function of this board is analog beam forming by acting as a steering beam former and de modulator It receives analog input from the RXB via the RFC2 board and digital control input from FEC via the BPB It gives its digital output to FEC 5 18 Section 5 6 Circuit Boards Descriptions GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 6 1 4 Receive Board CON TX Board ns DBF Board i VCA t Limiter I EEPROM Preamp VCA Control Signal from FEC CONTROL Figure 5 15 Receive Board Sub system receives and amplifies each echo signal Then all echo signals are outputted to the DBF Assy The RXB ASSY can amplify the echo
189. ary Anatomy and Biometry pages can be saved on an CD RW MOD disk for reloading on the system NOTICE Presets should NOT be saved on the same CD RW MO disk as images The Archive Menu lists the images but does NOT list the presets stored on a CD RW MO disk 4 3 3 1 Formatting CD R W MO Disk 1 Insert an empty blank CD R W MO Disk into the Device Drive 2 Press the UTILITY Key on the Keyboard and select Connect Removable Media The Tools screen will be shown on the monitor For Systems with S W versions R2 x x Press the UTILITY Key on the Keyboard and select Connectivity TOOLS The Tools screen will be shown on the monitor Connect CD DVD Recordable 1 Properties Figure 4 5 Formatting Removable Media 3 Select the Media from the media list 4 Type a name for the removable media in label field 5 Select FORMAT button 4 6 Section 4 3 General Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 3 2 Archiving Presets to an CD R W MO Disk 1 Insert an empty blank formatted CD R W MO disk into the device drive 2 Press the UTILITY Key in the Keyboard and Select System BACKUP RESTORE For systems with software version R2 X X Press the UTILITY Key in the Keyboard and Select System BACKUP The Backup Screen will be shown on the monitor Restore a Media Detailed Restore of User Defined CD DVD EZBackup Move Figure
190. ave As Image Properties Cancel Figure 7 4 Menu gt Save As 7 6 Section 7 3 Screen Captures GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 3 3 Capturing a Screen cont d GAGE Medical Systems MIO 4 Tis 0 0 1018 10 23 07 11 33 16 AM 09 10123103 11 32 24 adm mem Carotid q 10 0 MHz 96 SAVE AS 822822 29 9 29 9 8 File name Store Image only G Secondary capture 2 sf Quality 100 Save as type Cipy Menu Delete Active 5 A Save dialog box will be opened Choose d lexport folder as the archive location to save the image on the hard disk MOD or CD R 7 3 4 Reset the P4 Key to Customer s Functionality If the customer had programmed the P4 Key to a function other than screen capture restore that functionality recorded in section 7 3 1 on page 4 Refer to Figure 7 2 1 Select Utility from the NTPUI 2 Select Connect from the Utilities Menu 3 Select the Button tab on the Connect screen 4 Inthe PhysicalprintButtons field select Print4 5 In the Destinations section select the service s recorded in step 5 Section 7 3 1 The destinations list displays the following information Name user defined during service configuration Type the type of service Destination Device the device for which the service was configured Dir direction output input or both NOTE Only output services can
191. c field effect Chapter 7 7 27 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL SOLUTION Degaussing and Calibration of the monitor in Factory settings mode resolves the issue mentioned in the PROBLEM section Follow the below process to Degauss and Calibrate the monitor as part of the Preventive Maintenance or as part of service corrective action Step 1 Power on the Logiq 3 system Wait for the system to boot to the scan screen Step 2 Press Utility Button Step 3 Select TestPatterns tab Stopper Open OP Rear Cover and Unplug 3 connectors Unscrew the stopper OP Rear Cover Figure 7 9 TestPatterns Tab Selection A Test Patterns Tab 7 28 Section 7 6 Service Notes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Step 4 Move the track ball pointer over the left hand column of tabs and select White test pattern button Slowly move the trackball pointer away from the White test pattern button so as to not accidently select another test pattern and move the pointer off the screen completely so the pointer is not visible Open OP Rear Cover and Unplug 3 connectors OP Rear Cover 2 Screws 8 Stopper pd Figure 7 10 WhitePatterns Selection B White button Chapter 7 7 29 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Step 5 On the Monitor front please find 3 keys shown in Fig7 50 Press 2
192. cal Relay Switch 128Ch 2 1 selector Max Voltage 140Vp p Max current 0 5A J Connector Board can support upto 192 elements for LOGIQ Expert only Interface to Probe Probe Status detection Detects whether or not a probe is connected POPEN Detects ID code of a connected probe PCODE e Interface Transfers control data of Mux to a probe CONSYS CONSTA Enables Disables control of data 5 Detects whether Mux data setting is finished or not e Power Supply for Mux Supply Cut control 5V and 12V on a connector are supplied while a probe is connected to the connector SHV are supplied only while a probe is selected e Surface temperature Detects resistance of a thermistor in a probe head as voltage when the probe is selected PTEMP This signal is connected to FEC LED Blinking The LED in a probe glows when the probe is selected Only on Selected probe which have LED s bus Connects signals of bus with a relay when bus access is required A Selects one of two probes that IIC access with 2 to 1 switch Board Rev Board No Part No are stored in EEPROM and sent to FEC through Bus 5 16 Section 5 6 Circuit Boards Descriptions GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 6 1 2 Transmit Board HV Supply CON RX Board es Drives Driven l Transmit Drivers Tr
193. can be used After the data is backed up a full base system s w reload re ghost should be performed For more information please follow FMI instructions Part Number 5162506 USB HARD DRIVE is provided to the field as a tool and it shouldn t be left at the customer site NOTE The Imaging presets for the 4 0 X version of software are optimized for better Image Quality The existing 2 2 X Imaging presets are not compatible with the 4 0 X version of software that is installed in the system as part of this FMI For any specific customer requirement for preset optimization seek support from Application specialist 7 36 Section 7 6 Service Notes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Identification of LOGIQ 3 BEP Back End Processor at the site Power ON the system 3 Press Utility gt Click on System gt Click on About the following screen appears on the Screen GE Medical Systems ro 4 0 09 15 03 9 07 31 PM J6 MI 0 29 115 0 0 3S 09 15 03 9 06 40 PM adm Thyroid System System Backup Imaging Measure Restore A Software System Image Image Part 2378390 3 Copyright 2003 General Electric Company Software Version R222 Software Part Number 2356515 3 Build View view _logiq3 Image Date Build Date Tue Sep 02 13 55 25 2003 Patents This indicates that Logiq 3 system Featur
194. cent to mains switch Protective Earth Indicates the protective earth grounding terminal internal Type CF Defib Proof Applied Part heart in the box 4 with paddle symbol is in accordance with IEC 878 ECG Module 02 03 Alternating Current Rear Panel Circuit breaker label of Console and Front Panel Non lonizing Radiation indicates that the system applies RF energy Rear of console Do not use the following devices near this equipment Cellular phones radio transceivers mobile radio transmitters radio controlled toy etc Use of these devices could cause this equipment to perform outside the published specifications Keep power to these devices turned off when near this equipment Rear of console This Symbol indicates that waste electrical and electronic equipment must not be disposed of as unsorted municipal waste and must be collected Separately Please contact an authorised representative for manufacturer for information concerning the decompositioning of your requirement Rear Panel Chapter 1 1 7 GE HEALTHCARE PROPRIETARY TO GE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 Table 1 4 Product Icons Continued LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL LABEL SYMBOL PURPOSE MEANING LOCATION Indicates the presence of hazardous substance s above the maximum concentration value Maximum concentration values for electronic information products as set by the
195. creen 4 A message will be displayed when the process is completed rues se remove the from the drive Power off the zystem and then Power it on again so you can continue with the Application Software load Figure 3 20 Base Load Completion Message 3 36 Section 3 10 Loading Base System Software GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 10 4 NOTE NOTE NOTE NOTE Base Software Load Procedure For BEP Ver 2 3 amp 4 cont d 5 Remove the CD ROM Remove the CD ROM from the drive otherwise you will be repeating the Base System Software Load process 6 After removing the CDROM from the drive properly turn off the scanner by pressing and holding power on button on keyboard for more than 20 sec s 7 Turn the scanner back on It will now boot up and automatically log on to start checking hardware and Device Manager This is a normal and should be allowed to run to completion When booting up the first time it could take 30 90 seconds after the login box appears before the trackball and key board are active Watch for the arrow cursor to appear While the script is running several windows or dialog boxes will appear on the screen Wait for the System Settings Change dialog box Restart computer now approximately 3 minutes after the desktop Do NOT touch the system during this process Activating the keyboard mouse or front panel could corrupt the installatio
196. crewdrivers Needed Manpower e 1 persons 15 minutes travel Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 page 4 4 Removal Procedure Refer to Figure 8 25 on page 8 47 Remove See Right Cover FRU No 300 on page 33 Remove See Left Cover FRU No 301 on page 35 Remove See Front Bumper FRU No 303 for LOGIQ 3 PRO Black and White on page 39 Remove Front Bumper Right 1 2 3 4 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Figure 8 24 Front Bumper Right 8 4 7 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script Chapter8 8 45 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up 4 4 1 Basic Controls Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 4 7 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 8 46 Section 8 4 Mechanicals GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 8 NOTE 8 4 8 1 8 4 8 2 8 4 8 3 8 4 8 4 8 4 8 5 Front Cover FRU No 304 for LOGIQ 3 PRO Black and White For LOGIQ 3 Expert refer to 8 4 8 Front Cover FRU No 304 for LOGIQ 3 PRO Black and White on page 8 47 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Front Cover
197. ct Shutdown from the System Exit dialog box SYSTEM EXIT Logon Information Figure 4 3 System Exit Dialog Box 3 The power off sequence begins The system power turns off automatically when the power off sequence is completed 4 3 1 3 Power Shutdown 1 Press the ON OFF key at the front of the System once 2 The System Exit dialog box is displayed on the monitor Select Shutdown from the System Exit dialog box 3 Switch OFF the Main Circuit Breaker at the rear of the system Refer to Figure 4 1 on page 3 4 Disconnect the Main Power Cable if needed 4 3 2 Using CD RW Drive MOD Drive Optional 4 3 2 1 Using CD RW T NOTICE Never move the unit with a disk in the CD RW because the drive actuator will not be locked and the CD RW could break 1 Use F8 to EJECT NOTICE Avoid mechanical ejection whenever possible Mechanical ejection leaves the actuator unlocked and the CDR W susceptible to damage if moved If forced to use this method reboot the system then insert and eject a known good disk using one of the other methods 4 4 Section 4 3 General Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL CD R W Drive Eject Button The LOGIQ 3 Expert will have 3 Probe Ports as seen here Figure 4 4 CD RW drives NOTE DON T Use EJECT Button 4 3 2 2 Using MOD Optional NOTE MOD can be instal
198. d D ANGERPOSSible loss of critical care equipment make sure you DO NOT have any other equipment Operating on the same circuit Chapter 2 2 3 GE HEALTHCARE PROPRIETARY TO GE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 4 2 2 3 5 Site Power Outlets A dedicated AC power outlet must be within reach of the unit without extension cords Other outlets adequate for the external peripherals medical and test equipment needed to support this unit must also be present within 1 m 3 2 ft of the unit Electrical installation must meet all current local state and national electrical codes Unit Power Plug If the unit arrives without the power plug or with the wrong plug you must contact your GE dealer or the installation engineer must supply what is locally required Power Stability Requirements Voltage drop out Max 10 ms Power Transients Refer table 2 4 Section 2 2 General Console Requirements GE HEALTHCARE PROPRIETARY TO GE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 2 2 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL EMI Limitations Ultrasound machines are susceptible to Electromagnetic Interference EMI from radio frequencies magnetic fields and transients in the air or wiring Ultrasound machines also generate EMI The LOGIQ 3 complies with limits as stated on the EMC label However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation Possible EMI sources
199. d and the Back Plane Board have been re designed The existing CWD Board and BPB will have to replaced This New CWD Board is available as a FRU As the Design change involves both the CWD and the BPB board both will have to be replaced The Single Part FRU that has both these boards is the 2405514 Also if the BPB 2318120 2 fails then it has to be replaced by 2318120 3 available as a part of the FRU 2328381 3 If CWD is Installed in systems with BPB 2318120 2 the CWD also has to be changed as the old CWD board will not function with the Old BPB 2318120 2 The above mentioned replacements are given in the Matrix below Replace with FRU GPN 2379704 BPB 2515120 2 2405514 OND 240184 BPB 23181203 _ 24094 2318120 2 CWD 2379704 2405514 2318120 3 CWD 2401834 2328381 3 7 62 Section 7 6 Service Notes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 6 24 SN 73055 Intermittent Hang Issues Related to the FEC APPLIES TO This issue will affect all LOGIQ M 3 Systems having Serial Numbers prior to those listed below Table 7 6 Effected Systems Serial Numbers 2327752 5115WS1 2327749 4279WS6 2327754 5569WS9 3442WS1 PROBLEM The Issues seen are one or more of the Following 3 In Systems with the FEC 4 some systems may show intermittent Hang issues This can be confirmed by Physically checking the version of the FEC board The Board Part Numb
200. d are not upgraded yet PROBLEM FMI 73074 is officially closed SOLUTION 1 Order the Spares as per the Late Request Plan mentioned below Late Request Plan 1 Refer to Table 7 9 on page 24 for spare parts list Table 7 6 List of Spare Parts Part No Part Description 5133116 4 Logiq 3 Expert BT05 Application Software For R4 2 0 Chapter 7 7 19 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 6 6 SN 73098 LOGIQ 3 Debrief Guidelines APPLIES TO LOGIQ 3 Systems all versions PROBLEM Current Service Comments DO NOT meet FDA guidelines for objective evidence of work and testing performed due to inconsistent Service Debrief Comments SOLUTION Clarify the scripts to debrief a Service Dispatch using your pole s dispatch tool This Service Note also specifies the Functional Checks to be performed for each FRU replacement and Service Work performed PROCEDURE Use this script in the Service Comments when debriefing a Service Dispatch For a replaced FRU use the following debrief script LOGIQ 3 Proprietary Service Manual 5122544 100 Section fill in appropriate section per the table below Equipment passed all required tests and is ready for use And if testing leakage current use the following debrief script LOGIQ 3 Proprietary Service Manual 5122544 100 Section fill in appropriate section per the table below Leakage Current measured at record value and meets
201. d through the CINE Loop Turn the END FRAME dial to the right to move to the end of the CINE Loop Turn the dial to the left to move backward through the CINE Loop Adjusting the CINE Loop Playback Speed Turn the LOOP SPEED dial right left to increase decrease the CINE Loop playback speed Moving through a CINE Loop Frame By Frame Turn FRAME BY FRAME to move through CINE memory one frame at a time 4 24 Section 4 4 Functional Checks GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 4 10 4 4 11 Image Management QG For Image Management functionality refer to the LOGIQ 3 Quick Guide It talks about several topics Clipboard Printing Images Browsing and Managing an Exam s Stored Image Connectivity and Dataflow Concept and Creation Starting an Exam Configuring Connectivity TCP IP Services Destinations Buttons Views Verifying and Pinging a Device Back End Processor Checks If all the previous tests have been passed successfully the backend processor is most likely OK If the system seems to be operating erratically Please refer to Chapter7 Diagnostic Troubleshooting Chapter4 4 25 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 4 5 Software Configuration Checks Table 4 13 Software Configuration Checks Step Task to do Expected Result s 1 Check Date and Time setting Date and Time are correct Adjust the Date a
202. ded Manpower e person 15 minutes travel Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 page 4 4 Removal Procedure Refer to Figure 8 34 on page 8 65 1 Remove See Right Cover FRU No 300 on page 33 2 Remove See Right EMI Cover on page 61 3 Unscrew four screws 1 4 holding the Nest EMI Cover 4 Remove the Nest EMI Cover Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Figure 8 34 Nest EMI Cover Disassembly Chapter8 8 65 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 17 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 4 17 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 10 6 4 10 6 5 Leakage Current 8 66 Section 8 4 Mechanicals GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 18 Front EMI Cover for LOGIQ 3 PRO Black and White NOTE For LOGIQ 3 EXPERT refer to 8 4 19 Front EMI Cover for LOGIQ 3 EXPERT on page 8 69 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Front EMI Cover 8 4 18 1 Tools e Common Phillips screwdrivers 8 4 18 2 Needed Manpower e person 15 minutes travel 8 4 18 3 Preparations Shut Down the
203. drive was less than 2 GB and has been backed up using EXPORT function or Select 2 if the Patient Data on D drive was greater than 2 GB It will need to be backed up after the Upgrade using EzBackup function NOTE If the Patient image data is large and cannot be backed up by using EXPORT It is recommended to select option 2 i e Load Bootable C partition only Please select ONE of the following options for loading the L OGICOS Base System Software Load Image onto your system 1 Loadthe complete disk existing data will be lost NOTE APPLICATION SOFTWARE WILL NEED TO INSTALLED WHEN THIS PROCEDURE PAS OM PI E TH aA Ohh AN TAE 2 Loadthe bootable C partition only patient datais NOT lost NOTE DO NOT USE THIS OPTION ON A BRAND NEW SYSTEM IT IS INTENDED FOR RECOVERY A SYSTEM THAT WILL BOOT UP APPLICATION SOFTWARE WILL NEED TO BE INSTALLED WHEN THIS PR OGEDURE HAS CGOMPLETED ALL PATIENT DATA Is PRESERVED 3 Exit to the PROMPT Figure 3 18 Base Load Option Message Chapter 3 3 35 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 You will see a screen showing Ghost This automatically loads the base software onto the hard disk Let it run to completion Approximately 10 mins kopat fiie IL 3917 0 drm 12 38172 Typed DNTPS Sure 11911 Figure 3 19 Ghost S
204. e Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 3 4 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 4 4 2 B Mode Checks 4 4 3 M Mode Checks Color Flow Mode 4 4 4 Checks Doppler Mode 4 4 5 Checks Measurement and 4 4 6 Multi Image Checks Basic 4 4 7 Measurements PC Diagnostics 7 5 2 Keyboard Tests 8 20 Section 8 3 Keyboard GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 5 8 3 5 1 8 3 5 2 8 3 5 3 8 3 5 4 8 3 5 5 HUB PCB Assy FRU No 203 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the HUB PCB Assy Tools Common phillips screwdrivers Needed Manpower persons 15 minutes travel Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 on page 4 4 Removal Procedure 1 Disassemble the See KeyBoard Assy FRU No 200 on page 13 2 Remove Cables C1 C2 C3 C4 from the HUB PCB Assy 3 Remove cable C5 which is running over the HUB PCB to remove screw d 4 Unscrew four screws a b c d Screw d not shown in the figure 5 Remove the HUB PCB Assy Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Figure 8 12 HUB PCB Assy Chapter 8 8 21 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL
205. e 10 17 Chassis Leakage Current Test Condition TEST CONDITION Mounting screw for probe receptacle Mounting screw for CRT housing Mounting screw for peripheral plugged into unit Mounting screw for other peripheral powered by unit 6 Keep a record of the results with other hard copies of PM data kept on site 10 18 Section 10 6 Electrical Safety Tests GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 10 6 5 4 10 6 6 10 6 6 1 Data Sheet for Chassis Source Leakage Current The test passes when all readings measure less than the value shown in Table 10 14 Record all data on the PM Inspection Certificate Table 10 18 Typical Data Sheet for Chassis Source Leakage Current Test3 Optional Test Tester Neutral Test1Probe Test2 Screwson 4 Tester Polarity or Ground Connector Metal on CRT Rear Panel Optional Switch Switch Housing Connectors Enter Name of tested peripheral here Low 6 Lowe 6 LL ew woe 1 L 6 oa LL Isolated Patient Lead Source Leakage Lead to Ground Definition This test measures the current which would flow to ground from any of the isolated ECG leads The meter simulates a patient who is connected to the monitoring equipment and is grounded by touching some other grounded surface Measurements should be made with the ground open and closed with power line polarity norm
206. e 10 minutes Section 8 12 2 System Software System Load Image CD ROM 3 Installing Application LOGIQ3 Application 10 minutes Section 8 9 11 Software Software CD ROM Table 8 5 Soft ware Loading Procedure Chapter8 8 163 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 12 1 Making BIOS changes During Boot Up Press F2 to enter SetUp Screen 2 Enter the Password as dhruva 3 Under Exit go to the Load Optimal Default Parameters and press Enter Ref Figure 8 104 on page 8 164 pop up screen appears on the screen Click on OK 5 Figure 8 104 Load Optimal Default Settings 5 Press ESC 8 164 Section 8 12 Loading Base and Application Software GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 6 Enter Boot tab Under Boot Disk Priority select CD RW as the First Boot device as in Figure 8 105 on page 8 165 and the Hard disk as the Second Boot Device Figure 8 105 1 st Boot Device CD R W 7 Press ESC Chapter8 8 165 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 Under Advanced gt Chipset Configuration tab Go To ISA Enable bit Press Enter and Select Disabled as in Figure 8 106 on page 8 166 Figure 8 106 Disable ISA bit 9 Press ESC 10 Under Advanced lt Diskette Configuration tab Go To Diskette Controller Press Enter and Select Disabled as
207. e decrease the value Auto Calculations Activates Auto Activates Auto Calculations of the Measurements of the Measurements 15 Adjust Angle Steer E _ the Color Flow linear image left or right to get more information without moving probes Rotate Angle Steer to the left right to slant the linear image Adjusts the baseline to accommodate faster or slower blood flows to eliminate aliasing Rotate Baseline left 16 Move Baseline 5 right to shift the baseline ES PRF Wall Filter velocity scale to accommodate faster slower blood flow velocities Rotate left right to select E Trace Sensitivity Activates Trace Sensitivity Trace Activates Trace Sensitivity Rejection 4 20 Section 4 4 Functional Checks GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 4 6 Measurement and Multi Image Checks 4 4 6 1 Performing B Mode Measurements Checks Measurement Set Trackball Figure 4 16 Measurement Keys Table 4 12 Measurement Checks Step Task Expected Result s 1 Generate the B image A B image is active on the screen 2 Press Freeze Freeze the image to measure The measurement soft menu for the current 3 Press MEASURE on the Control Panel to exam category is displayed on the Monitor enter the Assign and Measure modality Select the appropriate exam category and measurement
208. e of future transportation A Do not lift the unit by the Keyboard This may cause equipment damage CAUTION The crate with the LOGIQ 3 weighs approximately 195 kg prepared for a sudden shift of weight as the unit is removed from its base pallet CAUTION Inspect the Shcik watch and Tilt watch Ensure that they are not fused Refer to the instructions attached on the packing Box on howto check the Shcik watch and Tiltwatch CAUTION 1 Cut the two Metal Bands Figure 3 1 Cutting the two metal bands Chapter 3 3 3 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 2 Receiving and Unpacking LOGIQ 3 contd 2 Lift the TOP Cover up and off Figure 3 2 Removing the top cover 3 Remove the Monitor Cap up and off Monitor Cap Figure 3 3 Removing the Monitor Cap 3 4 Section 3 2 Receiving and Unpacking LOGIQ 3 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 2 Receiving and Unpacking LOGIQ 3 contd 4 Remove the three Plastic Joints from the Outer Sleeve Refer to the Labels on the Packing Box for more detailed instructions 5 Remove the Outer Sleeve 6 Remove the Inner Sleeve Inner Sleeve Plastic Joint Outer Sleeve Palette Assy Chapter 3 3 5 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 2 Receiving
209. e test verifies the isolation of the power line from the chassis The meter is connected from accessible metal parts of the case to ground Measurements should be made with the unit On and Off with the power line polarity Normal and Reversed Record the highest reading CAUTION Electric Shock Hazard When the meter s ground switch is OPEN don t touch the unit CAUTION Equipment damage possibility Never switch the Polarity and the status of Neutral when the unit is powered ON Be sure to turn the unit power OFF before switching them using the POLARITY switch and or the NEUTRAL switch Otherwise the unit may be damaged 10 6 5 2 Generic Procedure The test verifies the isolation of the power line from the chassis The testing meter is connected from accessible metal parts of the case to ground Measurements should be made with the unit ON and OFF with the power line polarity Normal and Reversed Record the highest reading of current POWER POLARITY REVERSING OUTLET BLACK WHITE 1 0 G GREEN MOMENTARY SWITCH ACCESSIBLE METAL PARTS LEAKAGE TEST METER Figure 10 5 Set Up for Chassis Source Leakage Current IEC 601 1 Clause 19 Continuos Leakage Currents and Patient Auxiliary Currents When using the Microguard or a similar test instrument its power plug may be inserted into the wall outlet and the equipment under test is plugged into the receptacle on the panel of the meter T
210. ect CD RW as the First Boot device as in Figure 7 25 on page 45 and the Hard disk as the Second Boot Device Figure 7 25 1 st Boot Device CD R W 7 Press ESC Chapter 7 7 45 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 Under Advanced lt Chipset Configuration tab Go To ISA Enable bit Press Enter and Select Disabled as in Figure 7 26 on page 46 Figure 7 26 Disable ISA bit 9 Press 5 7 46 Section 7 6 Service Notes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 10 Under Advanced lt Diskette Configuration tab Go To Diskette Controller Press Enter and Select Disabled as in Figure 7 27 on page 47 Figure 7 27 Disable Diskette Controller 11 Press ESC 12 Under Advanced lt USB Configuration tab Under 2 0 Legacy Support Set the USB speed to HiSpeed Set it has Enabled Full Speed Select HISPEED qum 13 Press ESC 14 Press F10 15 Popup Screen appears on the screen Chapter 7 7 47 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 16 Click on OK to Save all the changes and exit as per Figure 7 28 Save changes before Exiting BIOS 17 Reboot the System 7 6 16 Sn73077 PC2IP Driver installation on BEP 2 System with PC2IP Il board APPLIES TO This Service Note applies to the LOGIQ 3 Systems with BEP 2 while loading the base s
211. ection Description Page Number 7 1 Overview 7 1 T2 Gathering Trouble Data T2 7 3 Screen Captures 7 4 7 4 Diagnostics 7 8 7 5 Common Diagnostics 7 11 7 6 Service Notes 7 12 7 1 2 Diagnostic Procedure Summary Although Diagnostics can be run in any order the Bottom up Confidence Building Order is outlined in this section Provides a framework from which overall diagnostic testability can be determined Provides a top level model that describes the confidence building aspect of the diagnostics Provides a logical step by step approach to system check out and fault isolation There are two levels of diagnostic board level and system level Board level diagnostics are intended to test functionality of a single circuit board System level diagnostics are intended to test functionality on more than one circuit board Unused system components board or signals for each diagnostic test are drawn in gray ghosted NOTE In this document the Host includes all hardware upstream of the PCI cable The diagnostics in this chapter do NOT test anything upstream of the PCI cable Therefore any upstream hardware or software must be functional before running these diagnostics Chapter 7 7 1 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 7 2 Gathering Trouble Data 7 2 1 Overview There may be a time when it would be advantageous to capture trouble images and system data logs for acquisition through remote d
212. ed as a primary mobile unit which is transported between diagnostic facilities If conditions exist which exceed typical usage and patient load then it is recommended to increase the periodic maintenance frequencies If conditions exist which exceed typical usage and patient load then it is recommended to increase the maintenance frequencies 10 2 Section 10 2 Why do Maintenance GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Table 10 2 Customer Care Schedule Service at Indicated Time Weekly Monthly Annually Notes Clean Probe Holders Clean Air Filter Inspect AC Mains Cable Inspect Cables and Connectors Clean Console Clean Monitor Inspect Wheels Casters brakes and Swivel Locks Console Leakage Current Checks Peripheral Leakage Current Checks Surface Probe Leakage Current Checks Endocavity Probe Leakage Current Checks Surgical Probe Leakage Current Checks Measurement Accuracy Checks Probe Phantom Checks more frequently depending on your environment Mobile Unit Check Weekly Mobile Unit Check Daily also after corrective maintenance also after corrective maintenance also after corrective maintenance Twice Annually As Prescribed in probe manual also after corrective maintenance also after corrective maintenance Chapter 10 10 3 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 10
213. ed metal part of the LOGIQ 3 unit Set the meter s FUNCTION switch to the RESISTANCE position Set the meter s POLARITY switch to the OFF center position Measure and record the ground wire resistance 2 re wm Chapter 10 10 15 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 10 6 4 2 Dale 600 Ground Continuity The Dale 600 measures line cord resistance from the third pin of the attachment plug to the meter s Chassis Cable clamp Test the grounding continuity of the system to all exposed metal parts in accordance with the IEC 601 1 1 procedure as above Refer to the Dale 600 Instruction Manual for meter self tests and operation Record measured resistance of the grounding continuity The ground wire resistance should be less than 0 2 Use any safety analyzer Outlet Test Lamps Functions Normal Selector Reverse Polarity Neutral Open Closed Chassis el Figure 10 4 Dale 600 Ground Continuity Test 10 16 Section 10 6 Electrical Safety Tests GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 10 6 5 Chassis Leakage Current Test 10 6 5 1 Definition This test measures the current that would flow in a grounded person who touched accessible metal parts of the bedside station if the ground wire should break Th
214. edure The Dale 600 provides five snap type ECG buttons for testing patient leads Snap on all patient leads to the meter and assure that the ground clip is connected to the system s ground terminal Select the meter s LEAD GND function Select and test each ECG lead positions except ALL of the LEAD selector testing each to the power condition combinations found in PATIENT LEAD LEAKAGE table in the PM CHECKLIST Record the highest leakage current measured for each Power selection CAUTION Line voltage is applied to the ECG leads during this test To avoid possible electric shock hazard the system being tested must not be touched by patients users or anyone while the ISO TEST switch is depressed When the meter s ground switch is OPEN don t touch the unit Follow these steps to test the ECG module for leakage current 1 Turn the LOGIQ 3 unit OFF 2 Plug the unit into the meter and the meter into the tested AC wall outlet 3 Plug the black chassis cable into the meter s CHASSIS connector and attach the black chassis cable clamp to an exposed metal part of the LOGIQ 3 unit 4 Connect the patient leads to the corresponding snaps located at the upper front of the Dale 600 600E Lead nomenclature for this test is not important 10 20 Section 10 6 Electrical Safety Tests GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 10 6 6 3 Dale 600 Meter Procedure cont d
215. edures throughout this manual Instructions contained in the warnings must be followed DANGEROUS VOLTAGES CAPABLE OF CAUSING DEATH ARE PRESENT IN THIS EQUIPMENT USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN HANDLING TESTING AND 5 ADJUSTING EXPLOSION WARNING DO NOT OPERATE THE EQUIPMENT IN AN EXPLOSIVE A WARNINGATMOSPHERE OPERATION OF ANY ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IN SUCH AN ENVIRONMENT CONSTITUTES A DEFINITE SAFETY HAZARD DO NOT SUBSTITUTE PARTS OR MODIFY EQUIPMENT BECAUSE OF THE DANGER ARNINGOF INTERDICTING ADDITIONAL HAZARDS DO NOT INSTALL SUBSTITUTE PARTS OR A PERFORM ANY UNAUTHORIZED MODIFICATION OF THE EQUIPMENT 1 4 8 Lockout Tagout Requirements For USA Europe Only Follow OSHA Lockout Tagout requirements by ensuring you are in total control of the plug Chapter 1 1 15 GE HEALTHCARE PROPRIETARY TO GE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 1 5 EMC EMI and ESD 1 5 1 1 5 2 Electromagnetic Compatibility Electro Magnetic Compatibility describes a level of performance of a device within its electromagnetic environment This environment consists of the device itself and its surroundings including other equipment power sources and persons with which the device must interface Inadequate compatibility results when a susceptible device fails to perform as intended due interface from its environment or when the device produces unacceptable levels of emission to its environment This interference
216. efer to 8 4 12 on page 8 55 1 Remove See KeyBoard Assy FRU No 200 on page 13 2 Unscrew four screws a b c from the Keyboard bottom 3 Remove KeyBoard Bumper 8 4 12 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Keyboard Bumper Figure 8 29 Keyboard Bumper Chapter8 8 55 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 12 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 4 12 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 8 56 Section 8 4 Mechanicals GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 13 Keyboard Rear Cover FRU No 308 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Keyboard Rear Cover 8 4 13 1 Tools e Coin Stubby screwdrivers 8 4 13 2 Needed Manpower e persons 15 minutes travel 8 4 13 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described 4 3 1 3 page 4 4 8 4 13 4 Removal Procedure 1 Remove two caps a b 2 Remove two screws 1 2 using coins Stub B screwdrivers 3 Lift the Keyboard Rear cover Up and pull backwards to remove 8 4 13 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Use
217. eft or right to get more information without moving probes Click Angle Steer to the left right to slant the linear image 12 Baseline Changes the spectrum baseline to accommodate higher velocity blood flow Rotate Baseline left right to adjust the baseline Velocity scale determines pulse repetition frequency If the sample volume gate range exceeds single gate PRF capability the system automatically switches to high PRF mode indicated by Multiple gates Transparency Map Activates Transparency Map Angle Steer 13 PRF Wall Filter 4 18 Section 4 4 Functional Checks GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 4 5 Doppler Mode Checks 4 4 5 1 Preparations 1 Connect one of the probes listed in 3 5 3 Available Probe in Chapter 3 Installation to the System probe connector 2 Turn ON the scanner if it isn t turned on already 3 If Continuous Wave Doppler is available Turn it on and Ensure that the Probe does not heat up immediately Top menu and Sub Men Controls PW Mode Gain M D Cursor 3E Medical 337 18 03 02 17 31 07 6 6 180302 1 31 07 OH 2 3 E 2 2 TTE MHz PS 112 20 cm s 6 60 ED 20 51 cm 3 3 Rm 100 2 5 Milz 25 23 100 1 9 kHz 69 Hz 22 43 43 13 0 13 0 LLL Ee Med life NI 137 Hz 1 28 D 9 1 Pw Frequency Baseline Angle Correct 4
218. el 2 The SYSTEM EXIT window appears Click on Logoff SYSTEM EXIT Logon information Figure 8 101 System EXIT window 3 The message window appears Click on OK 4 The OPERATOR LOGIN window appears Change the User level to Admin then enter Password Then click on Log on TitleLogin Figure 8 102 Operator LOGIN window Chapter 8 8 161 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 11 2 Procedures cont d 5 Select Utility gt Admin System Admin Product Figure 8 103 Utility window 6 Select System Admin tab then click on NewEnter Option string into New Key dialogue box Then verify that option string to be entered appears in the SW Option Key list option appears in the Options list as Permanent e If an option fails to install delete it as follows a Click on the option key string to be deleted from the SW Option Key list b Click on Delete c The warning message appears Click on OK NOTICE Do NOT delete all SW Option Key If it does the system can NOT start up 8 162 Section 8 11 Installing Option Software GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 8 12 Loading Base and Application Software A Software Loading procedure is outlined below Procedures Prerequisites Man Power Refer Changing BIOS BEP2 BEP 3 5 minutes Section 8 12 1 Installing Base LOGIQ 3 Bas
219. el s Insite modem interface is electrically isolated from the system s internal circuit The isolator s dielectric strength should be 500VAC RMS or higher within 1 minute in compliance with IEC60601 1 1 Printer Camera Remote Control Interface The Rear panel has two remote control interface terminals for B W and color printers Table 5 4 Camera Printer Remote Control Interface Specifications Level V Active Polarity Retention Time Section 5 7 Mechanical Descriptions 5 7 1 Monitor Tilt 10 forwards and backwards Swivel 90 From mean position 5 26 Section 5 7 Mechanical Descriptions GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 5 8 Air Flow Control 5 8 1 5 8 2 5 8 3 Air Flow Distribution The four air flow passes allow the scanner to be cooled down as below Pass PassB e PassC Pass Bottom right gt PC Box gt Rear upper left for PC Box cooling Front lower left gt Filter gt LV unit gt Rear lower left for HV unit cooling Bottom left gt Scan Box Assy gt Rear upper right for Scan Box Assy cooling Bottom Filter gt Nest Assy gt Rear upper right for Nest Assy cooling Filters The scanner contains one filter located below the Front Bumper Between Two Wheels Fans Fan for Nest Assy Fan for PC Box Figure 5 21 Fans The scanner contains the five fans at the following positions for producing an a
220. ents for the LOGIQ Chapter 3 Installation Contains installation procedure with installation checklist Chapter 4 Functional Checks Contains functional checks that must be performed as part of the installation or as required during servicing and periodic maintenance 5 Chapter 5 Components and Functions Theory Contains block diagrams and functional explanations of the electronics 6 Chapter 6 Service Adjustments Contains instructions on how to make available adjustments to the LOGIQ 3 7 Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting Provides procedures for running diagnostic or related routines for the LOGIQ 3 8 Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures Provides disassembly procedures and reassembly procedures for all changeable Field Replaceable Units FRU 9 Chapter 9 Renewal Parts Contains a complete list of replacement parts for the LOGIQ 3 10 Chapter 10 Care amp Maintenance Provides periodic maintenance procedures for the LOGIQ 3 5 Chapter 1 1 1 GE HEALTHCARE PROPRIETARY TO GE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 1 1 4 Typical Users of the Basic Service Manual Service Personnel installation maintenance etc e Hospitals Service Personnel e Contractors Some parts of Chapter 2 Pre Installation 1 1 5 LOGIQ 3 Models Covered by this Manual LOGIQ 3 Expert BT 05 H41772LM LOGIQ 3 Expert CHILE KOREA MODEL ULOGSI H41772LN LOGIQ 3 Expert J
221. er 2319551 1 2319551 2 2319551 3 W IPO2A F0508 2319551 4 W IPO2B F0508 SOLUTION The problems mentioned in the section PROBLEMS can be resolved by executing the FMI 73066 Kit Part Number 5159437 as mentioned in the FMI instructions 5159456 Please read the instructions carefully before execution of the FMI Chapter 7 7 57 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 6 19 Sn73073 Introduction of FMI 73069 for CHINA APPLIES TO All LOGIQ 3 systems installed in China after Jan 1st 2003 and manufactured before 1st April 2005 PROBLEM 1 The Power cord shipped with the LOGIQ 3 systems to China during the above period are not complying with the new Chinese Regulatory requirements The Hardcopy of the Chinese Manuals given to the customers did not contain the SFDA Registration number and the Product registration number m CAUSE To Comply with Chinese Regulatory Requirements pertaining to the use of CCC marked both the plugs and the Cable Power Cord To provide the customer with the hardcopy of Manuals in Chinese as per Chinese regulatory requirements m SOLUTION The above mentioned problems will be resolved by the execution of the FMI 73069 The FMI Kit comprises of the Power cord with the Plug Socket and the Cable having CCC mark This Power cord hence complies with Chinese regulatory requirements The FMI kit assembly with the chinese manuals will be co
222. er 10 10 1 Why ores Pm 10 2 Records 26h EE she P ELE 10 2 Quality AssUFari68 See tee ei bu hee a 10 2 Periodic Maintenance 10 2 How often should care amp maintenance tasks be performed 10 2 oat tete ATE eee abs turbet toast 10 4 Standard GE Tool Kit 325244 go SA 10 4 Special Tools Supplies and Equipment 10 6 System Maintenance 10 7 Preliminary Checks book Lue bee oL CE 10 7 Functional Checks See Also Chapter 4 10 8 e se erus 0 mE ceed pio diia s 10 9 e c PP vc 10 9 Physical a deor s EE uta 10 10 Optional Diagnostic Checks cp Peg 10 11 Probe Mairiteriance osa T a eA aet 10 11 Electrical Safety ev rp E NM PR S du meds pit BAe EA d 10 12 Safety Test elici d Ae eee eee el eta ed ME EB 10 12 GEMS Leakage Current Limits 10 13 Outlet Test Wiring Arrangement USA amp Canada 10 14 Grounding 10 15 Chassis Leakage Current Test
223. er On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 4 23 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls Chapter 8 8 77 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 24 Air Filter FRU No 403 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Air Filter 8 4 24 1 Tools Common Phillips screwdrivers 8 4 24 2 Needed Manpower 1 persons 5 minutes travel 8 4 24 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described 4 3 1 3 page 4 4 8 4 24 4 Removal Procedure Refer to Figure 8 41 on page 8 78 1 Remove the Air Filter which is situated between Front Casters 8 4 24 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Air Filter Air Filter Figure 8 41 Air Filter 8 4 24 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 8 78 Section 8 4 Mechanicals GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up 4 4 1 Basic Controls Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 4 24 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use Chapter 8 8 79 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 25 Card Cage Fan Assy FRU No 404
224. er will be as seen in the figure below Figure 7 29 on page 63 u U20 U33 Figure 7 29 Checking the FEC 4 Part number Chapter 7 7 63 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 The systems will show a message asking to enter the Option keys The Hardware Id Shown in this screen will be different from the actual Hardware Id on the system A sample box can be seen in Figure 7 30 on page 64 below Figure 7 30 Asking For Option Keys In such cases The FEC U5 Eprom will have to be replaced SOLUTION 1 If the FEC version for Problem 1 is FEC 4 the The FEC has to be replaced by a FEC 6 2 The Correct Hardware ID can be checked in the following way In Start Run Type in d L3_Drivers SH_Tools PC2IPIIC_ACl exe as shown in Figure 7 31 on page 64 below Figure 7 31 Selecting the tool This will bring a screen as shown below THE Hardware ID can be checked as shown in the screen as shown in Figure 7 32 on page 65 below 7 64 Section 7 6 Service Notes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL X ACI Board lt HW Serial Number X address info Write Address Her 6 RAW length ACI Part Number Click Here To Read the Hardware ID System Serial Number ACI Revision Number
225. es also refer to their separate user manuals Basic Probe Cleaning Refer to the User s Manual for details on probe cleaning To help protect yourself from blood borne diseases wear approved disposable gloves These are made of nitrile derived from vegetable starch to prevent allergic latex reactions Failure to follow the prescribed cleaning or disinfection procedures will void the probe s warranty DO NOT soak or wipe the lens with any product not listed in the User Manual Doing so could result in irreparable damage to the probe Follow care instructions that came with the probe Disinfect a defective probe before you return it Be sure to tag the probe as being disinfected Chapter 10 10 11 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 10 6 Electrical Safety Tests 10 6 1 Safety Test Overview The electrical safety tests in this section are based on and conform to NFPA 99 For USA and IEC EN 60601 1 Medical Equipment Safety Standards They are intended for the electrical safety evaluation of cord connected electrically operated patient care equipment If additional information is needed refer to the NFPA 99 For USA and IEC EN 60601 1 documents AN WARNING THE USER MUST ENSURE THAT THE SAFETY INSPECTIONS ARE PERFORMED AT LEAST EVERY 12 MONTHS ACCORDING TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PATIENT SAFETY STANDARD IEC EN 60601 1 ONLY TRAINED PERSONS ARE ALLOWED TO PERFORM THE SAFETY INSPECTIONS M
226. es ofthis product are covered by or more pending patent applications and by 5 467 has BEP2 one or more ofthe U S or international patents Figure 7 19 About Screen in LOGIQ 3 S W2 2 X Identify the BEP Type by using the below Table and order appropriate FMI Kit By Table 1 1 Image Part Number 2356514 X BEP1 2378390 X BEP2 5124775 X The Field Service Engineer executing the FMI 73068 FMI 73070 is strictly advised to order the FMI 73071 Kit ONLY ONCE The Same FMI 73071 Kit needs to be used for executing the FMI 73068 or FMI 73070 subsequently at other sites 4 Execute the FMI 73068 or FMI 73070 Refer FMI Instructions Part Number 5162506 for FMI 73068 or FMI 73070 execution Chapter 7 7 37 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 6 13 Sn73081 Logiq 3 Win XP Systems with S W R 4 x x Inclusion of Base and Application Software CDs inside the System APPLIES TO Logiq 3 Win XP Systems with S W R 4 0 0 Logiq 3 Expert Logiq 3 Pro Logiq 3 B W PROBLEM Missing software CDs with the Logiq 3 System during Installation or during repairs SOLUTION Starting from Logiq 3 2705 System S No 33314WS6 the Base and Application software CDs are enclosed in a CD pouch attached to the keyboard back cover under the monitor PROCEDURE 1 Remove two caps a b Remove two screws 1 2 using Stub B screw driver or a Coin Lift the Keyboard rea
227. f the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 page 4 4 8 6 5 4 Removal Procedure Refer to Figure 8 53 on page 8 103 Remove the Rear Cover FRU No 302 Refer to 8 4 3 on page 8 37 Remove the Rear EMI Cover Refer to 8 4 16 on page 8 63 Remove the Left Cover FRU No 301 Refer to 8 4 2 on page 8 35 Unscrew four screws 1 4 to remove Rear Support Bracket Remove all Cables from the PC Rear Panel Unscrew 3 screws a b c from the PC Support Bracket Pull Forward to remove the BEP Assy WD 8 6 5 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal att Rear Left Support Bracket PC Support Bracket Figure 8 53 BEP Assy Chapter 8 8 103 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 5 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 6 5 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 4 4 2 B Mode Checks 4 4 3 M Mode Checks Color Flow Mode 4 4 4 Checks Doppler Mode 4 4 5 Checks Measurement and 4 4 6 Multi Image Checks Basic 4 4 7 Measurements 7 5 2 PC Diagnostics 8 104 Section 8 6 PCB GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 5 BEP Assy F
228. g 8 137 Optional Manual Configurations 8 137 Loading Applications Software 8 137 Final System 5 8 137 serialno txt File Creation 8 138 Optional Check Devices 8 139 Optional Procedure for Changing Re mapping Drive Letters 8 141 Loading Application Software After a Base Image Load 8 146 acs Se cuo dati eun des de ao Ped aU cv nies 8 146 ant sax cn ohm A md nias BO dubi BEL eae 8 146 Preparations uo Pis orco reet 8 146 Image Management Guide 8 146 Loading Applications Software 8 153 Installing Option 5 8 161 Preparations or vo tiat bb X ERE ELO ENSE Eb 8 161 PER CLR 8 161 Loading Base and Application Software 8 163 Making BIOS changes 8 164 Base Software Load Procedure For 2 3 4 8 168 Loading Applications Software 8 171 13 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS PROPR
229. galvanic barrier between the rest of the scanner and the on site AC Mains Input voltage to the transformer can be either 230 VAC or 115 VAC or 100 VAC AC Power is supplied directly to the ATX PS PC Power supply located on the PC box and to the HV unit CRT Monitor and LV unit via ACI PCB When the Power switch is ON this signal is outputted from VIC board to the following devices via KBD gt RPI gt VIC gt Mother board signal is sent to PC Box then sent to ATX PS so that the ATX PS is switched ON to apply DC power to the PC The signal is sent to ACI PCB so that the SSR is switched ON to apply AC power to the LV unit HV unit and CRT monitor signal is sent to ACI PCB so that the SSR is switched ON to apply AC power to AC outlets of the Rear panel Front Panel DC Power Low Voltage AC110V is supplied to the LV unit via AC Box gt Transformer gt ACI PCB This is multiplied and rectified then step downed to Low DC voltage to supply the devices boards in the scanner The LV also support 12VDC for the system cooling fan DC Output Capacity 3 3V 20A e 5VD 14 e 5V 10A 5V 12V 4A 12V 500mA Generated on the Back PlaneBoard using DC DC converter 5 12 Section 5 5 Power Diagrams GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 5 4 TX Power HV Power Supply
230. ge 15 2 Unscrew two screws g h fixing VGP tray 3 Slide out the tray If VGP is Fixed disconnect the VGP cables from front panel 4 Unscrew five screws a b c d e loosen 1 screw f 5 Lift the Keyboard Up 6 Disconnect the Three USB cables 1 2 5 one 26 Pin cable 3 7 Remove Keyboard Assy 8 3 1 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 3 1 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 3 1 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 4 4 2 B Mode Checks 4 4 3 M Mode Checks Color Flow Mode 4 4 4 Checks Doppler Mode 4 4 5 Checks Measurement and 4 4 6 Multi Image Checks Basic 4 4 7 Measurements PC Diagnostics 7 5 2 Keyboard Tests Chapter 8 8 13 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 1 KeyBoard Assy FRU No 200 contd Probe Holder Y a 4 Figure 8 8 Keyboard Assembly 8 14 Section 8 3 Keyboard GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 2 Probe Holder FRU No 201 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Probe Holder 8 3 2 1 Tools None 8 3 2 2 Needed Manpower e persons 5 minutes travel 8 3 2 3 Preparations Remove Probes from the Holder amp the connector place it
231. ggested optional peripherals for LOGIQ 3 B W Video Printer is the only On board peripheral All other peripherals are Off board Table 3 3 List of Recording Devices UP 895MDW UP D895MDW B W Video Printer UP 897MDW NTSC PAL USB UP D897MD B W Video Printer Mitsubishi NTSC PAL USB SVO 9500MD NTSC Video Cassette Recorder SONY SVO 9500 MDP MD3000E PAL Video C tte R d Mitsubishi i AG MD835P NTSC Video Cassette Recorder AG MD835E oae NTSC PAL A6 Color Video Printer UPD 21MD USB UPD 23MD USB A5 Color Video Printer SONY UP51MD NTSC PAL HP 990CXi HP1200 PC Printer HP HP6122 HP5652 HP5650 HPK550 E CP 900E Table 3 4 USB Devices Device Name Device Type Memory Size use abc am Digital 256MB USB 2 0 Flash Memory Data traveller m 512MB USB 2 0 Flash Memory 2 0 Kingston Digital See each option installation instructions for installation and connection procedures Chapter 3 3 19 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 7 1 2 Connecting Cables Equipment damage possibility Be sure to use the following recommended connecting cables to connect recording devices and a network with LOGIQ 3 console Failure to do so would result CAUTIONin unstable system behaviour and can possibly damage the Equipment Table 3 5 LIST OF CONNECTING CABLES Name Part No Figure NOTE Use only approved IEC Couplers Power Cable P9509EE for peripherals co
232. glance Table 5 6 Log Entry Key GEMS Service Home Page Insite Browser Error Logs Diagnostics Image Quality Calibration Configuration Utilities Replacement Ye 2 4 7 2 4 Error This is the Error Log Application Areal 49 Log Viewer Xt 10 17 05 08 08 31 52 Figure 5 23 Log Viewer Logs Log Entries Chapter 5 5 31 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 9 4 1 Logs The three sub menus of the Logs category are System Informatics and Temperature NOTE Figure 5 23 on page 31 Provides a graphical example of the log entries for the System Logs Log table headings for the different logs are as follows System Log entry headings include Time Stamp Error Level Package and Error Message Infomatics Log entry headings include TimeStamp Revision PtSex PtWeight PtHeight Exam Category ExamCurDate ExamStartTime Temperature Log entry headings include Time Stamp Error Level Package Upper FEC Sensor and Lower FEC Sensor 5 32 Section 5 9 Common Service Platform GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 9 4 2 Utilities The two sub menus of the Utilities category are Plot Log and Plot Page Frequency of Occurance Plot Log PACKAGE Plot Log Frequency of Occurance echoclipboard 0x670i m usereventing x670 gescan echoconfig 0x670 scoption 01670
233. gure 3 23 3 38 Section 3 11 Loading Application Software GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Loading Applications Software cont d eR AMINNTsystem32 cmd exe Install the application software WARNING This program install the application software R3 6 6 on the hard drive This process should take approximately 18 minutes to complete KK If you vant to stop this installation nov enter key Proceed this program Y N Figure 3 23 Application CD Installation Popup 6 Press Y key twice to start the process 7 During Application Software loading process the System will auto Shutdown Manually switch on the System using the standby ON OFF switch 8 After the software loading is completed the system will pop up a message asking to make the selection for Presets according to location of site as seen in the Figure 3 24 below Make the appropriate selection lease make your selection from the below choices for Preset 1 USA 2 Europe 3 Asia Only Available in Production Release Software Figure 3 24 Preset Selection 9 Wait until the system shuts down automatically Approx 5 Minutes to shut down 10 Wait for Approx 15 seconds 11 Power on the System and Remove the CD while it boots 12 The System pops up the Screen asking for Option Key Enter the Basic Option Key obtained on ordering of the BT 05 Upgrade Chapter 3
234. he Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 on page 4 4 8 2 1 4 Removal procedure Refer to Figure 8 1 on page 8 3 1 Remove the See Keyboard Rear Cover FRU No 308 on page 57 2 Remove 2 connectors from the monitor between CN601 amp CN602 and VGA Connection 3 Unscrew the rotation stopper screw using coin or screw driver 4 Lift the Monitor Assy upward AN WARNING The weight of the monitor is approximately 20 kg Two person are needed in the next step 8 2 1 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal VGA Connector Connectors CN601 amp CN602 Rotation Stopper Screw Figure 8 1 MONITOR ASSY DISASSEMBLY Chapter8 8 3 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 1 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 2 1 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 7 5 2 PC Diagnostics 10 6 4 10 6 5 Leakage Current 8 4 Section 8 2 Monitor GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 2 Monitor Cover Left FRU No 101 Purpose This is a description on how to remove the Monitor Cover Left 8 2 2 1 Tools Common phillips screwdrivers Stub B 8 2 2 2 Needed Manpower e 1 person 15 minu
235. he list box open with a list of available drive letters Select the letter I Chapter8 8 143 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 9 11 Optional Procedure for Changing Re mapping Drive Letters cont d Edit Drive Letter or Path Edit the drive letter or drive path for G Assign a drive letter Mount in this NTFS fol Browse Cancel Figure 8 76 Select Drive Letter I Now Right click You ll see the following message as shown in Figure 8 77 Confirm xl sure you want change this drive letter 2 Changing the drive letter of volume may cause programs to no longer Are you Figure 8 77 Confirm Drive Letter Change Right click OK to acknowledge the message Now follow the previous steps again and change the CD ROM 0 to G Follow the previous steps one more time to change the Disk 1 Removable to When you re all done the settings should look like those shown in Figure 8 78 8 144 Section 8 9 Base Load Software Load GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 9 11 Optional Procedure for Changing Re mapping Drive Letters cont d EJ Computer Management ni x view tg 9 Tree File System Computer Management Local E ARCHIVE E Partition Basic NTFS Soswap
236. he probe PERIPHERAL FAILS Tighten all grounds Ensure star washers are under all ground studs Inspect wiring for bad crimps poor connections or damage STILL FAILS If all else fails begin isolation by removing the probes external peripherals then the on board ones one at a time while monitoring the leakage current measurement NEW UNIT If the leakage current measurement tests fail on a new unit and if situation can not be corrected submit a Safety Failure Report to document the system problem Remove unit from operation ECG FAILS Inspect cables for damage or poor connections 10 28 Section 10 7 When There s Too Much Leakage Current GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL ULTRASOUND INSPECTION CERTIFICATE Warranty Contract HBS Manufacture Date Serial Number Serial Number Serial Number Serial Number Serial Number Serial Number Serial Number pee poe Scan Format Phased Array Linear Array Curved Array Mechanical Array or Other M Serial Number Serial Number FUNCTIONAL CHECKS PHYSICAL INSPECTION AND CLEANING Physical Inspection and Cleaning Functional Check if applicable if applicable Wheels Brakes amp Swivel Locks Cables and Connectors GE Approved Peripherals VCR CD RW Printers COMMENTS Chapter 10 10 29 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL
237. heck in the future and click on the Yes button This dialog box will not be displayed for next time NOTE If the another dialog box appears on the monitor follow the instructions of the dialog box to continue the Functional Check procedures NOTE If Caps Lock Active the display will be highlighted in the screen Netscape Navigator B X wo Navigator is no longer registered to handle Internet Shortcuts Would you like to register Navigator as your default browser Figure 8 93 Netscape Navigator Window Chapter8 8 155 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL The Service Login window for Service Platform will be shown on the monitor display GEMS Service Home Insite Browser Figure 8 94 Service Login Window CAUTION If the Login window for Service Platform is not displayed on the monitor the installation of the Service Platform has failed 3 Select GE Service at the Select User Level field 4 Enter the password for the Service Platform 5 Click on Okay Select User Level Select User Level Select User Level Password Operator Administrator External Service Figure 8 95 Selecting User Level 8 156 Section 8 10 Loading Application Software After a Base Image Load GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 6 Verify that the following screen Service Platform is displayed on the mon
238. his places the meter in the grounding conductor and the current flowing from the case to ground will be indicated in any of the current ranges The maximum allowable limit for chassis source leakage is shown in Table 10 14 Chapter 10 10 17 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 10 6 5 3 Dale 600 Meter Procedure LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL When measuring system chassis currents with the Dale 600 always use the CHASSIS selection of the external chassis function switch This requires the ground clip lead and changing the meters switches in accordance with the IEC 601 1 1 Refer to the Dale 600 Instruction Manual for meter self test and operation Record the highest leakage current measured Follow these steps to test the unit for leakage current 1 Turn the LOGIQ 3 unit OFF 2 Plug the unit into the meter and the meter into the tested AC wall outlet 3 Plug the black chassis cable into the meter s CHASSIS connector and attach the black chassis cable clamp to an exposed metal part of the LOGIQ 3 4 Set the tester s FUNCTION switch to CHASSIS position Outlet Test Lamps Functions Selector Neutral Open Closed Figure 10 6 Ground and Chassis Leakage Current Test Normal Reverse Polarity Chassis Cable 5 Follow the test conditions described for respective test points shown in Table 10 17 Tabl
239. his section indicates the pin assignment for each connector 1 through 8 3 22 Section 3 7 Optional Peripherals GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 7 3 Peripherals Accessories Connector Panel cont d G Printer Syne Seria amp S Video Out db S Video In VGA Out Remote L L R R 9 Audio Out 9 Audio in Service Composite Composite Video Video Out In 100V 390VA MAX A Including Front Printer Panel NO 15 90 MAX v Power Pating LP Including Front Printer Panel 230V 390VA MAX Including Front Printer Pane for 230V for 100V 115V Figure 3 15 Rear Panel for 230V 115V and 100V Chapter 3 3 23 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 7 3 Peripherals Accessories Connector Panel cont d External I O Connectors R G Printor B Sync Serial amp S Video Out S Video In VGA Out Remote L R 9 Audio In dd Ethernet Composite Video In Foot Switeh v Power Rating Label v Power Figure 3 16 3 24 Section 3 7 Optional Peripherals GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 7 3 Peripherals Accessories Connector Panel cont d Table 3 8 External I O Connector Descriptions Item Connector Name Table Number Description 1 RGB Sync
240. hoes safety glasses and kneeling pad to reduce the risk of injury For a complete review of all safety requirements see the Chapter 1 Safety Considerations section of the LOGIQ 3 Basic Service Manual 5122546 100 viii GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL LEGAL NOTES The contents of this publication may not be copied or duplicated in any form in whole or in part without prior written permission of GE Healthcare GE Healthcare may revise this publication from time to time without written notice TRADEMARKS All products and their name brands are trademarks of their respective holders COPYRIGHTS All Material Copyright 2001 2009 by General Electric Company Inc All Rights Reserved ix GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 Revision History LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Revision Date Reason for change 1 June 30 2005 Initial Release 2 October 20 2005 Updated Release March 13 2007 Typo error of the part numbers corrected on the manual Service notes added to the manual FRU part numbers updated Updated Probe Leakage Current Test Procedure 1 March 25 2009 Functional Checkout test defined after each part replacement New Service Notes Updated Updated new FRU part numbers List of Effected Pages Pages Revision Pages Revision Pages Revision Chapter3 Installation ale ete
241. hould be allowed to run to completion NOTE When booting up the first time it could take 30 90 seconds after the login box appears before the trackball and key board are active Watch for the arrow cursor to appear NOTE While the script is running several windows or dialog boxes will appear on the screen Wait for the System Settings Change dialog box Restart computer approximately 3 minutes after the desktop Do NOT touch the system during this process Activating the keyboard mouse or front panel could corrupt the installation NOTE At times it may look like the system is unresponsive PATIENCE The process takes 3 4 minutes Wait for the Restart computer now message to appear before activating the keyboard mouse or front panel controls 8 Wait till you get a windows reboot message This may take upto minutes On this message Click on NO as shown in the Figure 8 113 below System Settings Change x Windows has finished installing new devices You must restart your computer before the new settings will take effect Do you want to restart your computer now Select NO Figure 8 113 Windows Restart Screen 8 170 Section 8 12 Loading Base and Application Software GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 12 3 Loading Applications Software Place the Application Software CDROM into the CDROM drive Move the cursor using Trackball to find the Start command button on the
242. hould be fully read and understood before operating the LOGIQ 3 and CAUTIONkept near the unit for quick reference ACOUSTIC OUTPUT HAZARD Although the ultrasound energy transmitted from the LOGIQ 3 probe is within AIUM NEMA CAUTIONstandards avoid unnecessary exposure Ultrasound energy can produce heat and mechanical damage NOTE Check the shipping container for special instructions Verify that the container is intact In some cases a secondary container may be used If so ask the carrier for unpacking instructions Air Pressure 700 1060hPa Humidity 30 95 ze Condensation Figure 3 6 LABELS ON PACKAGE Chapter 3 3 7 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 2 2 Moving into Position Do lift the unit by the Keyboard Do not tilt the unit more than 5 degrees to avoid tipping it over CAUTION Equipment Damage Possibility Lifting the console by holding covers may damage the covers Do not lift the console by holding any covers CAUTION In general a single adult can move the LOGIQ 3 along an even surface with no steep grades At least two people should move the machine when large humps grooves or grades are encountered It is better to pull from the rear rather than push from the front of the unit Before moving store all loose parts in the unit Wrap transducers in soft cloth or foam to prevent damage Although LOGIQ 3 is a compact and mobile
243. iagnostic software as described in Chapters 5 or 7 View the error logs and run desired diagnostics View the Logs 1 Review the system error log for any problems 2 Check the temperature log to see if there are any trends that could cause problems in the future 3 Check the Configuration Log update if needed Probe Maintenance Probe Related Checks Table 10 13 Probe Related Checks Be we 0 Probe Holder Clean probe holders they may need to be soaked to remove excess gel 2 Probes Thoroughly check the system probe connectors and remove dust from inside the connector sockets if necessary Visually check for bent damaged or missing pins Basic Probe Care The system user manuals and various probe handling cards provide a complete description of probe care maintenance cleaning and disinfection Ensure that you are completely familiar with the proper care of GE probes Ultrasound probes can be easily damaged by improper handling See the User Manual and probe care cards for more details Failure to follow these precautions can result in serious injury and equipment damage Failure to properly handle or maintain a probe may also void its warranty Any evidence of wear indicates the probe cannot be used Do a visual check of the probe pins and system sockets before plugging in a probe TEE and Interoperative probes often have special considerations and individual probe user manuals For TEE and Interoperative prob
244. iagnostics InSite or to be sent back to the manufacturer for analysis There are different options to acquire this data that would give different results 7 2 2 Collect Vital System Information The following information is necessary in order to properly analyze data or images being reported as a malfunction or being returned to the manufacturer Product Name LOGIQ 3 Expert PRO B W System em mm Sofiware System Image Patents 4 472 972 From the Utility System About screen Applications Software Software Version Software Part Number System Image Software Image Part Number Image Date 7 2 Section 7 2 Gathering Trouble Data GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 2 3 Collect a Trouble Image with Logs If the system should malfunction press the Alt D keys simultaneously This will collect a screen capture of the image monitor system presets and the following logs Keyboard Shadow Log Error Logs Crash Log Power Supply Formate CD before using ALT D NOTE Power Supply are not currently being updated by the LOGIQ 3 This Alt D function is available at all times GE Medical Systems MIO 4 Tis 0 0 10LB 0 2203 7 17 38 PM 99 10 2203 5 54 57 Mu Carotid B Fra 10 0 MHz Gn 98 879379 35635 k The problem description wil be stored together with
245. ice convert the VGA display signal to TV display signal for B W printer and color printer and VCR recording Shutter Control CPLD Shutter signals for analog B W printer and color printer are generated by this CPLD And this CPLD is controlled by video decoder via IIC bus Power Control FPGA This FPGA generates power on off signal This device is alive always by live DC power which comes from ACI assy in AC Power Assy So this device monitor the status of power on off switch on the keyboard If power switch will be pushed once this device turn on the LV power supply in AC power assy and after few seconds turn on the BEP assy 5 8 Section 5 2 Block Diagrams and Theory GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 2 6 Patient I O Option The optional Patient I O is mounted at the front of the scanner with its connector panel Available inputs e PCG e ECG AUXI e AUX2 Console The Top Console includes a Stand By On switch a keyboard different controls for manipulating the picture quality controls for use in Measure amp Analyze M amp A and loudspeakers for stereo sound output used during Doppler scanning inside the Keyboard assy 5 2 7 Keyboard USB from BEP A N Key Assy Function Key Arys A N Matrix interface TGC Slide POT TrackBall LEDs for Key backlight Foot Switch Figure 5 7 Keyboard Block Diagram Keyboard assy provide all
246. ignment of Ethernet Connector RJ45 Picture Table 3 13 Pin Assignments of Ethernet 5 Pin Assignment of Foot Switch Connector Circularr Picture Table 3 14 Pin Assignments of Foot Switch Chapter 3 3 27 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 7 3 Peripherals Accessories Connector Panel cont d 6 Pin Assignment of Mini Jack Mini Jack Table 3 15 Pin Assignments of Mini Jack Printer starts printing by receiving the Low Pulse for more than 100 ms 7 S Video Connector 4Pin mini DIN Table 3 16 S Video Connector 4 Pin Pin No Output Signal Description Picture 1 SVIDEO OUT IN YG Y Luma GND 2 SVIDEO OUT IN CG C Chroma GND 3 SVIDEO OUT IN Y Y Luma SIGNAL 4 SVIDEO OUT IN C C Chroma SIGNAL 8 VGA Out DSUB HD22 15 pin female Table 3 17 VGA Connector Shrinked Sub D 15 Pin Pin No Output Signal Description Picture 1 VGA OUT1 R Red 2 VGA OUT1 Green 3 VGA OUT1 B Blue 4 9 11 12 15 N C N C 5 6 7 8 10 GND GND 13 VGA OUT1 HS H Sync 14 VGA VS V Sync 3 28 Section 3 7 Optional Peripherals GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 9 25 pin printer parallel Port DB 25 Connector Table 3 18 DB 25 25 pin Parallel Port Printer Description 2 we 7 m Des
247. in a safe place 8 3 2 4 Removal Procedure Refer to Figure 8 9 on page 8 15 1 Disconnect Probes and remove from the probe holder 2 Lift the Probe Holder from the Bracket 8 3 2 5 Mounting procedure FRU 201 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Figure 8 9 Probe Holder CAUTION Place the Probes back in the Probe Holder Chapter8 8 15 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 2 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 3 2 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 8 16 Section 8 3 Keyboard GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 3 Speaker Pair Purpose This Instruction describes the Removal and Replacement of the Speaker Pair 8 3 3 1 Tools e Common Phillips screwdrivers and standarad Engineer s Tool Kit 8 3 3 2 Needed Manpower person 30 minutes travel 8 3 3 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear 8 3 3 4 Removal Procedure Figure 8 10 Speaker Pair 1 Remove 8 screws 1 8 Indicated With in the section 8 10 2 Remove Speaker Pairs from the system 8 3 3 5 Mounting procedure 1 Replace Defective Speaker Pair with new Speaker Pair 2319526 2 Refix 8 screws 1 8
248. ing to make the selection for Presets according to location of site as seen in the Figure 8 116 below Make the appropriate selection lease make your selection from the below choices for Preset 1 USf 2 Europe 3 Asia Only Available in Production Release Software Figure 8 91 Preset Selection 8 Wait until the system shuts down automatically Approx 5 Minutes to shut down 9 Wait for Approx 15 seconds 10 Power on the System and Remove the CD while it boots 11 The System pops up the Screen asking for Option Key Enter the Basic Option Key obtained on ordering of the BT 05 Upgrade 12 If you didn t remove the CD don t worry you will get a dialog box as in Figure 8 92 8 154 Section 8 10 Loading Application Software After a Base Image Load GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 10 5 1 Functional Checks for Service Platform Diagnostic Program 1 Make sure that the wrench icon is shown at the bottom of the scan screen Click on the wrench icon to activate It will take about ten 10 seconds for activating 1018 09 08 02 9 59 33 AM Thyroid B Fra 10 0 MHz Gn 58 82 391 10 7 51 1 s 5 Figure 8 92 Wrench Icon CAUTION the wrench icon is not displayed on the scan screen the installation of Service Platform had been failed NOTE If the following dialog box is shown on the monitor select Do not perform this c
249. ing ways DANGER IS USED TO INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF A HAZARD THAT WILL DANGER CAUSE SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH IF THE INSTRUCTIONS ARE IGNORED WARNING IS USED TO INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF A HAZARD THAT CAN CAUSE A WARNING SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR PROPERTY DAMAGE IF INSTRUCTIONS ARE 5 IGNORED Caution is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that will or can cause minor personal injury and property damage if instructions are ignored UN CAUTION Equipment Damage Possible Notice is used when a hazard is present that can cause property damage but has absolutely no NOTICE personal injury risk Example Disk Drive will crash NOTE Notes provide important information about an item or a procedure Information contained in a NOTE can often save you time or effort 1 4 Section 1 3 Important Conventions GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 1 3 2 Standard Hazard Icons Important information will always be preceded by the exclamation point contained within a triangle A N as seen throughout this chapter In addition to text several different graphical icons symbols may be used to make you aware of specific types of hazards that could cause harm Table 1 2 Standard Hazard Icons ELECTRICAL MECHANICAL RADIATION 9 AR LASER HEAT PINCH LASER LIGHT Other hazard icons make you aware of specific procedures that should be followed
250. institutions which are environmentally qualified The use of this equipment in an inappropriate environment may cause some electronic interference to radios and televisions around the equipment Proper handling of this equipment is required in order to avoid such trouble according to the operator and service manuals This equipment can be used in residential areas only under the supervision of physicians or qualified technicians CAUTION Improper performance possibility Do not use the following devices near this equipment Cellular phone radio transceiver mobile radio transmitter radio controlled toy etc Use of these devices near this equipment could cause this equipment to perform outside the published specifications Keep power to these devices turned off when near this equipment Chapter 1 1 3 GE HEALTHCARE PROPRIETARY TO GE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 1 3 Important Conventions 1 3 1 Conventions Used in Book Icons Pictures or icons are used wherever they reinforce the printed message The icons labels and conventions used on the product and in the service information are described in this chapter Safety Precaution Messages Various levels of safety precaution messages may be found on the equipment and in the service information The different levels of concern are identified by a flag word that precedes the precautionary message Known or potential hazards are labeled in one of follow
251. ional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script Chapter8 8 125 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up 4 4 1 Basic Controls Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 7 4 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 8 126 Section 8 7 Power Block GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 5 Circuit Breaker FRU No 804 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Circuit Breaker 8 7 5 1 Tools Common Phillips screwdrivers 8 7 5 2 Needed Manpower 1 person 15 minutes travel 8 7 5 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 page 4 4 8 7 5 4 Removal Procedure CAUTION Do not wear the ESD wrist strap when you remove a part of power supply unit Turn OFF power and unplug the power cord before removing a part of power supply unit However be sure to turn off power and wear the strap before you remove a circuit boards Refer to Figure 8 64 on page 8 127 Remove Transformer Assembly FRU No 800 Refer to Section 8 7 1 on page 8 118 Pull four cables a b c d Cable a b is light blue in color and Cable c d is brown in color Unscrew four screws 1 4 Remove Circuit Breaker 1 2 3 4 8 7 5 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new
252. ir flow One fan On the PC Box for air flow pass Four fans At the top of the NEST Assy for air flow pass D Chapter 5 5 27 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 5 9 Common Service Platform 5 9 1 Introduction The Service Platform contains a set of software modules that are common to all PC backend ultrasound and cardiology systems This web enabled technology provides linkage to e Services e Commerce and the iCenter making GE s scanners more e enabled than ever The Common Service Platform will increase service productivity and reduce training and service costs 5 28 Section 5 9 Common Service Platform GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 9 2 Global Service User Interface GSUI 5 9 2 1 Internationalization The user interfaces provided by the service platform are designed for GE personnel and as such are in English only There is no multi lingual capability built into the Service Interface 5 9 2 2 Service Login Select the wrench icon in the status bar at the bottom of the scan display screen This icon links the user to the service login screen GEMS Service Home Page Insite Browser Service Login Hospital Name GE Healthcare System Type Ultrasound GE Medical Systems System ID ENGSYS Select User Level GE Service Enter Password E Figure 5 22 Login Screen f
253. itch on the LOGIQ 3 system Manipulate the cables as indicated below while looking at the monitor 1 If there is no change in the Monitor color while performing this it indicates that this issue is associated with the monitor In this event refer FMI 73066 Instructions for further actions 2 If the color changes while performing the cable manipulation repeat the same to confirm that there is an issue with the cable internal to the monitor In this event the monitor will need replacement since this cable cannot be replaced in the field Chapter 7 7 55 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL VGA Connector 1 VGA Connector 2 NOTE VGA cable connector 1 can be seen when the Keyboard Rear cover is removed and VGA Connector 2 is connected to the monitor and can be seen on removal of Monitor Covers NOTICE If these issues are not resolved by executing this FMI Replace monitor with the latest version of the monitor PN 2319551 5 Guidelines for determining the Applicability of the FMI The part number is 2319551 X where X indicates the version of the monitor 7 56 Section 7 6 Service Notes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL The FMI Kit 5159437 comprises of 2 MCU MICOM versions The MICOM should be selected depending on the part number of the monitor Please refer to the table below for MICOM selection with respect to the Monitor Part Numb
254. ith the integration of 7 The scheduler executive user interfaces and some of the proactive diagnostic functions are provided by iLing Other tasks will need to be provided by the product team 5 36 Section 5 9 Common Service Platform GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 9 6 Image Quality The Image Quality page is intended to contain tools for troubleshooting image quality issues Ht GEMS Service Home Page Insite_Hrowser Error Logs Diagnostics Calibration Configuration Unities r This the Image Quality Application Arca Figure 5 27 Image Quality Page 5 9 7 Calibration The Calibration page is intended to contain the tools used to calibrate the system This is the Calibration Application Area Figure 5 28 Calibration Page Chapter5 5 37 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 9 8 Configuration The Configuration page is used to setup various configuration files on the system The Service Platform is the access and authorization control for remote access to the configuration subsystem The enable disable of software options can be done from this Configuration page GEMS Service Home Page Insite Browser Error Logs Figure 5 29 Configuration Page 5 38 Section 5 9 Common Service Platform GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 9 9 U
255. itor 7 Click on x located at the upper right corner of the service platform screen to close the Service Platform and return to the scan panel 5 GIMS Service Home Page Netscape Figure 8 96 Service Platform Screen Chapter 8 8 157 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 10 5 2 Restoring the Data 1 On the scan screen touch Utility The OPERATOR LOGIN window appears 2 Change the User level to Admin then enter Password Then click on Log on TitleLogin emergency ok Figure 8 1 Operator LOGIN window 3 Select Admin Restore 4 Insert the CD R into which the user parameters have been saved 5 Check the mark at the followings System Backup Restore Media Detailed Restore of User Defined EZBackup Move Figure 8 97 Restore Select the source then click on Restore Now The warning message appears Click on OK The restore procedure starts Verify that Finished OK appears in the Result column Press the eject button of the CD R drive to eject the CD R 6 T 8 9 8 158 Section 8 10 Loading Application Software After a Base Image Load GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 10 Select Admin gt Connectivity gt tcpip Connect Device service Dataow Button Removabte media _ IP Settings Figure 8 98 TCPI
256. k exire qx acea px ERA WR di 3 8 Product Locator Installation Card 3 8 Preparing for Installation esos cst dr LE CE E EIER etes e o e Sa Y E eR 3 9 Verify Customer Order 3 9 Physical Inspection xsv DE pedo tx Gate Rath e xs 3 9 EMI Protection R ke a WOEGUG uu 3 9 Checking the Components 3 9 Completing the 3 10 System SUECHICANONS x 0 74 45 83 9 4 oes dae tpe ew aO Mg eu ped aa 3 0 Electrical Specifications 3 12 Probe Transducer Connection 3 12 Power Om BOOt UD c du es ua E eric pr ES X ed ees eed 3 12 Power Shutdown 3 14 System susc taraen dcs X ak Eb GER 3 16 System GonfIglratlolz s 33 233 3 ie eee ee be es 3 16 Storage And Operation 3 18 Optional Peripherals x34 Arn PEE E EE ERES 3 19 Optional Peripherals Peripheral Connection 3 19 Available Probes 3 22 Peripherals Accessories Connector Panel 3 22
257. key shown in fig 7 50 which is the menu key and keep pressing it for 9 seconds to display factory settings on the screen Figure 7 11 Factory Settings Menu Selection 1 Left Key 2 Menu Key 3 Right Key EUN THAS 1 Figure 7 12 FACTORY Settings Windows 1 Factory Settings window NOTE Please hold the 2 Menu Key as shown in Figure 7 50 to display Factory settings window DARK BLUE WINDOW as shown in Figure 7 51 on the screen 7 30 Section 7 6 Service Notes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Step 6 Select DEGAUSS from Factory Settings Window by using Left Right Menu keys and then press 2 Menu Key to start DEGAUSS operation Figure 7 13 Settings Windows 1 DEGAUSS Item Step 7 Repeat step 5 to display Factory Settings window Step 8 Select RGB by using Left Right keys Step 9 Press Menu Key to display RGB Menu Step 10 Select CALIBRATION by using Left Right Menu keys Step 11 Press Menu Key to start calibration process Figure 7 14 Settings Windows 1 RGB Item 2 CALIBRATION Item Chapter 7 7 31 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Step 12 Calibration process takes few minutes Please wait without activating the system or keyboard Figure 7 15 Settings Windows Step 13 Repeat Step 5 to display FACTORY SETTINGS Window Select RECALL by using Left Right Menu Key and then
258. ks chapter is found in the LOG Q 3 Basic User Manual Direction number 5122538 100 Look for the letters BUM after a section in the Table of Contents to determine if the information is in this chapter or in the Basic User Manual Section 4 2 Required Equipment An empty blank CD R W disk Atleast one transducer normally all the transducers used on the system should be checked Chapter 4 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 4 3 General Procedure CAUTION SYSTEM REQUIRES ALL COVERS Operate this unit only when all board covers and frame panels are securely in place The covers are required for safe operation good system performance and cooling purposes NOTICE Lockout Tagout Requirements For USA only Follow OSHA Lockout Tagout requirements by ensuring you are in total control of the Power Cable on the system 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up NOTE After turning off the system wait at least ten seconds before turning it on again The system may not be able to boot if power is recycled too quickly 4 3 1 1 Scanner Power On 1 Connect the Main Power Cable at the rear of the System WARNING Protective earth must be taken care when connecting AC power cable without its plug to wall outlet 2 Ensure the retainer clamp slips securely over the shoulders on the molded plug 3 Connect the Main Power cable to an appropriate mains power outlet 4 Switch ON the
259. layed in the status window Displays larger field of view in the far field Press the Virtual Convex on Top Menu to activate This mode is Available only on the Linear Probes 7 Frame Avarade Averages frames together and create more pixel smoother image Use the Paddle left right switch to 9 adjust the value The selected value is displayed on the Sub Menu Up Down Invert Flip the image vertically Press Up Down invert to flip up down Bynainle Range Dynamic Range controls how echo intensities are converted to shades of gray thereby increasing the y 9 adjustable range of contrast This Control is available on the Top Menu B Softener Affects the amount of lateral smoothing This control is available on the Sub Menu Focus Width Adjust the Width between two Focus points Power Output Adjust Power Output Level Increases the number of focal zones or moves the focal zone s to tighten up the beam for specific Focus Position and Number area Press the control to toggle between Focus Position and Focus Number Turn Focus Position left right to move the Focus Press and Turn the Knob to adjust the focal numbers Optimizes B Mode frame rate or spatial resolution Virtual Convex Chapter4 4 13 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 4 3 M Mode Controls 4 4 3 1 Preparations 1 Connect one of the probes listed in 3 5 3 Available Probe in Chapter 3 Installation to the System probe connector 2
260. led through USB Port of LOGIQ 3 1 Before installing an MO disk in the MOD check the MO disk for loose hardware or damaged labels which could jam inside the MO Drive Also ensure that the slide switch in one corner of the disk is set so that the disk is write enabled disk hole closed 2 Insert the disk into the MOD with the label facing up 1 NOTICE Never move the unit with a disk in the MOD because the drive actuator will not be locked and the MOD could break 3 There are number of methods to eject a disk from the MOD Ejection is automatic in some cases Manual ejection methods listed in preferred order of use are a Press EJECT button on the MOD while system is ON b Press and hold EJECT button while the system is booting c Mechanical eject Insert the end of a paper clip into the hole next to the EJECT button while system power is OFF NOTICE Avoid mechanical ejection whenever possible Mechanical ejection leaves the actuator unlocked and the MOD susceptible to damage if moved If forced to use this method reboot the system then insert and eject a known good disk using one of the other methods Chapter 4 4 5 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 3 Archiving and Loading Presets NOTE Always save presets before any software reload This ensures the presets loaded after the software reload are as up to date as possible All user presets except changes to Summ
261. low Mode Chapter4 4 15 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 4 3 3 M Mode Top and Sub menu Controls Table 4 7 M Mode Top and Sub Menu Controls Adjust rejection level When this control is increased low level echoes are rejected and appear darker 1 Rejection in the M image Use Paddle left right key to adjust Rejection level An index number is displayed in the status window to indicate the relative level of rejection See left righttoi h Sweep Speed e the speed at which timeline is swept Rotate Sweep Speed left right to increase decrease the 3 Edge Enhance Enhance the gray scale differences corresponding to the edges of structures Press and Rotate Edge 9 Enhance left right to cycle through the settings Gray Ma Displays a map window adjacent to the image Rotate the Gray Map knob The image reflects the map yap as scrolled through the selections 5 Power Power Output Power Output Adjust Power output level Adjust Power output level output level Colorize the gray scale image to enhance the eyes discrimination capability Press and Rotqte the Colorize 3 Colorize knob to select the appropriate color map Full Timeline Displays only timeline screen Press the Full Time line to activate Select the format to display B image and M image on the monitor Rotate Display Format knob and Display Format select from the Top Menu Enables control of the dynamic range or co
262. machine two people should move it over rough surfaces or up and down grades 3 2 3 Adjusting System Clock Set the system clock for the LOGIQ 3 to the local time For procedure of adjusting the system clock refer to 4 5 Software Configuration Checks in Chapter 4 FUNCTIONAL CHECKS 3 2 4 Product Locator Installation Card Fill out proper customer Information on the Product Locator Installation Card Mail this Installation Card Product Locator to the address corresponding to your pole NOTE The Product Locator Installation Card shown may not be same as the provided Product Locator card GE Medical Systems Mailing Product Locator File Address 414 Milwaukee 53201 0414 FDA DESCRIPTION MOTEL REM SERIAL nop BR ORD DATE PREPARE FOR ORDERS THAT DO NOT HAVE A LOCATOR INSTALLATION HEPORT DIST COMNTRY EMPLOYED NO SYSTEM CUSTOMLR NO N 5 T A L L A T 0 N DESTINATION AMI AND ADRESS PRINTED IN USA INSTALLATION AIP CODI PRODUCT LOCATOR INSTALLATION CARD 3 8 Section 3 2 Receiving and Unpacking LOGIQ 3 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 3 Preparing for Installation 3 3 1 3 3 2 3 3 2 1 WARNING 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 4 AN Verify Customer Order Compare items received by the customer to that which is listed on the delive
263. ment 8 110 Section 8 6 PCB GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 8 8 6 8 1 8 6 8 2 8 6 8 3 8 6 8 4 8 6 8 5 BEP Power Supply FRU no 703 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Parts in the Back End Processor BEP Assy Tools e Common Phillips screwdrivers Needed Manpower 1 persons 15 minutes travel Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described 4 3 1 3 4 4 Removal Procedure Refer to Figure 8 53 on page 8 103 Remove the Rear Cover FRU No 302 Refer to 8 4 3 on page 8 37 Remove the Rear EMI Cover Refer to 8 4 16 on page 8 63 Remove the Left Cover FRU No 301 Refer to 8 4 2 on page 8 35 Remove the BEP FRU 700 Refer to 8 6 5 on page 8 103 Pull out the BEP Assy and place it on a flat surface Unscrew the seven screws 1 7 and remove the side cover Remove the cable connections as shown in the figures Remove the BEP Front cover by removing the four indicated screws 8 11 Remove the cable from the cable clamp a 0 Remove the seven screws marked 12 18 attaching the power supply to the BEP and the four screws 19 22 attaching the battery to BEP 11 Replace the power supply and the battery Mounting Procedure 1 Replace the parts in the order of removal Chapter 8 8 111 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 1
264. mpleted at GE Healthcare China For detailed procedure of the FMI execution Refer to the FMI instructions PN 5149669 provided in the FMI kit Place Orders for the Kit PN 5149657 to GE Healthcare China For any clarifications on the FMI please contact the Pole OLC Zheng Xue Hua Bah ChewYin for support For urgent help contact Zheng Xue Hua at 8621 5257 4640 ext 64131 7 58 Section 7 6 Service Notes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 6 20 Sn73064 CWD Option Kit Usage for LOGIQ 3 APPLIES TO All LOGIQ 3 Systems NOTE PROBLEM SOLUTION NOTE Ignore previous Service notes regarding CWD Option Kit including Service Note 73043A This Service Note preceeds all other service notes with respect CWD Option Kit Usage of the various CWD Kits for LOGIQ 3 The CWD Upgrade has to be performed on systems with software version R2 2 1 and Above only If the software on the system is of version lower than R2 2 1 please perform the FMI 73060 on the system before performing the CWD upgrade Refer to the system serial number and the table below for the selection of the proper kit System Serial System Serial Pole Number Kit to be used Number Kit to be used 5115 51 and Europe onwards 2365752 H41722L Y Below 5115WS1 2401844 H41742LM 3508WS9 and Australia onwards 2365752 H41722LY Below 3508WS9 2401844 H41742LM 4279
265. n At times it may look like the system is unresponsive PATIENCE The process takes 3 4 minutes Wait for the Restart computer now message to appear before activating the keyboard mouse or front panel controls 8 Wait till you get a windows reboot message This may take upto 3 minutes On this message Click on NO as shown in the Figure 3 21 below System Settings Change 9 Windows has finished installing new devices You must restart your computer before the new settings will take effect Do you want to restart your computer now CeCe 7 Select NO This screen will look different with WIN XP Figure 3 21 Windows Restart Screen Chapter 3 3 37 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 11 Loading Application Software 3 11 1 Loading Applications Software Place the Application Software CDROM into the CDROM drive Move the cursor using Trackball to find the Start command button on the Monitor screen Press the Start button on the tool bar at the bottom of the Screen and select Run Enter g LoadSoftware bat into the dialog box as shown in Figure 3 22 1 2 3 4 Run Type the name of a program folder or document and Windows will open itfor you Open g LoadSoftware bat M Euin separate hemon Space Cancel Browse Figure 3 22 Run Load Software 5 You will see a Command CMD window open as shown in Fi
266. n Software GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 12 Paperwork NOTE During and after installation the documentation i e User Manuals Installation Manuals for the peripheral units must be kept as part of the original system documentation This will ensure that all relevant safety and user information is available during the operation and service of the complete system 3 12 1 Product Locator Installation NOTE The Product Locator Installation Card shown may not be same as the provided Product Locator card GE Medical Systems Mailing Product Locator File Address Box 414 Milwaukee WI 53201 0414 DESCRIPTICEN PRA MODET REY SERIAL PREPARE FOR ORDERS THAT DO NOT HAVE LOCATOR INSTALLATION REPORT SYSTEM I NUMIRE INSTALLATION PRINTED INSTALLATION ORD DATE DIST COHINTRY CUS TOMEI NO DESTINATION 55 NO FIP COM Figure 3 1 Product Locator Installation Card Chapter 3 3 41 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 12 2 GE Cares Sticker Stick GE CARES sticker after Installation Refer Figure 3 26 for details System ID 1 800 437 1171 For Service Call GE CARESAnp InSite 0 0 0 6
267. n all readings measure less than the value shown in the table below Record all data on the PM Inspection Certificate Table 10 20 Maximum Allowance Limit for ECG Leakage Current Maximum Allowance Limit AC Power GROUND Source GROUND OPEN CLOSED Patient Lead to Ground Leakage Current Test 115V and Patient Lead to Lead Leakage Current Test 230V 500uA Table 10 21 Maximum Allowance Limit for ECG Leakage Current AC Power Maximum Source Allowance Limit Patient Lead Isolation Current Test Table 10 22 Typical Data Sheet for ECG Leakage Current Polarity Ground ww ams 1 on Chapter 10 10 23 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 10 6 9 Probe Leakage Current Test 10 6 9 1 Definition This test measures the current that would flow to ground from any of the probes through a patient who is being scanned and becomes grounded by touching some other grounded surface NOTE Some leakage current is expected on each probe depending on its design Small variations in probe leakage currents are normal from probe to probe Other variations will result from differences in line voltage and test lead placement It is abnormal if no leakage current is measured If no leakage current is detected check the configuration of the test equipment 10 6 9 2 Test Equipment Table 10 23 Test Equipment kits Chapter 10 LOGIQ 3 Service Manual
268. n page 8 127 1 Remove Rear Panel Assy FRU No 500 Refer to Section 8 5 1 on page 8 82 2 Remove two cables a b 3 Press and pull the Rear Panel fuse 8 5 6 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Figure 8 48 Rear Panel Fuse Disassembly 8 92 Section 8 5 Interfaces GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 6 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 5 6 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls Chapter 8 8 93 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 8 6 PCB 8 6 1 8 6 1 1 8 6 1 2 8 6 1 3 8 6 1 4 AN CAUTION PCB Boards FRU No 601 605 608 609 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the PCB Boards Tools Common Phillips screwdrivers Needed Manpower 1 persons 10 minutes travel Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 on page 4 4 Removal Procedure An electronic discharge may damage a component Turn OFF power and wear the wrist strap before you remove circuit boards Do not unplug the power cord to keep ground continuity Do not bend or flex the boards when mo
269. n the FMI Instructions and are Un located as on date and not upgraded Systems coded as 5 in GIB are listed below This Service Note is applicable only to system serial numbers mentioned below System Serial Number System Serial Number 3495WS9 17750WS1 17261WS9 18604WS9 25102WS5 4 207 18754WS2 2905WS8 23067WS2 4261WS4 23283WS5 4276WS2 24308WS9 15215WS7 24617WS3 15266WS0 221 15275WS1 25103WS3 17260WS1 25109WS0 74 25118WS1 PROBLEM FMI 73069 is officially closed SOLUTION Order the Spares as per the Late Request Plan mentioned below and download the FMI 73069 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Instructions from Common Documentation Library for reference Late Request Plan 1 Refer to Table 7 9 on page 24 for spare parts list to be ordered from GPO Part No POWER CORD CHINESE 230V Table 7 4 Part Description Qty System List of Spare Parts to be ordered from GPO 2 Refer to Table 7 5 on page 18 for parts to be ordered from the make centre directly Part No Part Description Qty System N A Power Cord Cable Clamp 1 5149670 SFDA label 4 Table 7 5 List of Spare Parts to be ordered from Make Centre 7 18 Section 7 6 Service Notes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 6 5 SN 73100 LOGIQ 3 FMI 73074 Closure APPLIES TO LOGIQ 3 Expert Systems which need FMI 73074 as per the effectivity mentioned in the FMI Instructions P N 5240919 Rev1 an
270. nal caliper is displayed to restart the measurement To exit the measurement function without completing the measurement press CLEAR a second time Worksheets Measurement Calculation worksheets are available to display and edit measurements and calculations There are generic worksheets as well as Application specific worksheets The worksheets are selected from the Measurement Menu Report Pages Measurements Calculations that are included on the worksheet can also be displayed on Report Pages This Feature is not yet fully functional on the LOGIQ 3 Probe Connectors Usage Connecting a probe 1 Place the probe s carrying case on a stable surface and open the case 2 Carefully remove the probe and unwrap the probe cable 3 DO NOT allow the probe head to hang free Impact to the probe head could result in irreparable damage Turn the connector locking handle counterclockwise Align the connector with the probe port and carefully push into place Turn the connector locking handle clockwise to secure the probe connector Carefully position the probe cable in the probe cord holder spot so it is free to move but not resting on the floor Activating the probe Select the appropriate probe from the probe indicators on the NTPUI The probe activates in the currently selected operating mode The probe s default settings for the mode and selected exam are used automatically Chapter4 4 23 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 512254
271. nd Time setting 2 Location ospital Name ang Location Name is correct Re enter the correct Location Name Department is correct 3 Check Language setting Language is proper Set the proper Language 4 Check Units setting Units are proper Set the local units Print1 4 Keys are assigned as desired by the 5 Check assignment of Printer Keys customer 6 Check that all of the customer s options are All authorized functions are enabled set up correct 4 26 Section 4 5 Software Configuration Checks GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 4 6 Peripheral Checks Check that peripherals work as described below Table 4 14 Peripheral checks Step Task to do Expected Result s 1 Press FREEZE Stop image acquisition The image displayed on the screen is printed on B amp W or Color 2 Press PRINT 1 or PRINT 4 on the Control panel printer depending on the key assignment configuration 3 Press VIDEO on the Control Panel To start the video counter at a different point 4 Press VIDEO or B MODE on the Control Panel to return to the scanning mode to Start Recording 5 Press REC PAUSE on the Control panel A red dot is displayed in the VCR status area on the Title bar to indicate that recording has begun To Stop recording 6 Press REC PAUSE on the Control panel fpe pend p The video status icon is changed to Pause
272. nnection to System Rear panel Used only for installing Peripherals FSSDSMH on front panel of the console RS232C Cable P9509MN D For control signals P9509NA L For InSite connection Mini Plug Cable P9509BE For control signals used only for B W video printer For DICOM capability Included in Ethernet Cable 2195662 the DICOM Support option with Transceivers 3 20 Section 3 7 Optional Peripherals GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 7 1 3 Power Consumption of Optional Peripherals Table 3 6 Power Consumption of Optional Recording Devices Power Consumption Device VA UP 895MDW 133 UP D895MDW 133 UP 897 MDW 133 UP D897MD 133 144 B W Video Printer Mitsubishi 144 144 SVO 9500MD 72 Video Cassette Recorder SONY SVO 9500 MDP MD3000E 46 Vi R Mi ishi AG MD835P 39 UP 21MD 216 A6 Color Video Printer SONY UP 21MD USB 180 UPD 23 MD 230 264 A6 Color Video Printer Mitsubishi CP900UM A5 Color Video Printer SONY UP51MD HP 990CXi 60 PC Printer HP FEPTEM 72 i HP6122 3 HP5652 HP5650 i CP 900E 44 NOTE At Any point of time only one peripheral should be activated B W Video Printer Chapter 3 3 21 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 3 7 2 Available Probes LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL See in specification in the LOGIQ 3 Reference Manual for Probes and intended use See Chapter 9
273. ntenance Leakage Current Ultrasound Kit 2113015 For 120V and 220V Units 46 194427 231 Kit includes anti static mat wrist strap and cables for 200 to 240 46 194427P279 V system Anti Static Kit 46 194427P369 3M 2204 Large adjustable wrist strap 46 194427P373 3M 2214 Small adjustable wrist strap 46 194427P370 3M 3051 conductive ground cord 46 194427P278 46 194427P279 ay 46 285652G1 DALE 600 KIT or equivalent for electrical tests E7010GG 60 minute E7010GF 120 minute Color Printer Cleaning Sheet See printer user manual for requirements 10 6 Section 10 4 Tools Required GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 10 5 System Maintenance 10 5 1 Preliminary Checks The preliminary checks take about 15 minutes to perform Refer to the system user documentation whenever necessary Table 10 6 System Checks Ask amp Listen Ask the customer if they have any problems or questions about the equipment Duo top of the Ultrasound Inspection Certificate see page 10 29 Note all probes and system 1 power up to verify that no warning or error messages are displayed O Chapter 10 10 7 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 10 5 2 10 5 2 1 NOTE Functional Checks See Also Chapter 4 The functional checks take about 60 minutes to perform Refer to the system user documentation
274. ntrast of the image When dynamic range is set high the Dynamic Range image is softer and more low level data is visible Turn Dynamic Range rotation knob left right to increase decrease the value 4 16 Section 4 4 Functional Checks GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 4 4 Color Flow Mode Checks 4 4 4 1 Preparations 1 Connect one of the probes listed in 3 5 3 Available Probe in Chapter 3 Installation to the System probe connector 2 Turn ON the scanner if it isn t turned on already Top Menu and Sub Menu Controls CFM Mode Gain f 42 GE Medical Systems MIOS Tis 0 1 11 19102 5 43 54 PM 26 44119102 5 43 54 PM SEN Abdomen e _ 8 40 MHz Figure 4 13 Mode Screen Picture Example Chapter 4 4 17 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 4 4 2 Color Flow Mode OP Panel Controls Table 4 8 Color Flow Mode OP Panel Controls 1 Press Press CFM Mode key Mode Press CFM Mode key CFM Mode Stas Mode Starts Adjust Gain Amplifies the overall strength of the echoes processed in the LI Flow window Turn the Gain dial Mode key to the left right to increase decrease Gain 4 4 4 3 Color Flow Mode Top and Sub Menu Controls Table 4 9 Color Flow Mode ee and Sub Menu Controls OOOO oaa the gray scale level at which color information stops
275. odules HV unit LV unit and ATX PS However the LV unit only can be adjusted 1 Power ON Wait for about 30 seconds to warm up the console 2 For each of the VR s connect a DVM to the appropriate place shown 3 Verify that the voltages are as shown in the table 6 3 on the test points in the Transmit and Recieve Board Access to Adjustments for LV Power Supply 1 Remove the left side cover 2 Remove the LV unit cover 3 Remove the screws then pull out the LV unit Assy with the cables connected Chapter 6 6 1 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Please ensure that the Voltages at the Test points on the Recieve board and FEC are as per The LOGIQ 3 Expert will have 3 Probe Ports as seen here Figure 6 1 LV Power Supply Specifications given in Table 6 2 If needed Please re adjust the potentiometers located on the LVPS as per the specifications given in Table 6 2 6 2 Section 6 3 Power Supply Adjustments GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Table 6 2 DC Output Specification for LV Unit VR Potentiometer on LVPS PCB Name Refer to the Figures mentioned in Table 6 2 for the exact location of the test points on the boards Refer to Figure 6 7 for the location of the VR potentiometers on the LVPS Refer to the Figure 6 2 for instructions on how to vary the voltage Rotate the
276. of operator interface for scan Keyboard assy consist of several pieces of main function assembly USB HUB Assy The USB HUB assy has USB interface for upstream USB port which comes from BEP USB HUB assy also has alpha numeric key interface control functions and USB hub So the USB trackball the USB of main assy e MAIN Assy The Main assy has a USB micom to interface between the main assy and USB hub assy All function keys and encoders interface and controls are done by an additional control on the micom chip Chapter 5 5 9 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 2 8 Monitor 15 inch high resolution RGB monitor with non interlace scan includes a task lamp to light up the A N key on keyboard assy Figure 5 8 Monitor Section 5 3 External I O on the Rear Panel The External I O is the interface between the scanner and all external items located at the rear side of the scanner Examples InSite TCP IP network Printer etc Section 5 4 Peripherals Black amp White Video Printer Optional is installed onboard the scanner VCR Color Printer are connected off board through the External I O Rear Panel For Connecting the Peripherals refer to Peripheral Option Manuals 5 10 Section 5 3 External I O on the Rear Panel GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 5 5 Power Diagrams
277. oftwares shown below Table 7 3 Base Software Part numbers for L3 Systems PROBLEM PC2IP drivers are not installed automatically when the base software version 4 0 0 is installed The System displays the error screen shown below when the system is rebooted after loading the Base software and prior to loading of application software 7 48 Section 7 6 Service Notes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Found New Hardware Wizard Welcome to the Found New Hardware Wizard This wizard helps you nstall software fer Memory Contreller It your hardware came with an installation CD or floppy disk insert it now What do you want the wizard to do C In from Click Next to continue Chapter 7 7 49 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL SOLUTION Follow the instructions given in the PROCEDURE section of this service note to install the PC2IP driver on the system PROCEDURE Follow the instructions below to install the PC2IP driver for the system 1 Select the option as shown in the below figure and select Next Found New Hardware Wizard 5 Welcome to the Found New Hardware Wizard This wizard helps you install software for PCI Memory Controller It your hardware came with an installation CD or floppy disk insert it now What do you want the wizard to do Click Ne
278. olor Flow Mode 4 4 4 Checks Doppler Mode 4 4 5 Checks Measurement and 4 4 6 Multi Image Checks Basic 4 4 7 Measurements Chapter 8 8 85 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 3 8 5 3 1 8 5 3 2 8 5 3 3 8 5 3 4 8 5 3 5 Rear Panel2 RP2 Board FRU No 502 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Rear Panel2 Tools Common Phillips screwdrivers Needed Manpower 1 persons 15 minutes travel Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 on page 4 4 Removal Procedure Refer to 8 5 1 page 8 82 Remove the Rear Cover FRU No 302 Refer to section 8 4 3 on page 8 37 Remove the Rear EMI Cover Refer to section 8 4 16 on page 8 63 Remove Rear Panel FRU No 500 Refer to section 8 5 1 on page 8 82 Remove two stud screws 1 6 holding connectors Printer COM1 COM2 Remove three screws a b c Pull Rear Panel2 RP2 Board Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Figure 8 45 Rear Paneli RP1 Disassembly 8 86 Section 8 5 Interfaces GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 3 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Scrip
279. ome Page Netscape Error Logs agnostics Image Quality Calibration Configuration Utilities 4 4 4 Figure 7 6 User Acquisition Diagnostics Individual selections run diagnostics and return status information identifying any problems When you select a test to run the display changes as shown in Figure 7 7 on page 10 1 Instructions Frame Displays either a test specific text or the default instructions 2 Status Frame lnitially displays the last known status for a selected diagnostic Once the diagnostic starts the frame displays the current status of all test results Status Frame also contains the user interface elements used for Diagnostic Control and Operator Feedback 3 Execute Button This switch has two modes each with appropriate text Execute to start the diagnostic A to stop a diagnostic Chapter 7 7 9 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 47 GEMS Service Home Netscape Error Logs o ics Image Quality Calibration Configuration Utilities 2 4 4 2 BY Video Test Gy Video Test 4 Video Memory Video Data Transf SM Video Text Output Sy USB Test Press the Execute button to start Previous Status Started on Tue Oct 21 16 53 59 PDT 2003 Start the RX Channel LOGIQ diagnostic RX Cnannel PASS Completed on Tue Oct 21 16 54 11 PDT 2003 gt PCI Board
280. omment e x 011201 data on the surface of the CD R using a soft felt tip pen Chapter 8 8 133 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 Write down the following parameters a Select Admin Connectivity tcpip gt IHIOHMARU SHINRYOSYO MI0 04 TIsO 0 3 5C 10 23 03 14 03 56 97102303 13 56 51 adm Abdomen Connectivity Mcasurc About Admin CONNECTIVITY Views Toole Screens Dataflow Buttone Services Computer LET Save settings Enable DHCP IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Remote Archive Setup Remote Archive 192 28 124 124 Leave blank if DHCP Remote Archive Name LOGlOworks va 4804 ruminant 209 zm Figure 8 67 TCPIP Screen b Write down the followings Table 8 3 Writing Down the TCPIP Parameters 4 Power OFF the scanner 5 The System Exit window appears Click on Shut down 8 134 Section 8 8 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 8 9 Base Load Software Load 8 9 1 Manpower One person 5 hour travel 8 9 2 Tools None 8 9 3 Preparations 1 Back up any customer preset configurations if necessary 2 Export and patient exam files if necessary 8 9 4 Base Load Software Load Procedure NOTE While we do not believe it is necessary It would not hurt to disconnect the system from the netw
281. onsole Assy GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 4 MONITOR 103 104 necs Figure 9 3 Monitor FRU s Table 9 2 Monitor FRU s Part Number Comments 2319551 7 old Monitor A bl 5308521 2 1 1 ioe E Cw T 1 Cue 1 Pe taxes Chapter9 9 5 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 Section 9 5 Keyboard LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Figure 9 4 Keyboard FRU s Section 9 5 Keyboard GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Table 9 3 Keyboard FRU s n mee if mee omm ae meae LI ae wane ar mw __ 6 Chapter 9 9 7 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 6 External Covers 303 308 307 309 310 Figure 9 5 External Covers FRU s 9 8 Section 9 6 External Covers GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Table 9 4 External Covers FRU s 300 Right Cover Assy 2323369 Right Cover Bumper
282. ools e Common Phillips screwdrivers 8 4 20 2 Needed Manpower e 1 person 15 minutes travel 8 4 20 3 Preparations e Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 on page 4 4 8 4 20 4 Removal Procedure e Refer to Figure 8 23 on page 25 1 Unscrew Two screws 1 2 Screw 2 is not visible 2 Slide the VGP Tray as shown by the arrow to remove If VGP is Fixed Remove VGP and connecting cables 8 4 20 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Figure 8 37 VGP Tray Disassembly Chapter8 8 71 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 20 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 4 20 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 8 72 Section 8 4 Mechanicals GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 21 Handle Rod FRU No 400 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Handle 8 4 21 1 Tools e Nil 8 4 21 2 Needed Manpower lperson 15 minutes travel 8 4 21 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 page 4 4 8 4 21 4 Removal Procedure Refer to Figure 8 38 on page 8 73
283. or Global Service Interface 5 9 2 3 Access Security The service interface has different access and security user levels Each user is only granted access to the tools they are authorized for their use NOTE Table 5 5 User Level Access User Level Access Authorization Operator uls T Authorized access to specified diagnostics error logs and utilities Same Administrator ui uls acquisition diagnostic tests as GE Service External Service gogems NOTE For a GE Field Engineer the password changes at specific intervals Access with the password listed to the service key Every access request whether successful or not will be logged into a service access log that is viewable to authorized users Chapter 5 5 29 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 9 3 Service Home Page The navigation bar at the top of the screen allows the user to select from several tools and utilities 5 30 Section 5 9 Common Service Platform GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 9 4 Error Logs Page From the Error Logs page the Log Viewer displays four categories with pull down sub menus and an Exit selection The Service Interface allows scanner logs to be viewed by all service users The Filter Error log is not available to customer level analysis The log entries are color coded to identify the error level severity at a
284. ork and remove all transducers 1 Insert the disk labeled Base System Software Load Image into the CDROM drive 2 Properly Turn Off the scanner If necessary hold down the button until the light goes amber SYSTEM Logon Information Figure 8 68 Shutdown Dialog Box 3 Turn on the scanner You will see a screen showing Norton Ghost This automatically loads a base set of software onto the hard disk Let it run to completion Approximately 10 minutes A message will be displayed when the process is complete Chapter 8 8 135 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 9 4 Base Load Software Load Procedure cont d NOTE NOTE NOTE The Base System Software Load Image process has successfully completed You will now need to load the Application Software onto your system Please remove the CDROM from the drive power cycle the system and then continue with the Application Software load procedure Figure 8 69 Base 4 Remove the CD ROM Remove the CD ROM from the drive otherwise you will be repeating the Base System Software Load process 5 After removing the CDROM from the drive properly turn off the scanner 6 Turn the scanner back on It will now boot up and automatically log on Base Load 10 or later to start checking hardware and mapping disk drives This is a normal and should be allowed to run to completion While the script is running
285. ormer Performs receive delay summing for channels TXB Transmit Board This has channel bipolar drivers delay calculators Chapter5 5 5 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 5 2 3 Mid Processors RF Data 18 from DBF Beamsum COMSO Line Mem PGC Signal Analog Curve ctl SHA for scan control Clock Generation ECL USC BUS EUSC interface CLK Signal to DBF amp TXB LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Data interface control Memory Boot code 1960 Local Bus Bus LV Supply o ps 1960 PCI Bridge DC Voltage Monitoring HV Supply o ps Figure 5 4 The Mid Processor This block performs the adequate signal conditioning for Tissue and Doppler This block is implemented in FEC only BEAM SUMMING adds the beam data from the two OQ Card banks 3 each to make the one scan vector in FEC Front End Control ASSY COMSO makes the Q image data by filtering enhancing LOG compression envelope detecting and so on e PCH to PCI Bridge transfers the image data from COMSO through PCI DMA channel into PC main memory SH 4 is in charge with real time control for scan operation and safety 5 6 Section 5 2 Block Diagrams and Theory GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 2 4 Speakers on 1 jah NOTE CPU Backend Processor Ctrl Signal tofrom External LX OR Ctrl
286. our hardware device and then click Next If you have a disk that contains the driver you want to install click Have Disk This driver is digitally signed Have Disk Tell me why driver signing is important Cancel Chapter 7 7 51 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 Update Driver Warning dialog box appears on the screen Press Yes to proceed Found New Hardware Wizard Select the device driver you want to install for this hardware gt Select the manufacturer and model of your haidware device and then click Next If you have a disk that contain the driver you want lo install click Have Disk Update Driver Warning X Mod Installing this device driver is not recommended because Windows cannot verify that it is E compatible wit your hardware If the driver is not compatible your hardware will not work correctly and your computer night become unstable or stop working completely gr Do you want to continue installing this driver By This driver is digitally signed Tell me why driver signing is important Have Disk lt Back Next gt Cancel 6 The below figure appears on the screen press Finish to complete the process of Installation 4 Found New Hardware Wizard Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard The wizard has finished installing the software for Pc2lp Click Finish to close the wizard Back
287. over FRU No 300 Refer to section 8 4 1 on page 8 33 Remove the Front Bumper FRU No 303 Refer to section 8 4 4 on page 8 39 Remove the Front Cover FRU No 304 Refer to section 8 4 8 on page 8 47 Remove the Front EMI cover Refer to section 8 4 18 on page 8 67 Unscrew four screws 1 4 from the connector board Disconnect connector board assy NO WD 8 6 2 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 6 2 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 6 2 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 4 4 2 B Mode Checks 4 4 3 M Mode Checks Color Flow Mode 4 4 4 Checks Doppler Mode 4 4 5 Checks Chapter 8 8 97 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Measurement and 4 4 6 Multi Image Checks Basic 4 4 7 Measurements 2 FRU Tests 1 2 Figure 8 50 Connector Board Disassembly 8 98 Section 8 6 PCB GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 3 Connector Board Assy FRU No 606 for LOGIQ 3 EXPERT NOTE For LOGIQ 3 PRO and LOGIQ 3 Black and White refer to 8 6 2 Connector Board Assy FRU 606 for LOGIQ PRO Black and White on page 8 9
288. own the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described 4 3 1 3 page 4 4 Removal Procedure Refer to Figure 8 27 on page 8 51 Remove See Right Cover FRU No 300 on page 33 Remove See Left Cover FRU No 301 on page 35 Remove See Rear Cover FRU No 302 on page 37 Remove See Front Cover FRU No 304 for LOGIQ 3 PRO Black and White on page 47 Remove See Keyboard Rear Cover FRU No 308 on page 57 Unscrew four screws 1 4 Pull Up the Top Cover to remove oc WD gt Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Figure 8 27 Top Cover Disassembly Chapter8 8 51 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 10 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 4 10 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 8 52 Section 8 4 Mechanicals GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 11 KeyBoard Bottom Cover FRU No 306 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Keyboard Bottom Cover 8 4 11 1 Tools e Common Phillips screwdrivers 8 4 11 2 Needed Manpower 1 persons 30 minutes travel 8 4 11 3 Preparations Shut Down
289. ows Goto Start gt Programs gt Accessories gt Notepad Use Windows Notepad and type in the serial number of the system Exactly as it is on the console rating plate i e 57493US2 Check the save path for this text file Save the file directly to the drive as file name seriaino txt It will NOT function if saved in any other location There may be arare case where the serialno txtfile does not contain the correct system serial number If this is the case repeat the previous steps to edit the serialno txt file to the proper serial number If there is any doubt about the contents of serialno txt it should be checked before the application is first run as once the serial number is written into the backplane it can only be changed with a diagnostic The serialno txt file writes it s information into the Backplane EEPROM You must use the diagnostic utility to enter the Console Serial Number in the EEP BP VPD Data txt file 8 138 Section 8 9 Base Load Software Load GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 9 10 Optional Check Devices 1 On the desktop right click on the MY COMPUTER icon and select PROPERTIES 2 Select the Hardware tab and then the DEVICE MANAGER It may take up to a minute for the Device Manager screen to appear System Properties General Network Identification Hardware User Profiles Advanced Hardware Wizard The Hard
290. pers turn CURSOR SELECT NOTE After you complete the measurement to erase all data that has been measured to this point but not data entered onto worksheets press CLEAR 4 4 7 2 Circumference Area Ellipse Measurement Press MEASURE once an active caliper displays To position the active caliper move the TRACKBALL To fix the start point press SET The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper To position the second caliper move the TRACKBALL Turn the ELLIPSE control an ellipse with an initial circle shape appears 4 22 Section 4 4 Functional Checks GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 4 7 2 NOTE 4 4 7 3 4 4 7 4 4 4 8 4 4 8 1 4 4 8 2 Circumference Area Ellipse Measurement cont d Be careful not to press the Ellipse control as this activates the Body Pattern 6 To position the ellipse and to size the measured axes move the calipers move the TRACKBALL 7 To increase the size turn the ELLIPSE control in a clockwise direction To decrease the size turn the ELLIPSE control in a counterclockwise direction 8 To toggle between active calipers press MEASURE 9 To complete the measurement press SET The system displays the circumference and area in the measurement results window Before you complete a measurement the ellipse and the current data measured press CLEAR once The origi
291. pervising radiologist physician or appropriate designee Routine quality control testing must occur regularly The same tests are performed during each period so that changes can be monitored over time and effective corrective action can be taken Testing results corrective action and the effects of corrective action must be documented and maintained on the site Your GE service representative can help you with establishing performing and maintaining records for a quality assurance program Please contact us for coverage information and or price for service Section 10 3 Periodic Maintenance Schedule 10 3 1 NOTE NOTE How often should care amp maintenance tasks be performed The Care amp Maintenance Task Schedule provided on page 10 3 specifies how often your LOGIQ 3 should be serviced and outlines items requiring special attention It is the customer s responsibility to ensure the LOGIQ 3 care amp maintenance is performed as scheduled in order to retain its high level of safety dependability and performance Your GE Service Representative has an indepth knowledge of your LOGIQ 3 ultrasound scanning system and can best provide competent efficient service Please contact us for coverage information and or price for service The service procedures and recommended intervals shown in the Care and Maintenance Task schedule assumes that you use your LOGIQ 3 for an average patient load 10 12 per day and not us
292. pment at the site prepared for the equipment shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors Other connections between pieces of electrical equipment calibrations and testing shall be performed by qualified GE Healthcare personnel In performing all electrical work on these products GE will use its own specially trained field engineers All of GE s electrical work on these products will comply with the requirements of the applicable electrical codes The purchaser of GE equipment shall only utilize qualified personnel i e GE s field engineers personnel of third party service companies with equivalent training or licensed electricians to perform electrical servicing on the equipment OMISSIONS amp ERRORS If there are any omissions errors or suggestions for improving this documentation please contact the GE Healthcare Global Documentation Group with specific information listing the system type manual title part number revision number page number and suggestion details Mail the information to Service Documentation 9900 Innovation Drive RP 2123 Wauwatosa WI 53226 USA GE Healthcare employees should use the iTrak System to report all documentation errors or omissions SERVICE SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS N DANGER DANGEROUS VOLTAGES CAPABLE OF CAUSING DEATH ARE PRESENT IN THIS EQUIPMENT USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN HANDLING TESTING AND ADJUSTING N WARNING Use all Personal Protection Equipment PPE such as gloves safety s
293. point s A triangular focus marker indicates the depth of the focal point Toggles the left right orientation of the scan image Diminishes low frequency high amplitude noise and improves imaging Enhances near field resolution for improved small parts imaging as well as far field penetration Press Harmonics Key to activate 4 12 Section 4 4 Functional Checks GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 4 2 3 Mode Top and Sub menu Controls Table 4 5 Mode and Sub menu Controls Adjust rejection level When this control is increased low level echoes are rejected and appear darker 1 Rejection in the B image Rotate Rejection to left right to adjust the level An index number is displayed on the Top Menu to indicate the relative level of rejection 2 Colorize the gray scale image to enhance the eyes discrimination capability Rotate the Colorize Knob Colorize to cycle through the availabe color maps 3 Edge Enhance Enhance the gray scale differences corresponding to the edges of structures Press and turn Edge 9 Enhance left right to cycle through the settings 4 Gray Ma Displays a map window adjacent to the image Rotate the Gray Map Knob to select the map The image reflects the map as scrolled through the selections 5 Freg ent Enables the adjustment of the probe s operating frequency Rotate Frequency and select desired g y value The selected frequency is disp
294. portation industry as well as the peo ple who will receive or open this package The US Department of Transportation DOT has ruled that items that were saturated and or dripping with human blood that are now caked with dried blood or which were used or intended for use in patient care are regulated medical waste for transportation purposes and must be transported as a hazardous material 1 10 Section 1 4 Safety Considerations GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 1 4 6 Labels Locations This machine should be used im compllamse with law Sone jurisdictions restrict certain uses such as gender determinetion 44866 quo axe d 9 od AY 2X 44 46849 519 5 30 10 2 4 5 R33 ses hauscomirosmtcas CISPR 11 EN 55011 TT AhENOMRTERT LES St TLE Ya VERRE CLASS A GROUP 1 0 52 5 ET 5 CLASSE A GROUPE 1 FOR PROPER GROUNDING CONNECT TS HOSPITAL GRADE RECEPTACLE 1 10 MADE FOR GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MADE FOR GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MADE FOR GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MB WAUKEE WISCONSIN BY MILWAUKEE WISCONSIN BY MILWAUKEE WISCONSIN EY Wipro GE Medical Systems Wipro GE Medical Systems Wipro GE Medical Systems Bangalore Indi 1 lors Indi ngalore India pem Bangalore India classi Bangalore India SASSI MODEL ion 3 MODEL MODEL Loca 3 SERIAL E CN MANUFACTURED MANUFAC
295. ports many clinical uses Scan and display parameters may be user selected to default to desired values for each application The system presets many parameters to clinically determined optimal values Radiology A Cardiology OB GYN Vascular The LOGIQ 3 system can be divided into an analog signal processing section a digital signal processing section and the microprocessor driven system control section which controls the system based on operator commands and system status information 5 2 Section 5 1 Overview GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Name Plate Monitor Monitor Controls Task Lamp Speakers Top Menu Controls A N Keyboard Control Panel TGC Slide pot Knob Probe amp Gel Bottle Holder Track Ball Front Cover B W Printer Tray Option Hook for ECG Cables Option Beaks Back end Processor Chassis ECG Module Option CD Ns Front Bumper BEE m Lock Wheel 1 The LOGIQ 3 Expert will have 3 Probe Ports as seen here Figure 5 1 LOGIQ 3 Major Components Chapter 5 5 3 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Block Diagram Block Diagrams and Theory 5 2 1 DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 GE HEALTHCARE Section 5 2 VIH Aiquiassy wouw pug Aq 00 011 06 pwd BUURI
296. press Menu key to start Recall operation Figure 7 16 Settings Windows 1 RECALL Item Step 14 Reboot the system Step 15 Check whether the color tinge issue is resolved If not contact OLC for further help to resolve the issue 7 32 Section 7 6 Service Notes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 6 10 5 73090 Location Of the Logiq 3 System Additional Label with Serial Number information APPLIES TO All LOGIQ3 systems having Serial No 42402WS8 or above PROBLEM System Serial Number Label is not found on the transformer Refer below figure for the location of the system serial number label on transformer Figure 7 17 System Serial Number Location On Transformer A System Serial Number Label Location on transformer CAUSE The System Serial Number sticker is not legible due to transit damage or due to replacement of the transformer SOLUTION Ifthe issue mentioned in the PROBLEM Section is observed Follow the below process to find additional system serial number sticker Remove Right Cover Remove Left Cover Remove Rear Cover Remove Front Bumper Remove Front Cover Remove Top Cover Chapter 7 7 33 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 It is possible now to see the serial number sticker on the chassis Please find the serial number sticker on top of the chassis
297. pter 18 for measurement accuracy specifications Some software may be considered standard depending upon system model configuration 10 8 Section 10 5 System Maintenance GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 10 5 2 2 10 5 3 10 5 3 1 10 5 4 10 5 4 1 Peripheral Option Checks If any peripherals or options are not part of the system configuration the check can be omitted Refer to the User Manual for a list of approved peripherals options Table 10 8 GE Approved Peripheral Hardware Option Functional Checks ESTA Verify that InSite is functioning properly Ensure two way remote communications 5 InSite iLinq Warranty amp Contract Customers only 6 Camera Verify hardcopy output of the film camera Clean as necessary Footswitch that the footswitch is functioning as programed Clean as necessary 8 e Verify basic operation with customer Input Power Mains Cable Inspection Table 10 9 Mains Cable Inspection Unplug Cord Disconnect the mains cable from the wall and system Inspect it and its connectors for damage of any kind 3 Verify Verify that the LINE NEUTRAL and GROUND wires are properly attached to the terminals and that no Strands may cause a short circuit Inlet connector retainer is functional Cleaning General Cleaning Table 10 10 General Cleaning Sel wm 1 Console
298. r 4 3 4 1 Brightness and Contrast To adjust the brightness 1 Press the Center button of the display monitor twice 2 Press the Right button to increase brightness Press the Left button to decrease brightness The amount of brightness is shown on a slider on the screen To adjust the contrast 1 Press the Center button of the display monitor once 2 Press the Right button to increase the contrast Press the Left button to increase the contrast The amount of the contrast is shown on a slider on the screen 4 3 4 2 Manual Degauss To activate the manual degauss 1 Press the Center button until menu OSD appears on the screen 2 Press the toggle button for brightness and contrast 3 Press the Decrease or Increase monitor adjustment button and select degauss now 4 Monitor degaussing is done 4 3 5 Lockout Tagout Requirements For USA Europe Only Follow OSHA Lockout Tagout requirements by ensuring you are in total control of the plug NOTICE Lockout Tagout Requirements For USA Europe only Follow OSHA Lockout Tagout requirements by ensuring you are in total control of the Power Cable on the system Chapter 4 4 9 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 4 4 Functional Checks 4 4 1 Basic Controls 4 4 1 1 Alpha Numeric Keyboard Table 4 2 Keyboard Grab Last F9 Activate the last selected data for edit Move annotation cursor to home position
299. r cover up and pull backwords to remove Refer the figures below from Figure 1 to figure 4 2 Find the Base and Application CDs inside the CD pouch attached in the Keyboard back cover Use the Software CDs for loading the relevant software 3 After completing the s w re load the CDs should be put back into the pouch Refer Figure 5 and close the Keyboard back cover Refer Figure 6 Figure 2 Figure 6 7 38 Section 7 6 Service Notes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 6 14 n73080 LOGIQ 3 Introduction of Improved Keyboard Assembly APPLIES TO LOGIQ 3 Systems having the Problems Mentioned below PROBLEM Doppler Spectrum break or and Doppler audio break due to keyboard malfunctioning in PWD Mode without user intervention without the user changing any controls like PRF TGC Depth or moving the trackball m Wi n PRI n 0 M AI o i ij jh N Mi i Ul M AM i 1 CAUSE Intermittent TGC output due to improper contact between U2 IC and its socket on the keyboard PWA SOLUTION Replace the Existing Keyboard assembly with the new FRU Keyboard Part Number 2319549 3 Chapter 7 7 39 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 6 15 Sn73078 BIOS Settings APPLIES TO LOGIQ 3 Systems with the Problems Mentioned in the PROBLEM Section of this
300. rd Turn the connector locking handle to the horizontal position Align the connector with the probe port and carefully push into place Rotate the locking handle to the full vertical position to lock in place Position the probe cable so that it is not resting on the floor CAUTION Do not allow the probe head to hang freely Impact to the probe head may result in irrepairable damage To connect a probe Select the appropriate probe key on the Application Menu to activate the probe Key Light Indicators on the Probe Off no probe attached to probe port On normal intensity probe attaches to the probe port but not active On high intensity probe attached to the probe port and active The probe activated in the currently selected operating mode Previously Selected Application and Preseta are retained To select a probe and an application Rotate the lock handle counter clockwise to the horizontal position to unlock the connector Remove the connector from the port Ensure that the probe head is clean before placing the probe in its storage case To disconnect probes The probes that are not connected to the unit should be stored in their storage case WARNING Probes can be connected at any time whether the unit is on or off uN WARNING Do NOT touch the patient and any of the connectors on the ultrasound unit simultaneously including ultrasound probe connectors Take the following preca
301. rd Cage FRU NO 601 to 605 Remove LVPS FRU No 801 Refer to section 8 7 2 on page 8 121 Disconnect all cable connected to the Backplane Remove three screws a b c and four screws 1 4 Slide the Card cage to Right amp Pull forward to remove the Card Cage with Backplane gt 8 6 4 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 1 4 a b 2 3 0 Figure 8 52 Card Cage with Backplane Chapter8 8 101 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 4 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 6 4 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 4 4 2 B Mode Checks 4 4 3 M Mode Checks Color Flow Mode 4 4 4 Checks Doppler Mode 4 4 5 Checks Measurement and 4 4 6 Multi Image Checks Basic 4 4 7 Measurements 7 6 2 FRU Tests 8 102 Section 8 6 PCB GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 5 BEP Assy FRU No 700 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Back End Processor BEP Assy 8 6 5 1 Tools e Common Phillips screwdrivers 8 6 5 2 Needed Manpower e 1 persons 15 minutes travel 8 6 5 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch of
302. removing a part of power supply unit However be sure to turn off power and wear the strap before you remove a circuit boards Refer to Figure 8 64 on page 8 127 1 Remove Transformer Assembly FRU No 800 Refer to Section 8 7 1 on page 8 118 2 Remove the 3 screws marked as a b c as seen in Figure 8 65 on page 8 129 8 7 6 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Figure 8 65 Noise Filter Disassembly CAUTION Do not Interchange input line to output load cables Cables a d from Terminal block Input and Cables b c to Noise Filter Output Chapter 8 8 129 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 6 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 7 6 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 4 4 2 B Mode Checks 4 4 3 M Mode Checks Color Flow Mode 4 4 4 Checks Doppler Mode 4 4 5 Checks Measurement and 4 4 6 Multi Image Checks Basic 4 4 7 Measurements 8 130 Section 8 7 Power Block GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 8 8 Software Loading Procedure 8 8 1 Installing Base System Software and Application Software 8 8 1 1 General This describes a full system soft
303. ribed below Any time you get a request to reboot Windows click OK and let Windows reboot Check Sound Card Configuration Follow the instructions in 8 9 10 Optional Check Devices on page 8 139 Loading Applications Software Follow the instructions in Section 8 10 Loading Application Software After a Base Image Load on page 8 146 Final System Setup Follow the instructions in 8 9 8 Final System Setup on page 8 137 procedure Chapter8 8 137 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 9 9 NOTE serialno txt File Creation With the exception of Demo Systems if the system serial number is not set correctly the authorized options installed on the customer systems will not function Prior to the upgrade there is no way for the systems in the field to record the serial number of the system to the backplane The C serialno txt on the hard drive has been used to record the system serial number up to now As part of this FMI the backplane storage code is now available After an Applications Software Upgrade when the system is powered up the seria no txtfile will be read from the hard drive and written to the backplane This will all work well unless A system Base Image Software was performed In this case the serialno txt file must be created and put back on the C drive Boot up the system with the service dongle attached to the USB port boot up into Wind
304. ripherals 5 10 5 5 Power Diagrams 5 11 5 6 Circuit Boards Descriptions 5 14 5 7 Mechanical Descriptions 5 26 5 8 Air Flow Control 5 27 5 9 Common Service Platform 5 28 Chapter5 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 1 2 General Information e LOGIQ 3 is a phased and linear array ultrasound imaging scanner It has provisions for analog input sources like ECG and phono system can be used for 2D Black and White imaging 2 Color Flow Black and White imaging Color M Mode Pulse Doppler Different combinations of the above modes e Only LOGIQ Expert supports 192 element Probes It uses analog and digital delay to focus the beam The analog delay is short and fixed The digital delay is used for long delay and dynamic focus This system also features many advanced image processing controls Signal flow travels from the Probe Connector Panel to the Front End to the Mid Processors and Back End Processor and finally to the monitor and peripherals e System configuration is stored on a hard disk and all necessary software is loaded from the hard disk on power up 5 1 3 System Features The key design goals of this system are High Image Quality Increased User Productivity Multiple Clinical Applications Planned Upgrade ability A High Mobility 5 1 4 Types of Applications The LOGIQ 3 is a general imaging system which sup
305. rpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the ACI Board 8 7 3 1 Tools e Common Phillips screwdrivers 8 7 3 2 Needed Manpower 1 persons 15 minutes travel 8 7 3 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 page 4 4 8 7 3 4 Removal Procedure CAUTION Do not wear the ESD wrist strap when you remove a part of power supply unit Turn OFF power and unplug the power cord before removing a part of power supply unit However be sure to turn off power and wear the strap before you remove a circuit boards Refer to Figure 8 62 on page 8 124 Remove the Rear Cover FRU No 302 Refer to section 8 4 3 on page 8 37 Remove the Right Cover FRU 300 Refer to section 8 4 1 on page 8 33 Remove the Rear EMI Cover Refer to section 8 4 16 on page 8 63 Remove Rear Right Support by removing four Screws a b c d Disconnect eight cables A H Unscrew eight screws 1 8 Remove the ACI Board NO of WD Chapter 8 8 123 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 3 5 Mounting procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal rtu me Figure 8 62 Board Disassembly 8 7 3 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 512
306. rt is removed Do not place labels where RF gaskets touch metal Never place a label where RF gaskets meet the unit Otherwise the gap created will permit RF leakage Or if a label has been found in such a position move the label Use GE specified harnesses and peripherals The interconnect cables are grounded and require ferrite beads and other shielding Also cable length material and routing are all important do not change from what is specified Take care with cellular phones Cellular phones may transmit a 5 V m signal that could cause image artifacts Properly dress peripheral cables Do not allow cables to lie across the top of the card cage or hang out of the peripheral bays Loop the excess length for peripheral cables inside the peripheral bays Attach the monitor cables to the frame Chapter 2 2 5 GE HEALTHCARE PROPRIETARY TO GE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 2 2 5 NOTE N NOTICE 2 2 6 CAUTION Probes Environmental Requirements Table 2 6 Operation and storage Temperatures for Probes 10 to 40 degree C 50 to 104 degree F Temperatures in degree C conversion to degree degree C 9 5 32 Temperature in degrees C Conversion to Degrees F Degrees C 9 5 32 SYSTEMS AND ELECTRONIC PROBES ARE DESIGNED FOR STORAGE TEMPERATURES OF 20 TO 50 4 to 122 degree F degrees C WHEN EXPOSED TO LARGE TEMPERATURE VARIATIO
307. ry order Report any items that are missing back ordered or damaged Physical Inspection Systems Voltage Settings Verify that the recieved scanner is set to the correct voltage The Voltage ratings for the LOGIQ 3 Scanner is found on Rating label near the Circuit Breaker at the rear of the system CONNECTING A LOGIQ 3 SCANNER TO THE WRONG VOLTAGE LEVEL WILL MOST LIKELY DESTROY THE SCANNER Video Formats Check that the video format is set to the locally used video standard NTSC or PAL This can be done in the Utilities menu Refer to Chapter 16 of the Basic Users Manual for the procedure for changinh the settings EMI Protection This unit has been designed to minimize the effects of Electo Magnetic Interference EMI Many of the covers shields and screws are provided primarily to protect the system from image artifacts caused by this interference For this reason it is imperative that all covers and hardware are installed and secured before the unit is put into operation Checking the Components When a new system arrives check that nonne of the components are damaged or in short supply If shipping damage or shortage occurs contact the address shown in Chapter 1 If the Power Plug is Modified or replaced to Suit the local Conditions and regulations Ground continuity check should be performed between Ground Pin on the Plug and the Metal Part on CAUTIONthe LOGIQ 3 Refer Section 10 6 4 for more details Chapter
308. s distributed to the Transformer Assembly Chapter 3 3 13 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 4 4 2 Back end Processor Boot Up Press the Standby switch on the Control Panel once Standby Switch E The LOGIQ 3 Expert will have 3 Probe Ports as seen here 8 Figure 3 9 Standby Switch for Back end Processor Boot Up When the Standby switch on the Control Panel is pressed once the Power is distributed to the Front End to the Peripheral outlets and to the Back End Processor The Back End Processor starts and the software is initiated to start the scanner No status messages are displayed during this process 3 4 5 Power Off Shutdown NOTE After turning off a system wait at least ten seconds before turning it on again The system may not be able to boot if power is recycled too quickly 3 4 5 1 Back end Processor Power Down 1 Press the Standby switch on the Control Panel once to display the SYSTEM EXIT menu 2 Select Shutdown from the SYSTEM EXIT menu SYSTEM EXIT Logon Information Figure 3 10 System Exit Menu for Back end Processor Power Down 3 14 Section 3 4 Completing the Installation GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 4 5 2 Scanner Shutdown Circuit Figure 3 11 Circuit Breaker and Power Cable on Back of Scanner 1 Switch OF
309. s only applied when the rocker switch is depressed to ISO TEST 14 Record the patient lead isolation current measured on the data sheet Isolated Patient Lead Source Leakage Lead to Lead Reference the procedure in the IEC 60601 1 When using the Dale 600 switch the meter s function selector to the LEAD LEAD position Select and test each of the five ECG lead positions except ALL on the LEAD selector testing each to the power condition combinations found in the table Record the highest leakage current measured Dale 600 Patient Lead Tests NEUTRAL POLARITY 1 Closed Normal 2 Open Normal 3 Closed Reversed 4 Open Reversed Isolated Patient Lead Sink Leakage Isolation Test Reference the procedure in the IEC 60601 1 When using the Dale 600 switch the meter s function selector to the LEAD ISO Select the ALL position on the lead selector Depress the rocker switch to ISO TEST to test lead isolation N Line voltage is applied to the ECG leads during this test To avoid possible electric shock hazard the system being tested must not be touched by patients users or anyone while the ISO TEST switch is depressed It is not necessary to test each lead individually or power condition combinations as required in previous tests 10 22 Section 10 6 Electrical Safety Tests GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 10 6 8 1 Data Sheet for ECG Leakage Current The test passes whe
310. screen 3 Press the Start button on the tool bar at the bottom of the Screen and select Run Enter g LoadSoftware bat into the dialog box as shown in Figure 8 89 on page 8 153 Run Type the name of a program folder or document and Windows will open itfor you Open g LoadSoftware bat jv Bun ih Seperate space Cancel Browse Figure 8 89 Run Load Software 4 You will see a Command CMD window open as shown in Figure 8 115 on page 8 172 Chapter 8 8 153 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 9 11 Optional Procedure for Changing Re mapping Drive Letters cont d Install the application softuare WARNING This program install the application softuare 1 4 the hard deive Thic process choald take approximately 18 ninates to conplete x If seu want te stop this Installation sov eater key Proceed this program N _ Figure 8 90 Application CD Installation Popup 2 Press Y key twice to start the process During Application Software loading process the System will auto Shutdown Manually switch on the System using the standby ON OFF switch After the software loading is completed the system will pop up a message ask
311. sking to make the selection for Presets according to location of site as seen in the Figure 8 116 below Make the appropriate selection Please make your selection from the below choices for Preset 1 USA 2 Europe 3 fisia Figure 8 116 Preset Selection 9 Wait until the system shuts down automatically Approx 5 Minutes to shut down 10 Wait for Approx 15 seconds 11 Power on the System and Remove the CD while it boots 12 The System pops up the Screen asking for Option Key Enter the Basic Option Key noted earlier 13 Manually Enter connectivity settings hospital name print key settings TCP IP settings etc 14 After Loading 5 W the Service engineer has to change the date and time in Utilities gt System gt General gt Date Time to customize the system with regional settings NOTE Do Not restore the application imaging presets from 2 x x to the system after the Upgrade Restoring the imaging presets could result in poor image quality 8 172 Section 8 12 Loading Base and Application Software GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 9 Renewal Parts Section 9 1 Overview 9 1 1 Purpose of Chapter 9 This chapter gives you an overview of Spare Parts available for the LOGIQ 3 Table 9 1 Contents in Chapter 9 Section Description Page Number 9 1 Overview 9 1 9 2 List of Abbreviations 9 2 9 3
312. st Control Press and hold the Brightness Contrast button on the monitor as shown in Figure 6 11 above for approximately 3 to 4 seconds A menu will appear on the screen Press the right arrow 3 times to the RGB icon COLOR TEMP and press the Brightness Contrast button once to select it 9 Now press right arrow 2 times to CALIBRATION and press Brightness Contrast button to select it 10 This will begin the Calibration process during which the monitor will cycle through various colors and will end with the message IT HAS COMPLETED which will only display for a short time and then disappear Wait for this message to appear During the Calibration Process do not operate any key or the pointer of the system or the monitor Calibration process will not complete accurately on This completes the Monitor Calibration of the LOGIQ 3 system 6 12 Section 6 4 Monitor Adjustment GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting Section 7 1 Overview 7 1 1 Purpose of Chapter 7 This section describes how to setup and run the tools and software that help maintain image quality and System operation Very basic host system and board level diagnostics are run whenever power is applied Some Service Tools may be run at the application level However most software tests are required Table 7 1 Contents in Chapter 7 S
313. st to continue ea 2 Select the option as shown in the below figure and select Next Found New Hardware Wizard E Please choose your search and installation options ey Search for the best driver in these locations Use the check boxes below to imit expand the default search which includes local paths and removable meda The best driver found will be installed Search removable medie Hapay 1 Include this location in the search Browse device driver from a list Windows does not guarantee that the driver you pudo will be the best match for your hardware 7 50 Section 7 6 Service Notes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 Select GE Healthcare and then Select Next Found New Hardware Wizard Hardware Type S Select a hardware type and then click Next Common hardware types gt DVD CD ROM drives E Floppy disk controllers Human Interface Devices EIDE controllers S IEEE 1284 4 compatible printers sa IEEE 1284 4 devices 1394 and nrintare zl lt Back T Neo p Cancel 4 The below figure appears on the screen Select Pc2lp and then press Next Found New Hardware Wizard Select the device driver you want to install for this hardware Y Select the manufacturer and model of y
314. stomer s Functionality 7 7 ee d 7 8 Servicedblllby chao a tur qe bi dori ED 7 8 sra sems yersin de eaten en ae oe ta dant 7 11 ROT S Besnard dedos ke ol a ED aas 7 11 PC Diagnostics Non Interactive Tests 7 11 Service Nole Su s cx EE hate Bia te eae are 7 12 SN 70411 Daylight Saving Time DST New Dates 7 14 SN 73108 DO NOT USE LOGIQ 3 MONITOR FRU P N 2319551 7 7 16 SN 73104 LOGIQ FRU New Collector Parts 7 17 SN 73102 LOGIQ FMI 73069 Closure 7 18 SN 73100 LOGIQ FMI 73074 Closure 7 19 SN 73098 LOGIQ Debrief Guidelines 7 20 SN 73097 LOGIQ 3 FMI 73060 OFFICIALLY CLOSED 7 24 SN 73095 LOGIQ BT05 New FRUs and compatibility matrix 7 25 Sn 73092 Preventive Maintenance Of LOGIQ 3 Monitor 7 27 5 73090 Location Of the Logiq 3 System Additional Label with Serial Number information 2 sek a Deer te cates E Ede a eae pec Gy ou 7 33 n73084 Keyboard Knobs 7 35 Sn 73082 Introduction of FMI 73068 FMI 73070 FMI 73071 7 36 Sn73081 Logig 3 Win X
315. t 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 5 3 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 4 4 2 B Mode Checks 4 4 3 M Mode Checks Color Flow Mode 4 4 4 Checks Doppler Mode 4 4 5 Checks Measurement and 4 4 6 Multi Image Checks Basic 4 4 7 Measurements Chapter 8 8 87 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 4 8 5 4 1 8 5 4 2 8 5 4 3 8 5 4 4 8 5 4 5 Rear Panel Interface Board FRU No 503 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Rear Panel Interface Tools Common Phillips screwdrivers Needed Manpower 1 persons 15 minutes travel Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described 4 3 1 3 page 4 4 Removal Procedure Refer to 8 5 1 page 8 82 Remove the Rear Cover FRU No 302 Refer to section 8 4 3 on page 8 37 Remove the Rear EMI Cover Refer to section 8 4 16 on page 8 63 Remove Rear Panel FRU No 500 Refer to section 8 5 1 on page 8 82 Remove nine cables a b c d e f g h i j connected to the RPI Board Remove eleven screws marked Pull the RPI Board out WN Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Figure 8 46 Rear Panel Intrerface Board RPI Disassembly 8 88 Section 8 5
316. t Measurement limits per IEC 60601 1 Medical Equipment Safety Standards Table IV Table 10 14 Chassis Leakage Current Limits Accessible Metal Surfaces Normal Condition Open Ground Open Neutral Table 10 15 Type BF Applied Part Leakage Current Limits Non Conductive Floating Surface and Cavity Probes All Countries Normal Condition Open Ground Open Neutral Table 10 16 Type CF Applied Part Leakage Current Limits Surgical Probes and ECG Connections Normal Condition Open Ground Open Neutral USA 0 01 mA 0 05mA 0 05 mA Measurement limits per IEC 60601 1 Medical Equipment Safety Standards Table 19 5DV 1 Most meters like Dale 600 601 measure a composite of the AC and DC leakage current Chapter 10 10 13 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 10 6 3 Outlet Test Wiring Arrangement USA amp Canada Test all outlets in the area for proper grounding and wiring arrangement by plugging in the neon outlet tester and noting the combination of lights that are illuminated Any problems found should be reported to the hospital immediately and the receptacle should not be used CORRECT WIRING exc GND REVERSED T c REVERSED POLARITY HOT WIRE ad Figure 10 1 Typical Alternate Outlet Tester The Dale 600 has self contained lamps designed for testing the outlet wiring arrangement Plug the Dale 600 into each outlet to be tested comparing
317. t Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 4 14 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 10 6 4 10 6 5 Leakage Current 8 60 Section 8 4 Mechanicals GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 15 Right EMI Cover Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Right EMI Cover 8 4 15 1 Tools e Common Phillips screwdrivers 8 4 15 2 Needed Manpower e person 15 minutes travel 8 4 15 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 4 4 8 4 15 4 Removal Procedure Refer to Figure 8 32 on page 8 61 1 Remove See Right Cover FRU No 300 on page 33 2 Unscrew eight screws 1 8 3 Remove the EMI Cover R 8 4 15 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Figure 8 32 Right EMI Cover Disassembly Chapter8 8 61 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 15 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 4 15 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 10 6 4 10 6 5 Leakage Current 8 62 Section 8 4 Mechanicals GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100
318. t shared with any other circuit from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet Sites with a mains power system without a defined Neutral The dedicated line shall consist of one phase two lines not shared with any other circuit and a full size ground wire not shared with any other circuit from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet Please note that image artifacts can occur if at any time within the facility the ground from the main facility s incoming power source to the Ultrasound unit is only a conduit Power Requirements Electrical Specifications for LOGIQ 3 Table 2 4 Electrical Specifications for LOGIQ 3 100 10 90 110 VAC Voltage Range 230 VAC 10 207 253 VAC 115 VAC 10 103 127 VAC Line Frequency All applications 50 60Hz 2Hz Less than 25 of nominal peak voltage for less than 1 millisecond for any type of Power Transients All applications transient including line frequency synchronous asynchronous or aperiodic transients re Less than 1596 of peak voltage for less Decaying Oscillation All applications iban 1 millisecond Inrush Current Inrush current is not a factor to consider due to inrush current limiting properties of the power supplies Site Circuit Breaker It is recommended that the branch circuit breaker for the machine be ready accessible POWER OUTAGE MAY OCCUR The LOGIQ 3 requires a dedicated single branch circuit To avoid circuit overload an
319. tate Monitor to left 90x Use Stub B screwdriver to remove the screw c in the bottom Remove the Monitor Cover right by pulling backwards Figure 8 3 Monitor Cover Right 8 2 3 5 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 2 3 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls Section 8 2 Monitor GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 4 Monitor Cover Top FRU No 103 Purpose This is a description on how to remove the Monitor Cover Top 8 2 4 1 Tools e Common phillips screwdrivers 8 2 4 2 Needed Manpower 1 person 15 minutes travel 8 2 4 3 Preparations Shut down the System and switch off the Circuit breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 on page 4 4 8 2 4 4 Removal Procedure Refer to Figure 8 4 on page 8 7 1 Remove See Monitor Cover Right FRU No 102 on page 6 2 Slide the monitor cover top to right side and remove Slide the monitor top to right side and remove Figure 8 4 Monitor Cover Top 8 2 4 5 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 2 4 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls
320. tes travel 8 2 2 3 Preparations Shut down the System and switch off the Circuit breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 on page 4 4 8 2 2 4 Removal Procedure Refer to Figure 8 2 on page 8 5 1 Remove 2 screws a b from left cover 2 Remove See Keyboard Rear Cover FRU No 308 on page 57 3 Rotate Monitor to Right 90x Use Stub B screwdriver to remove the screw c in the bottom 4 Remove the See Task Lamp FRU No 106 on page 12 5 Remove the Monitor Cover Left by pulling backwards Figure 8 2 Monitor Cover Left 8 2 2 5 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 2 2 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls Chapter8 8 5 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 3 Monitor Cover Right FRU No 102 Purpose This is a description on how to remove the Monitor Cover Right 8 2 3 1 Tools Common phillips screwdrivers Stub B 8 2 3 2 Needed Manpower e person 15 minutes travel 8 2 3 3 Preparations Shut down the System and switch off the Circuit breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 on page 4 4 8 2 3 4 Removal Procedure Refer to Figure 8 3 on page 8 6 Remove 2 screws a b from monitor right cover Remove See Keyboard Rear Cover FRU No 308 on page 57 Ro
321. the Print4 button Set the Print4 button to Whole Screen Secondary Capture Capture the required screens to the Hard Drive MOD or CD R Restore the Print4 button to it s original settings Check and Record the P4 Key Function Check the function of the Print 4 Key in the event that the customer may have made some custom settings Select Utility from the keyboard 2 Select Connect from the Utilities Menu Select the Button tab on the Connect screen 4 In the PhysicalPrintButtons field select Print4 The Connect gt Button Screen will be displayed like the one shown in Fi Connect Pu Sony Color Printer Analog Sony BW Printer Analog 2 Mitsubishi BW Printer Analog Active Images Page Figure 7 2 Buttons Set Up Screen P4 is the factory default Screen Capture Key If it is not set to Whole Screen or Screen Capture as shown in Figure 7 2 proceed to step 5 to record the customer s custom settings 7 4 Section 7 3 Screen Captures GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 3 1 Check and Record the Key Function cont d 5 In the Destinations section record the service that is displayed The destinations list displays the following information Name user defined during service configuration Type the type of service Destination Device the device for which the service was configured Dir direction output input or both I O 6 In the
322. the Service Dongle with the following process to go to the maintenance mode 1 In the imaging mode to go to the Maintenance mode insert the Service Dongle and then press Ctrl Alt R keys 2 Click on Yes as shown in the figure below dr muruga raj MI 0 16 TIs 0 0 3 5C 9 02 07 04 2 39 46 Abdomen 31 0 U2 0 04 2 39 46 PM 11 44 Question Do you want to reetart the pr ogram 1 P Delete A Active B 1 Frequency Grey JDynarmic Range 4 Rejection Focus Position Mode gt Colonize Edge Enhance Updowrnbiwert Focus Humber CAPS Figure 7 38 Log Off Screen 3 Now Enter the service password and enter the maintenance mode Chapter 7 7 73 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 6 28 SN 73049 Hardware ID Generation on the ACI board APPLIES TO ALL LOGIQ 3 SYSTEMS PROBLEM When we do an ACI Replacement if we do not do the following steps the system will pop up a window asking for the Option Keys Also as this is a Case sensitive process improper case usage will cause this problem SOLUTION 1 Before Replacing the ACI Board start the system and go to the Utilities Admin System Admin Tab 2 There note down the system Serial Number as shown Please note the proper case of the characters i e if the serial number has Characters in the lower case please note it in the lower case only 12 55 2
323. the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 4 4 8 4 11 4 Removal Procedure Refer to Figure 8 28 on page 8 58 1 Remove the See KeyBoard Assy FRU No 200 on page 13 2 unscrew four screws a b c d fixing VGP support Tray CAUTION Hold the VGP Support Tray below the Keyboard bottom from falling down 3 Unscrew eight screws 1 8 4 Remove the KBD Bottom Cover 8 4 11 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal VGP Support Tray Figure 8 28 Keyboard Bottom Chapter8 8 53 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 11 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 4 11 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 8 54 Section 8 4 Mechanicals GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 12 KeyBoard Bumper FRU No 307 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Keyboard Bumper 8 4 12 1 Tools e Common phillips screwdrivers 8 4 12 2 Needed Manpower 1 persons 15 minutes travel 8 4 12 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 page 4 4 8 4 12 4 Removal Procedure R
324. the ground on the power cord and plug for continuity Ensure the ground is not broken frayed or intermittent Replace any defective part Tighten all grounds Ensure star washers are under all ground studs Inspect wiring for bad crimps poor connections or damage Test the wall outlet verify it is grounded and is free of other wiring abnormalities Notify the user or owner to correct any deviations As a work around check the other outlets to see if they could be used instead NOTE No outlet tester can detect the condition where the white neutral wire and the green grounding wire are reversed If later tests indicate high leakage currents this should be suspected as a possible cause and the outlet wiring should be visually inspected PROBE FAILS Test the probe in another connector to isolate if the fault lies with the probe or the scanner NOTE Each probe will have some amount of leakage dependent on its design Small variations in probe leakage currents are normal from probe to probe Other variations will result from differences in line voltage and test lead placement The maximum allowable leakage current for body surface contact probe differs from inter cavity probe Be sure to enter the correct probe type in the appropriate space on the check list If excessive leakage current is slot dependent inspect the system connector for bent pins poor connections and ground continuity If the problem remains with the probe replace t
325. tilities The Utilities page contains several miscellaneous tools 5 9 10 Replacement The Replacement page intended to contain the tools used to track replacement parts used in the system GEMS Service Home Page Insite Browser gt Figure 5 30 Part Replacement Page Chapter 5 5 39 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 9 11 PM The PM page is intended to contain the tools used in periodic maintenance of the system Figure 5 31 Planned Maintenance Page 5 40 Section 5 9 Common Service Platform GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 6 Service Adjustments Section 6 1 Overview 6 1 1 Purpose of Chapter 6 This chapter describes how to test and adjust the mechanical capabilities of a scanner that may be out of specification Although some tests may be optional they should only be performed by qualified personnel Table 6 1 Chapter 6 Contents Section Description Page Number 6 1 Overview 6 1 6 2 Regulatory 6 1 6 3 Power Supply Adjustments 6 1 6 4 Monitor Adjustment 6 9 Section 6 2 Regulatory Verify where applicable that any regulatory information or tests required by national law are present and accounted for and any regulatory tests required by national law are performed and documented Section 6 3 Power Supply Adjustments 6 3 1 This system contains three power supply m
326. tion 8 5 Interfaces 8 5 1 Rear Panel Assy FRU No 500 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Rear Panel Assy 8 5 1 1 Tools e Common Phillips screwdrivers 8 5 1 2 Needed Manpower 1 persons 15 minutes travel 8 5 1 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 on page 4 4 8 5 1 4 Removal Procedure Refer to 8 5 1 on page 8 82 1 Remove the Rear Cover FRU No 302 Refer to section 8 4 3 on page 8 37 2 Remove the Rear EMI Cover Refer to section 8 4 16 on page 8 63 3 Unscrew four 4 screws a b c d from the Rear Panel Assy 4 Remove two cable assy from ACI board and one from RPI board 5 Pull and Remove the Rear Panel Assy 8 5 1 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 5 1 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 5 1 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 4 4 2 B Mode Checks 4 4 3 M Mode Checks Color Flow Mode 4 4 4 Checks Doppler Mode 4 4 5 Checks Measurement and 4 4 6 Multi Image Checks Basic 4 4 7 Measurements 8 82 Section 8 5 Interfaces GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Figure 8 4
327. tion software or perform a complete or partial base image load confirm that the date and time are set correctly and that the Windows automatic DST feature is off if applicable 7 14 Section 7 6 Service Notes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL FOR ALL LOGIQ 3 PRODUCTS To turn off the automatic DST feature and set the system time Press Utility and then select System gt General Select Date Time On the Date and Time Properties screen select the Time Zone tab Uncheck the Automatically adjust clock for daylight saving changes checkbox and select Apply 5 Select the Date amp Time tab 6 Set the proper time for the system s location and select OK 7 On the System screen select Save TO CHECK OR SET THE SYSTEM TIME 1 Press Utility and then select System gt General 2 Select Date Time 3 On the Date and Time Properties screen select the Date amp Time tab 4 Set the proper time for the system s location and select OK 5 On the System screen select Save Chapter 7 7 15 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 6 2 SN 73108 DO NOT USE LOGIQ 3 MONITOR FRU P N 2319551 7 APPLIES TO LOGIQ 3 FRU Monitor P N 2391551 7 PROBLEM Potential Monitor Failure issue if FRU P N 2391551 7 is used Failure Mode No Display with a smoke from the rear side due to HOT failure SOLUTION Order new monitor FRU P N 5308
328. tment Date and Time Language and Units 7 Click on Save the changes or cancel to revert back to previous settings 8 Click on Exit or Utilities to terminate the utility function System General _ E Location Patient Info Large Key Usage Regional Options Date Time General User Interface Figure 3 14 Utilities Window Chapter 3 3 17 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 6 Storage And Operation Requirements The LOGIQ 3 is shipped in a single container excluding PROBES Shipping weight is approximately 430 195kg The size of the container is 2120 cm W66 cm H139 cm 47 in x 26 in x 55 in Table 3 1 provides a summary of temperature atmospheric pressure and humidity tolerances for shipping installation and operation Table 3 2 STORAGE AND OPERATION REQUIREMENTS Temperature Deg C 10 to 60 10 to 40 Deg F 14 to 140 50 to 104 Atmospheric P tmospheric Pressure 700 to 1060 700 to 1060 hPa Humidly uisi EO 30 to 95 30 to 85 non condensing 3 18 Section 3 6 Storage And Operation Requirements GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 7 Optional Peripherals 3 7 1 3 7 1 1 NOTE Optional Peripherals Peripheral Connection See the Internal and External I O description in Chapter 5 Approved peripherals The tables below shows the su
329. tor serviceable components To prevent shock do not remove any covers or panels Should problems or malfunctions occur unplug the power cord Only qualified service personnel should carry out servicing and troubleshooting For information regarding packing labels refer to LABELS ON PACKAGE 3 After being transported the unit may be very cold or hot If this is the case allow the unit to acclimate before you turn it on It requires one hour for each 2 59C increment in it s temperature if it is below 10 C or above 40 C Equipment damage possibility Turning the system on without acclimation after arriving at site may cause the system to be damaged CAUTION PPE PEPE P ee ee Table 3 3 Time for Settlement 3 2 Section 3 1 Overview GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 2 Receiving and Unpacking LOGIQ 3 When a new system arrives ensure that none of the components are damaged or in short supply If shipping damage or shortage occurs contact the address shown in Chapter 1 The Packaging Unpacking Procedure Topics discussed in the Packaging Unpacking Procedure 1 Check the Shipment 2 Unpack the Unit 3 Handling Incomplete or Damaged Shipment Please read these procedures before packing unpacking the LOGIQ 3 We strongly advice you to store the LOGIQ 3 packing material in undamaged condition in cas
330. u MUST set up a protocol for locating images on the media by labeling it consistently The best way is to label images by date 22 NISHIOHMARU SHINRYOSYO MI 0 14 TIsO 0 5C 96 Ege 10 23 03 15 42 15 10 23 03 8 adm Abdomen Connectivity Measure About Admin CONNECTIVITY Views Tools Screens Dataflow Buttons Services Removable Media Media CD Rewritable Verify Label GEMS BACKUP Format Capacity Free space Formatted Database present DICOMDIR present Finalized CD only Write protected Export Paths Export To Excel Export file format C Text C Binary Export To HL7 Exit Remote Path fo c G Rootwindow Sir untitled Paint EAA 3 42 Figure 8 82 Format MOD CD ROM Screen 2 Format the MOD CD ROM 3 Press Patient Set the Dataflow to store images directly to MOD or CD ROM or select the Dataflow tab and select the Removable MOD or Removable CD ROM dataflow 8 148 Section 8 10 Loading Application Software After a Base Image Load GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 10 4 2 Moving Images Image Archive cont d 4 Press More then select Move Images The Move Images pop up appears 102303 1635 c NN oos T Age xam Information Abdomen f MOVE IMAGES from Date To Date 1022242 Image Soutee Archive Im
331. ual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 6 3 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 4 4 2 B Mode Checks 4 4 3 M Mode Checks Color Flow Mode 4 4 4 Checks Doppler Mode 4 4 5 Checks Chapter 8 8 99 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 Measurement and 4 4 6 Multi Image Checks Basic 4 4 7 Measurements 7 6 2 FRUTests LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Figure 8 51 Connector Board Disassembly 8 100 Section 8 6 PCB GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 4 Card Cage with Back Plane Board FRU No 607 Purpose This is a description on how to remove and replace the Card Cage with Back Plane Board 8 6 4 1 Tools Common Phillips screwdrivers 8 6 4 2 Needed Manpower 1 person 15 minutes travel 8 6 4 3 Preparations Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in 4 3 1 3 page 4 4 8 6 4 4 Removal Procedure CAUTION An electronic discharge may damage a component Turn OFF power and wear the wrist strap before you remove circuit boards Do not unplug the power cord to keep ground continuity Do not bend or flex the boards when mounting dismounting each boards Surface mount IC boards are very susceptible to damage from flex torque Remove the Connector Board FRU No 606 Refer to section 8 6 2 on page 8 97 Remove the all Boards from the Ca
332. unting dismounting each boards Surface mount IC boards are very susceptible to damage from flex torque Refer to Figure 8 49 on page 8 96 1 Remove the Right Cover FRU No 301 Refer to 8 4 1 on page 8 33 2 Remove the Right EMI Cover Refer to 8 4 15 on page 8 61 3 Remove the Nest EMI Cover Refer to 8 4 17 on page 8 65 4 Disconnect the PCI Cable if removing the FEC Assy or HVPS Otherwise skip this step 5 Disconnect RFC connector board if removing RXB or DBF Assy Otherwise skip this step 6 Move the upper and lower board ejector in the direction indicated by the arrow 1 in Figure B 7 Pull out the board in the direction indicated by the arrow 2 in Figure B do not bend it 8 6 1 5 Mounting procedure 1 Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 6 1 6 Functional Checkout Procedure Functional and or Leakage Current See Section Test Debrief Script 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5122546 100 Section 8 6 1 Equipment passes all required tests and is ready for use 4 4 1 Basic Controls 4 4 2 B Mode Checks 4 4 3 M Mode Checks Color Flow Mode 4 4 4 Checks 8 94 Section 8 6 PCB GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Doppler Mode 4 4 5 Checks Measurement and 4 4 6 Multi Image Checks Basic 4 4 7 Measurements 7 6 2 FRU Tests Chapter 8 8 95 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 51225
333. ure that system boots properly to image screen and check Basic B Mode Functions 7 76 Section 7 6 Service Notes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 6 29 SN 73048 Preset Restore APPLIES TO ALL LOGIQ 3 SYSTEMS PROBLEM SOLUTION PROBLEM SOLUTION If the Backup of a customers data is made on one system and if this data is restored on a completely different system then on rebooting this system it will ask for the Software Option Keys This is standard behaviour When we make a backup of data on one system the option keys of that system also get stored on the Backup CD When this data is restored on a completely different system the restore process will overwrite the existing option keys and replace them with the option keys of the original system On rebooting any system a check of the option key against the Sysiem serial number is done For the system on which the restore was done this data will not match as the option keys are for the system on which the backup was done This causes the system to ask for the option keys A possible solutin is being looked for in the next software release On restoring the Presets made on the software version R1 2 0 on a system with software R2 0 0 and above it system will ask for Optin Keys The presets backed up on the R1 2 0 systems should not be restored on systems with software versions R2 0 2 and later Chapter 7 7 77
334. utions with the probe cables Keep free from the wheels Do not bend Do not cross cables between probes 4 7 2 Power Supply Adjustment There are no adjustments on the power supplies The DC Power is self regulated If a voltage is outside the specified range it means that something is wrong either with the power supply itself or with a component connected to that specific power outlet 4 28 Section 4 7 Safety Issues GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 4 8 Site Log Table 4 16 Site Log Date Service person Problem Comments Chapter4 4 29 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL This page was intentionally left blank 4 30 Section 4 8 Site Log GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 5 Components and Functions Theory Section 5 1 Overview 5 1 1 Purpose of Chapter 5 This chapter explains LOGIQ 3 s system concepts component arrangement and subsystem function It also describes the Power Distribution System PDS and probes Table 5 1 Contents in Chapter 5 Section Description Page Number 5 1 Overview 5 1 5 2 Block Diagrams and Theory 5 4 Top Console 5 9 5 3 External on the Rear Panel 5 10 5 4 Pe
335. ve FRU no 702 8 109 BEP Power Supply FRU 703 8 111 PCVIC PCB FRU 704 8 113 PC2IP POBAPHUIO 706 15 2 ns ei ets oid toto or o er 8 116 Power BlOCK ee is oid Messana pa actas she Sta acea s ating 8 118 Transformer Assy FRU 800 8 118 LVPS Disassy FRU No 801 2838 eek eee ee es 8 121 AC Interface Board ACI FRU No 802 8 123 FRU NO BOS a Qd ER EX WE duds Ded ds 8 125 Circuit Breaker FRU No 804 8 127 Noise Filter FRU No 805 8 129 Software Loading Procedure 8 181 Installing Base System Software and Application Software 8 131 12 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL Base Load Software Load 8 135 Manpower T Eee 8 135 TOOS eea b 8 135 Eu Ps OT od blaue Std 8 135 Base Load Software Load Procedure 8 135 Optional Manual Drive Remappin
336. ware just an applications update then proceed to Section 8 10 Loading Application Software After a Base Image Load on page 8 146 8 10 4 Image Management Guide Save As to View on any PC Use this to save images Dicom or Raw Dicom in a computer friendly format avi or jpeg so you can view it on any PC Move Images to Archive Use this to take images off your Ultrasound system on to removable media for long term archive This is the way to free up hard disk space rather than deleting images Export Import Data Images Between Systems Use this to copy both patient data and images for specified patient s from one system to another 8 10 4 1 Save As Saving Images to CD ROM to View on Any PC To save images to the CD ROM 1 Insert the CD 2 Go to Utility lt Connectivity lt Tools Select the Media as CD Rewritable 3 Press Format to format the CD ROM 4 Select the image s to be saved to CD ROM press Menu and select Save As 5 The SAVE AS menu appears 8 146 Section 8 10 Loading Application Software After a Base Image Load GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 10 4 1 Save As Saving Images to CD ROM to View on Any PC SHINRYOSYO 10 23 03 15 57 10 20 1023 00 Abdomen Save in archive Lo ced Cycle Select Start Frame Made Run Stop 2 7 3 umm Figure 8 79 Save As Menu
337. ware loading Windows 2000 Operating System Echoloader Application procedure Use this instructions when Performing the System Version up OS Application Replacing the HDD with a new one OS Application CAUTION Make sure that all images have been reconstructed and archived the CD R or MOD before N performing Base System Software OS and Application software installation Refer to Operator Manual This procedure will re initialize the hard disk erasing all images and patient data A Software Loading procedure is outlined Table 8 2 Software Loading Procedures Prerequisite Manpower Procedures q Approximately Saving the Data Using Utility Function 1 a Blank CD R or MOD 15 minutes Saving the Data Using Window Explorer LOGIQ3 Base System Installing Base System Software For Adapted Software Load Image CD 40 minutes XXXXXXX or later ROM 4 LOGIQ3 Application Software AES Installing Application Software CD ROM Total Manpower 2 h or 2h20m NOTICE The Saving the Data procedure described above does NOT include the image back up procedures Chapter8 8 131 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 8 1 2 Saving the Data Using Utility Function Always use this back up procedure 1 Format CD R a On the scan screen touch Utility The OPERATOR LOGIN window appears b Change the User level to Admin then enter Password Then click on Log on OPE
338. ware wizard helps you install uninstall repair unplug eject and configure your hardware Hardware Wizard Device Manager The Device Manager lists all the hardware devices installed on your computer Use the Device Manager to change the properties of any device Driver Signing Hardware Profiles 7 Hardware profiles provide way for you to set up and store different hardware configurations Hardware Profiles DK Cancel Apply Figure 8 70 System Properties Chapter 8 8 139 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5122546 100 REVISION 4 LOGIQ 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 9 10 Optional Check Devices cont d 3 Verify that the Device Manager appears as shown in Figure 8 71 Your display may vary 4 You should see no devices with question marks or other icons except the VIA PCI Audio Controller WDM This one device will be shown as below with a red X through it 5 There are two audio controllers The VIA PCI Audio Controller WDM is disabled so that the Doppler audio works correctly through the Creative Labs SB Live series sound card 25 Action View RR 2 Close Window lt Ascension Technology Computer C3 Disk drives 188 Display adapters DVD CD ROM drives amp Floppy disk controllers H E IDE ATA ATAPI controllers Keyboards 1 Mice and other pointing devices FE 9 Modems 8 Monitors
339. x 414 Milwaukee Wisconsin 53201 U S A Asia Pacific Latin America North America GE Ultraschall Tel 49 0 212 28 02 208 Deutschland GmbH amp Co KG Beethovenstrabe 239 Postfach 11 05 60 D 42655 Solingen Germany

chapter 4

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents